GOL 737-8 Operation Manual Download Page 102

Page: 102 / 1826

B-18 Page 10 of 22

MN-FLT-OH-201

Flight Crew Operations Manual Bulletin No. GOT-18 , Dated March 1, 2021 (continued)

Stabilizer

Main Electric Stabilizer Trim Switches (spring-loaded to neutral)

Push (both) –

• electrically commands stabilizer trim in desired direction

• autopilot disengages if engaged

• overrides Speed Trim System (Speed Trim function and MCAS function) if

active.

CONTROL WHEEL

March 1, 2021

Summary of Contents for 737-8

Page 1: ...lume 1 Title Page Title Page File Highlight Document Number MN FLT OH 201 Revision Number 0 Temporary Revision Revision Date October 26 2021 737 8 Flight Crew Operations Manual Gol Linhas Aereas S A 2...

Page 2: ...acknowledges and agrees that this manual contains or may contain trade secrets copyrighted material and commercial and proprietary information privileged and confidential to the interest of Gol Linhas...

Page 3: ...ist of Effective Pages 0 5 Bulletin Record 0 6 Limitations L Normal Procedures NP Supplementary Procedures SP Performance Inflight PI Volume 2 Airplane General Emergency Equipment Doors Windows 1 Air...

Page 4: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Preface Chapter Table of Contents 0 TOC 2 MN FLT OH 201 March 1 2021 Intentionally Blank...

Page 5: ...with advanced technology winglet as follow MAX8 39 47m length version with up 186 passengers seat Engine rating is 28K Package with a two position tail skid Equipped with carbon brake MAX8 EB1 39 47m...

Page 6: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Preface Model Identification 0 1 2 MN FLT OH 201 October 26 2021 Intentionally Blank...

Page 7: ...edures and practices to enhance Gol Linhas A reas S A operational philosophy and policy The procedures included in this manual reflect the company policy for pilots to follow during ground operations...

Page 8: ...also contains lists of abbreviations a record of revisions a list of effective pages and fleet bulletins Limitations and Normal Procedures cover operational limitations and normal procedures All opera...

Page 9: ...rocedure technique etc that may result in personal injury or loss of life if not carefully followed CAUTION An operating procedure technique etc that may result in damage to equipment if not carefully...

Page 10: ...TCH THERMAL CONTACT ELECTRICAL PUSH TYPE FUSE BREAKERS CIRCUIT C CART GROUND TIMER REGULATOR VOLTAGE CHARGER BATTERY BATTERY CHGR BATT TR UNIT INVERTER BUSSES R T INV AC BUS DC BUS GEN ELECTRICAL COMP...

Page 11: ...ACTUATOR DRIVEN MOTOR ELECTRIC M S DC AC M SOLENOID MOTOR CURRENT MOTOR CURRENT ALTERNATING MOTOR MOTORS AND SOLENOIDS PNEUMATIC FUEL MANUALLY CONTROLLED VALVES RELIEF RELIEF RELIEF REGULATED CONTROL...

Page 12: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Preface Introduction 0 2 6 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 13: ...Data Inertial Reference Unit ADM Air Data Module AED Automatic External Defibrillator AFDS Autopilot Flight Director System AFE Above Field Elevation AFM Airplane Flight Manual FAA approved AGL Above...

Page 14: ...g Equipment DPC Display Processing Computer DSPL Display E E D End of Descent E E Electrical and Electronic EASA European Aviation Safety Agency EBAW Enhanced Bank Angle Warning ECS Environmental Cont...

Page 15: ...und Proximity Warning System H HDG Heading HDG REF Heading Reference HDG SEL Heading Select HPA Hectopascals HUD Head Up Display HYD Hydraulic I IAS Indicated Airspeed IASC Integrated Air Supply Contr...

Page 16: ...vigation Display NGS Nitrogen Generation System NM Nautical Miles NORM Normal O OHU Overhead Unit OVHD Overhead OVRD Override P PASS Passenger PCU Power Control Unit PERF INIT Performance Initializati...

Page 17: ...ert and Collision Avoidance System TDZE Touch Down Zone Elevation TE Trailing Edge TFC Traffic THR HLD Throttle Hold TO Takeoff TO GA Takeoff Go Around U UTC Universal Time Coordinated V V S Vertical...

Page 18: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Preface Abbreviations 0 3 6 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 19: ...Formal revisions also incorporate appropriate information from previously issued Fleet Bulletins The revision date is the approximate date the manual is approved for printing The revision is mailed a...

Page 20: ...Remove corresponding old pages and replace or add new pages Remove pages that are marked DELETED there are no replacement pages for deleted pages Be careful when inserting changes not to throw away p...

Page 21: ...arding RAAS system Overrun Warning ORW System and Runway Awareness and Advisory System RAAS Inhibit Operation SP 15 2 Temporary Revision Added Supplementary Procedures regarding RAAS system Performanc...

Page 22: ...rformance Inflight Package 10 New Performance Inflight Package 10 New Performance Inflight Package 10 New Performance Inflight Package 10 New Performance Inflight Package 10 New Performance Inflight P...

Page 23: ...peeds to be based on airplane altitude instead of airport altitude Added configurations for Flaps 5 Flaps 10 and Flaps 25 with Gear Up PI 10 64 Reformatted all tables for improved readability Included...

Page 24: ...1000 ft increments of airport altitude from 2000 ft to 14000 ft Data revised for Maneuver Speeds to be based on airplane altitude instead of airport altitude Added configurations for Flaps 5 Flaps 10...

Page 25: ...cluded 1000 ft increments of airport altitude from 2000 ft to 14000 ft Updated table due to calculation change that are now based on KIAS instead of KEAS PI 10 80 Reformatted all tables for improved r...

Page 26: ...Inflight Package 10 New Performance Inflight Package 10 New Performance Inflight Package 10 New Performance Inflight Package 10 New Performance Inflight Package 10 New Performance Inflight Package 10...

Page 27: ...Performance Inflight Package 10 Long Range Cruise Control PI 17 3 Publishing system update no data change New Performance Inflight Package 10 New Performance Inflight Package 10 Section 18 Text New Pe...

Page 28: ...15 Warning Systems Section 10 Controls and Indicators Altitude Alert 15 10 7 Added 200 feet parameter to reflect EB1 fleet variation 15 10 7 Added 200 feet parameter to reflect EB1 fleet variation Sec...

Page 29: ...March 1 2021 B 1 2 March 1 2021 B 1 3 March 1 2021 B 1 4 March 1 2021 Bulletin Record 0 6 1 4 October 26 2021 B 2 1 March 1 2021 B 2 2 March 1 2021 B 3 1 March 1 2021 B 3 2 March 1 2021 B 4 1 March 1...

Page 30: ...2021 NP 21 2 March 1 2021 NP 21 3 March 1 2021 NP 21 4 March 1 2021 NP 21 5 March 1 2021 NP 21 6 March 1 2021 NP 21 7 March 1 2021 NP 21 8 March 1 2021 NP 21 9 March 1 2021 NP 21 10 March 1 2021 NP 21...

Page 31: ...1 March 1 2021 NP 21 92 March 1 2021 NP 21 93 March 1 2021 NP 21 94 March 1 2021 NP 21 95 March 1 2021 NP 21 96 March 1 2021 NP 21 97 March 1 2021 NP 21 98 March 1 2021 NP 21 99 March 1 2021 NP 21 100...

Page 32: ...ch 1 2021 SP 12 6 March 1 2021 SP 15 1 October 26 2021 SP 15 2 October 26 2021 SP 15 3 October 26 2021 SP 15 4 October 26 2021 SP 16 1 March 1 2021 SP 16 2 March 1 2021 SP 16 3 March 1 2021 SP 16 4 Ma...

Page 33: ...1 PI 10 50 October 26 2021 PI 10 51 October 26 2021 PI 10 52 October 26 2021 PI 10 53 October 26 2021 PI 10 54 October 26 2021 PI 10 55 October 26 2021 PI 10 56 October 26 2021 PI 10 57 October 26 202...

Page 34: ...021 PI 13 10 October 26 2021 PI 13 11 October 26 2021 PI 13 12 October 26 2021 PI 13 13 October 26 2021 PI 13 14 October 26 2021 PI 14 1 October 26 2021 PI 14 2 October 26 2021 PI 14 3 October 26 2021...

Page 35: ...I 30 44 March 1 2021 PI 30 45 March 1 2021 PI 30 46 March 1 2021 PI 30 47 March 1 2021 PI 30 48 March 1 2021 PI 30 49 March 1 2021 PI 30 50 March 1 2021 PI 30 51 March 1 2021 PI 30 52 March 1 2021 PI...

Page 36: ...2021 PI 35 4 March 1 2021 PI 35 5 March 1 2021 PI 35 6 March 1 2021 PI 35 7 March 1 2021 PI 35 8 March 1 2021 PI 36 1 March 1 2021 PI 36 2 March 1 2021 PI 36 3 March 1 2021 PI 36 4 March 1 2021 PI 36...

Page 37: ...40 20 March 1 2021 1 40 21 March 1 2021 1 40 22 March 1 2021 1 40 23 March 1 2021 1 40 24 March 1 2021 1 40 25 October 26 2021 1 40 26 October 26 2021 1 40 27 October 26 2021 1 40 28 October 26 2021...

Page 38: ...10 9 March 1 2021 4 10 10 March 1 2021 4 10 11 March 1 2021 4 10 12 March 1 2021 4 10 13 March 1 2021 4 10 14 March 1 2021 4 10 15 March 1 2021 4 10 16 March 1 2021 4 10 17 March 1 2021 4 10 18 March...

Page 39: ...March 1 2021 6 10 5 March 1 2021 6 10 6 March 1 2021 6 10 7 March 1 2021 6 10 8 March 1 2021 6 10 9 March 1 2021 6 10 10 March 1 2021 6 20 1 March 1 2021 6 20 2 March 1 2021 6 20 3 March 1 2021 6 20...

Page 40: ...10 2 March 1 2021 9 10 3 March 1 2021 9 10 4 March 1 2021 9 10 5 March 1 2021 9 10 6 March 1 2021 9 10 7 March 1 2021 9 10 8 March 1 2021 9 10 9 March 1 2021 9 10 10 March 1 2021 9 10 11 March 1 2021...

Page 41: ...10 10 50 March 1 2021 10 10 51 March 1 2021 10 10 52 March 1 2021 10 10 53 March 1 2021 10 10 54 March 1 2021 10 10 55 March 1 2021 10 10 56 March 1 2021 10 10 57 March 1 2021 10 10 58 March 1 2021 10...

Page 42: ...igation 11 TOC 1 10 March 1 2021 11 10 1 March 1 2021 11 10 2 March 1 2021 11 10 3 March 1 2021 11 10 4 March 1 2021 11 10 5 March 1 2021 11 10 6 March 1 2021 11 10 7 March 1 2021 11 10 8 March 1 2021...

Page 43: ...37 March 1 2021 11 31 38 March 1 2021 11 31 39 March 1 2021 11 31 40 March 1 2021 11 32 1 March 1 2021 11 32 2 March 1 2021 11 32 3 March 1 2021 11 32 4 March 1 2021 11 32 5 March 1 2021 11 32 6 Marc...

Page 44: ...ch 1 2021 11 34 18 March 1 2021 11 34 19 March 1 2021 11 34 20 March 1 2021 11 34 21 March 1 2021 11 34 22 March 1 2021 11 34 23 March 1 2021 11 34 24 March 1 2021 11 34 25 March 1 2021 11 34 26 March...

Page 45: ...40 39 March 1 2021 11 40 40 March 1 2021 11 40 41 March 1 2021 11 40 42 March 1 2021 11 40 43 March 1 2021 11 40 44 March 1 2021 11 40 45 March 1 2021 11 40 46 March 1 2021 11 41 1 March 1 2021 11 41...

Page 46: ...1 March 1 2021 11 43 12 March 1 2021 11 43 13 March 1 2021 11 43 14 March 1 2021 11 43 15 March 1 2021 11 43 16 March 1 2021 11 43 17 March 1 2021 11 43 18 March 1 2021 11 43 19 March 1 2021 11 43 20...

Page 47: ...26 2021 13 20 7 October 26 2021 13 20 8 October 26 2021 14 Landing Gear 14 TOC 1 2 March 1 2021 14 10 1 March 1 2021 14 10 2 March 1 2021 14 10 3 March 1 2021 14 10 4 March 1 2021 14 10 5 March 1 2021...

Page 48: ...18 October 26 2021 15 20 19 October 26 2021 15 20 20 October 26 2021 15 20 21 October 26 2021 15 20 22 October 26 2021 15 20 23 October 26 2021 15 20 24 October 26 2021 15 20 25 October 26 2021 15 20...

Page 49: ...in incorporation the temporary paragraphs are identified by a heading referencing the originating bulletin When the temporary condition no longer exists the bulletin is cancelled and the original manu...

Page 50: ...ance Illumination of the Wing Anti Ice VALVE Lights March 1 2021 IE GOT 7 Nuisance Illumination of the COWL VALVE Lights March 1 2021 IE GOT 8 START VALVE OPEN Alert Blinking at Starter Cutout March 1...

Page 51: ...d March 1 2021 MN FLT OH 201 0 6 3 GOT 16 Elevator Jam Landing Assist Switch March 1 2021 IE GOT 18 Speed Trim System STS and Autopilot Flight Director System AFDS with new Flight Control Computer FCC...

Page 52: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Preface Bulletin Record 0 6 4 MN FLT OH 201 March 1 2021 Intentionally Blank...

Page 53: ...f recovery of the panel after a short duration of time The duration of the effects can vary but it is typically momentary The cause of these occurrences is still under investigation by the manufacture...

Page 54: ...needed or recommended If a Cabin Pressurization Panel failure occurs the crew should follow operator specific procedures or policies for reporting the failure The following action should be taken On...

Page 55: ...l pressure is reached the cabin rate will equal the airplane rate If a situation requires a change on the Cabin Pressurization Panel to LAND ALT and the display is not visible Do not attempt to change...

Page 56: ...B 1 Page 4 of 4 MN FLT OH 201 Flight Crew Operations Manual Bulletin No GOT 1 Dated March 15 2018 continued Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 57: ...PROCEDURE AND OR INFORMATION IS EFFECTIVE UPON RECEIPT Background Information For airplanes with FMC U13 when a selected approach is changed to another approach that has a common waypoint with the ori...

Page 58: ...B 2 Page 2 of 2 MN FLT OH 201 Flight Crew Operations Manual Bulletin No GOT 2 R1 Dated August 15 2019 continued Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 59: ...ate This software exception causes the Cost Index CI to be replaced with box prompts on the PERF INIT page The corrective action for VNAV INVALID PERF scratchpad message is reentering the CI using eit...

Page 60: ...ered into the active flight plan This should be followed by reentering the original CI or a new CI on the PERF INIT page Afterwards activating the data modification by pushing the execute EXEC key wil...

Page 61: ...ghts and amber OVERHEAD light on the system annunciator panel to momentarily illuminate This anomaly affects 737 7 8 9 models prior to line number 7258 Teledyne Controls manufacturer of the Digital Fl...

Page 62: ...B 4 Page 2 of 2 MN FLT OH 201 Flight Crew Operations Manual Bulletin No GOT 4 R1 Dated February 21 2019 continued Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 63: ...Indicator located on the forward overhead panel can fluctuate approximately plus or minus 10 psi out of phase with one another This condition does not have any adverse effects on aircraft systems The...

Page 64: ...B 5 Page 2 of 2 MN FLT OH 201 Flight Crew Operations Manual Bulletin No GOT 5 Dated March 15 2018 continued Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 65: ...wing anti ice valve Illumination of the L VALVE or R VALVE light for more than approximately 10 seconds illuminates the two master caution lights and the amber ANTI ICE light on the system annunciato...

Page 66: ...mination of the master caution If both the L VALVE and R VALVE lights extinguish continue normal operations No further crew action is needed No maintenance logbook write up is needed If the L VALVE or...

Page 67: ...hich can cause the COWL VALVE light s to illuminate along with the master caution lights and the amber ANTI ICE light on the system annunciator panel The cause for the illumination of the COWL VALVE l...

Page 68: ...TAI INDICATION Non Normal Checklist If FL230 and below If the COWLVALVE light s illuminate with the master caution and the amber ANTI ICE light on the system annunciator panel wait 20 seconds after il...

Page 69: ...he 5 second threshold causing the alert to blink momentarily After starter cutout speed is reached if the START VALVE OPEN alert blinks momentarily then extinguishes the blinking can be considered a n...

Page 70: ...Instructions After starter cutout speed is reached If the START VALVE OPEN alert blinks momentarily then extinguishes no flight crew or maintenance action is needed If the START VALVE OPEN alert conti...

Page 71: ...Information During certification for the 737 8 analysis was conducted for engine ground starts on cold engines and in hot ambient conditions A cold engine is an engine with indicated EGT of 74 C or le...

Page 72: ...6 5 is available via Service Bulletin 737 73 1019 Airplanes equipped with EEC software version 6 5 or newer do not need the procedures outlined in this bulletin Operating Instructions In coordination...

Page 73: ...4 Flight Crew Operations Manual Bulletin No GOT 9 R1 Dated November 17 2018 continued ENGINE HYDRAULIC PUMP switches ON Verify all hydraulic panel LOW PRESSURE lights are extinguished Do the Before T...

Page 74: ...B 9 Page 4 of 4 MN FLT OH 201 Flight Crew Operations Manual Bulletin No GOT 9 R1 Dated November 17 2018 continued Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 75: ...ight Auto Navigation Realign ANR mode it can cause some unexpected flight deck effects The purpose of the ANR mode is to automatically perform an IRS realignment when the airplane is motionless to rem...

Page 76: ...rift over time during flight In order to remove drift errors the post flight ANR mode is automatically activated after completion of a flight when the conditions described above are met During post fl...

Page 77: ...e magnitude after which the ND and PFD will return to normal and the visual SPEEDBRAKE Warning if installed will extinguish Heading on the PFD and ND is not affected It is important to note that the f...

Page 78: ...Dated August 20 2018 continued 350 370 12 341o TAS 35 GS 134 MAG TRK 32 5 GRH 0838 4Z NM 15 80 RANGE Compass rose Figure 1 Track line Figure 2 350 370 12 341o TAS 35 GS 134 MAG HDG 32 5 GRH 0838 4Z NM...

Page 79: ...rations Manual Bulletin No GOT 10 Dated August 20 2018 continued 350 370 12 341o TAS 35 GS 134 MAG TRK 32 5 GRH 0838 4Z NM 15 80 RANGE Current track Figure 4 VOR 2 VOR 1 ELN 1 9 L Lateral path deviati...

Page 80: ...ght Crew Operations Manual Bulletin No GOT 10 Dated August 20 2018 continued 350 370 12 341o TAS 35 GS 134 MAG TRK 32 5 GRH 0838 4Z NM 15 80 RANGE Ground speed Figure 7 RNP 1 00 ANP 0 04 1 2 R ANP Fig...

Page 81: ...gnment If time does not allow a full alignment do the Fast Realignment Supplementary Procedure If after completion of a flight the airplane remains stationary for approximately 7 5 15 minutes the flig...

Page 82: ...B 10 Page 8 of 8 MN FLT OH 201 Flight Crew Operations Manual Bulletin No GOT 10 Dated August 20 2018 continued Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 83: ...30 1000 001 930 1000 002 930 1000 003 Honeywell has reviewed data provided by the affected airlines and has attempted to determine if particular airports and runways may be susceptible to false alerts...

Page 84: ...ata operators are encouraged to continue reporting incidents to Honeywell and Boeing in order to provide the most effective solution possible to this anomaly Operating Instructions If windshear is enc...

Page 85: ...exceedances when flying an approach with a course reversal to the inbound leg Some of these approach procedures commence the course reversal at a specified DME and have a lateral limitation not to ex...

Page 86: ...with FMC Software U13 crews should be aware of this anomaly and pay particular attention that the lateral path on the Navigation Display ND does not exceed the limits indicated on the approach proced...

Page 87: ...ous AOA data the pitch trim system can trim the stabilizer nose down in increments lasting up to 10 seconds The nose down stabilizer trim movement can be stopped and reversed with the use of the elect...

Page 88: ...dicator option is installed FEEL DIFF PRESS light Operating Instructions In the event an uncommanded nose down stabilizer trim is experienced on the 737 8 9 in conjunction with one or more of the abov...

Page 89: ...trol scheduling The freezing causes erroneous PS3 values which can cause abnormal engine behavior Changes in the PS3 values being selected by the engine control system caused the N1 oscillations With...

Page 90: ...nsing system and to prevent any freezing Improvements in EEC software 6 7 expected for release 2Q 2019 will prevent the oscillations This FCOM bulletin will be revised to include Service Bulletin info...

Page 91: ...am Landing Assist switch installed on some airplanes has a 3 position switch an ON position an OFF position and a middle position The middle position is not wired and is therefore equivalent to the OF...

Page 92: ...have been sent directly from Honeywell to operators Operating Instructions Normal Procedures During the Preliminary Preflight Procedure Captain or First Officer ensure the guard is closed Non Normal...

Page 93: ...system description content in Chapter 9 Flight Controls and Section 10 Flight Instruments Displays THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE AND OR INFORMATION IS EFFECTIVE UPON RECEIPT Background Information On Novem...

Page 94: ...n This bulletin is being issued to easily identify the updated information and is organized in the same format as the FCOM All of these descriptions are also incorporated in this FCOM revision The SPE...

Page 95: ...Of Trim STAB OUT OF TRIM Light Illuminated amber In flight Autopilot is not properly trimming the stabilizer Partial failure of a Flight Control Computer Illuminates only with autopilot engaged Remain...

Page 96: ...ions one second after activation of stick shaker if autopilot is engaged in ALT HOLD VNAV ALT as installed VNAV PTH in a level segment VNAV PTH flaps 15 or greater V S flaps 15 or greater G P as insta...

Page 97: ...ain s command bars and FCC B drives the first officer s command bars With both F D switches ON the logic for both pilots F D modes is controlled by the master FCC and both FMA displays show the same m...

Page 98: ...tor Display continued If a generator is lost during a F D TO or GA or while in dual F D APP mode below 800 feet the FCC on the unaffected side positions the F D command bars on both attitude indicator...

Page 99: ...and if operating in the V S mode or CWS P the AFDS reverts to LVL CHG The AFDS will also revert to LVL CHG from VNAV PTH except when flying a level segment The AFS commands a speed 5 knots greater tha...

Page 100: ...be re engaged If the previous F D pitch commands were ALT HOLD VNAV ALT as installed or VNAV PTH in a level segment the F D pitch commands return in MCP SPD mode Both the Indicated Airspeed IAS displ...

Page 101: ...failure of a single FCC channel when MASTER CAUTION recall is activated and light extinguishes when Master Caution System is reset DIFF PRESS FEEL A FLT CONTROL STANDBY HYD ALTERNATE FLAPS B A B YAW D...

Page 102: ...2021 continued Stabilizer Main Electric Stabilizer Trim Switches spring loaded to neutral Push both electrically commands stabilizer trim in desired direction autopilot disengages if engaged override...

Page 103: ...ng position CUTOUT stops stabilizer trim inputs from main electric autopilot and Speed Trim System Speed Trim function and MCAS function Stabilizer Trim B U backup Cutout switch NORMAL normal operatin...

Page 104: ...in the nose down direction interrupts main electric autopilot and Speed Trim System Speed Trim function and MCAS function nose up stabilizer trim commands Pull operates elevators in the nose up direct...

Page 105: ...im function and MCAS function trim inputs are disconnected from the stabilizer trim motor Control column actuated stabilizer trim cutout switches interrupts operation of main electric stabilizer trim...

Page 106: ...ilizer trim wheels The stabilizer is held in position by two independent brake systems Manual rotation of the trim wheels can be used to set the desired stabilizer position after the STAB TRIM cutout...

Page 107: ...light characteristics during operations with a low gross weight aft center of gravity and high thrust when the autopilot is not engaged The purpose is to return the airplane to a trimmed speed by comm...

Page 108: ...m Function continued The Speed Trim function operates most frequently during takeoff climb and go around Conditions for operation are listed below Up to Mach 0 68 10 seconds after takeoff 5 seconds fo...

Page 109: ...gic uses both AOA vanes and filters out small differences between the vanes and provides a single corrected value to the MCAS function The MCAS function contains logic that limits the amount of nose d...

Page 110: ...t condition is not present Inhibit conditions are on the ground radio altitude less than 100 feet and autopilot engaged However if EFS is active when descending through 100 feet RA it remains active u...

Page 111: ...m commands The Autopilot Elevator Monitor is available when Autopilot is engaged in single channel and Pitch mode is other than G S or G P and Flaps are 15 or less If the Autopilot Elevator Monitor ac...

Page 112: ...memory step has been added to control airspeed SPEED TRIM FAIL NNC The SPEED TRIM FAIL NNC condition statement has been revised to state that both the Speed Trim Function and the MCAS function are in...

Page 113: ...nger meet RVSM airspace requirements Added deferred items section to provide guidance on the setting of BARO minimums and in the event of a go around or missed approach ALT DISAGREE NNC The ALT DISAGR...

Page 114: ...is bulletin also outlines the revisions to the QRH CI and system description content The following NNCs are being revised Section 9 Flight Controls NNC 9 Runaway Stabilizer NNC SPEED TRIM FAIL NNC STA...

Page 115: ...ight Limitations L 10 4 AFM Limitations L 10 4 Air Systems L 10 4 AFM Limitations L 10 4 Pressurization L 10 4 Non AFM Operational Information L 10 4 Autopilot Flight Director System L 10 4 AFM Limita...

Page 116: ...8 AFM Limitations L 10 8 Air Data Inertial Reference Unit ADIRU L 10 8 Look Ahead Terrain Alerting GPWS L 10 8 Overrun Warning ORW Alerting System L 10 8 Non AFM Operational Information L 10 9 Broadb...

Page 117: ...isplay or other marking Limitations and operational information listed in this chapter that must be memorized memory items are marked with a symbol Memory items must meet the following criterion fligh...

Page 118: ...n the overwing exits must be verified prior to departure whenever passengers are carried Verify that an operational check of the flight deck door access system has been accomplished according to appro...

Page 119: ...lled during taxi takeoff and landing Do not operate HF radios during refueling operations Altitude Display Limits For RVSM Operations Standby altimeters do not meet altimeter accuracy requirements of...

Page 120: ...With either one or both engine bleed air switches ON do not operate the air conditioning packs in HIGH for takeoff approach or landing Note The fire protection Non Normal procedures take precedence o...

Page 121: ...se LVL CHG on final approach below 1000 feet AFE Communications Non AFM Operational Information Use the VHF radio connected to the top of fuselage antenna for primary ATC communications on the ground...

Page 122: ...ion limits are amber Engine Ignition Engine ignition must be on for takeoff landing operation in heavy rain anti ice operation Engines Reverse Thrust Use for ground operation only Intentional selectio...

Page 123: ...d the speed brake lever beyond the FLIGHT detent Do not use speed brakes below 1000 feet above the surface In flight do not extend the speedbrake lever beyond the ARMED detent with flaps 40 selected A...

Page 124: ...or bearings are prohibited in geographic areas where the installed IRS MagVar table errors are greater than 3 degrees Look Ahead Terrain Alerting GPWS Do not use the terrain display for navigation Do...

Page 125: ...llouts or alerts for navigation Do not use RAAS callouts or alerts as a substitute for NOTAM or ATIS information Fuel System AFM Limitations Maximum tank fuel temperature is 49 C Minimum tank fuel tem...

Page 126: ...X Flight Crew Operations Manual Limitations Limitations and Operational Information L 10 10 MN FLT OH 201 Landing Gear Non AFM Operational Information Do not apply brakes until after touchdown March 1...

Page 127: ...iminary Preflight Procedure First Officer NP 21 2 Exterior inspection Captain or First Officer NP 21 5 CDU Preflight Procedure Captain and First Officer NP 21 11 Preflight Procedures Captain NP 21 12...

Page 128: ...rocedure NP 21 60 Climb and Cruise Procedure NP 21 61 Cruise Procedures NP 21 62 Descent Procedures NP 21 64 Approach Procedures NP 21 67 Go around and Missed Approach Procedures NP 21 89 Reject Landi...

Page 129: ...utoland autopilot and autothrottle This does not preclude the possibility of manual flight for pilot proficiency where allowed Normal procedures also assume coordination with the ground crew before hy...

Page 130: ...es an improper condition check the Minimum Equipment List to determine if the condition has a dispatch effect decide if maintenance is needed If during or after engine start a red warning or amber cau...

Page 131: ...are checklist reading communications tasks asked for by the PF monitoring taxiing flight path airspeed airplane configuration and navigation PF and PM duties may change during a flight For example the...

Page 132: ...ges on the flight instruments as applicable The crew must verify manually selected or automatic AFDS changes Use the FMA to verify mode changes for the autopilot flight director autothrottle During LN...

Page 133: ...ly CAPTAIN ITEMS FIRST OFFICER ITEMS 4 9 3 1 7 6 8 2 1 2 3 4 5 TYPICAL PANEL LOCATIONS ARE SHOWN WYMT 20 00 0001 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 9 8 First Officer Items Captain Items 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 9 8 F...

Page 134: ...MN FLT OH 201 NP 11 6 Areas of Responsibility Captain as Pilot Flying or Taxiing MAX 8 fleet only RUN CUTOFF CAPTAIN ITEMS INCLUDING FIRST OFFICER ITEMS JOINT RESPONSIBILITY ITEM INCLUDING TYPICAL PAN...

Page 135: ...on MN FLT OH 201 NP 11 7 Areas of Responsibility First Officer as Pilot Flying MAX 8 fleet only RUN CUTOFF CAPTAIN ITEMS FIRST OFFICER ITEMS JOINT RESPONSIBILITY ITEM INCLUDING TYPICAL PANEL LOCATIONS...

Page 136: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Normal Procedures Introduction MN FLT OH 201 NP 11 8 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 137: ...trical Power Up supplementary procedure is complete Perform the following actions after a crew change maintenance action or if the aircraft has been unattended for any period of time A full IRS alignm...

Page 138: ...PA system Test Check communication with flight attendants stations Preliminary Preflight Procedure First Officer Perform the following actions after a crew change maintenance action or if the aircraf...

Page 139: ...Fleet Only ENGINE panel Verify Verify that the REVERSER lights are extinguished Verify that the ENGINE CONTROL lights are extinguished EEC switches ON Verify that the ALTERNATE lights are extinguishe...

Page 140: ...leading edge flaps may droop enough to cause an asymmetry signal resulting in a failure of the stall warning system test Should this occur obtain a clearance to pressurize the hydraulic system place t...

Page 141: ...d not perform it in a stopover Before starting the exterior inspection check LOGO light switch ON night flight POSITION light switch STEADY ANTI COLLISON light switch OFF WHEEL WELL light switch ON ni...

Page 142: ...are not damaged The light lenses are clean and not damaged For cold weather operations see the Supplementary Procedures Note fluid leaks from the engine drains are allowed provided the leaks are less...

Page 143: ...anels Latched Probes sensors ports vents and drains as applicable Check Fan blades probes and spinner Check Thrust reverser Stowed Exhaust area and tailcone Check Right Wing and Leading Edge Access pa...

Page 144: ...n Tail Vertical stabilizer and rudder Check Elevator feel probes Check Tail skid as installed Check Verify that the tail skid is not damaged Verify that the tail skid is in the retracted position Hori...

Page 145: ...icks Flush and Secure Leading edge flaps and slats Check Access panels Latched Number 1 Engine Exhaust area and tailcone Check Thrust reverser Stowed Fan blades probes and spinner Check Probes sensors...

Page 146: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Normal Procedures Amplified Procedures MN FLT OH 201 NP 21 10 March 1 2021...

Page 147: ...e Enter or modify other items at pilot s discretion Failure to enter enroute winds may result in flight plan time and fuel burn errors Note if time allows set the wind shown on FPL on wind and tempera...

Page 148: ...ndividual test switches or push to test features to check lights which do not illuminated during the light test Use scanflow to verify that all other lights are flashing or illuminated Verify that all...

Page 149: ...applicable Regulator selector Rotate to EMER Continue to hold the TEST RESET switch down and push the EMERGENCY TEST if applicable selector for 5 seconds Verify that the yellow cross shows continuousl...

Page 150: ...o 2 Verify that the A P light is illuminated steady red Verify that the A T light is illuminated steady red Verify that the FMC light is illuminated steady amber STAB OUT OF TRIM light Verify extingui...

Page 151: ...lay is blank Set the altimeter Verify that the flight instrument indications are correct Verify that no flags or message are shown 700 and 800 Fleets Only Standby RMI Set Select either VOR or ADF SPEE...

Page 152: ...Engine start levers CUTOFF STABILIZER TRIM cutout switches Normal Seat Adjust Use the handhold above the forward window for assistance when pulling the seat forward Do not use the glareshield as dama...

Page 153: ...ard closed Verify that the flight control LOW PRESSURE lights are illuminated Flight SPOILER switches Guard Closed YAW DAMPER switch ON Verify that the YAW DAMPER light is extinguished Verify that the...

Page 154: ...rify that the VALVE OPEN light is extinguished FUEL PUMP switches OFF Verify that the center tank fuel pump LOW PRESSURE lights are extinguished Verify that the main tank fuel pump LOW PRESSURE lights...

Page 155: ...URCE OFF lights are extinguished Verify that the GEN OFF BUS lights are illuminated Lavatory SMOKE light as installed Verify extinguished EQUIPMENT COOLING switches NORM Verify that the OFF lights are...

Page 156: ...VE lights are extinguished ENGINE ANTI ICE switches OFF MAX8 Fleet Only Verify that the ENG ANTI ICE lights are extinguished 700 800 and MAX8 Fleets Verify that the COWL ANTI ICE lights are extinguish...

Page 157: ...hing one Pack AUTO and the other OFF causes a greater APU fuel flow ISOLATION VALVE switch OPEN Engine BLEED air switches ON If the APU is ON APU BLEED air switch ON or OFF Note if temperature allows...

Page 158: ...e MANUAL light is extinguished Lighting panel Set Retractable LANDING lights as installed RETRACT LANDING light switches OFF RUNWAY TURNOFF switches OFF TAXI light switch OFF ENGINE START switches OFF...

Page 159: ...TEST if applicable selector for 5 seconds Verify that the yellow cross shows continuously in the flow indicator Verify that the crew oxygen pressure does not decrease more than 100 PSI If the oxygen...

Page 160: ...nd 800 Fleets Only Hydraulic brake pressure indicator Check Note check pressure in amber or green band Indication within amber band is normal with hydraulic system B not pressurized Do the Initial Dat...

Page 161: ...green landing gear indicator lights are illuminated Verify that the red landing gear indicator lights are extinguished MAX8 Fleet Only NOSE WHEEL STEER switch Guard Closed MAX8 Fleet Only FUEL FLOW sw...

Page 162: ...inate the fault monitoring system is inoperative Verify that the APU DET INOP light is illuminated Do not run the APU if the APU DET INOP light does not illuminate Note the fire warning light flashes...

Page 163: ...sounds Verify that the master FIRE WARN lights are illuminated Master FIRE WARN light Push Verify that the master FIRE WARN lights are extinguisher Verify that the fire warning bell cancels Verify th...

Page 164: ...e seat and the aisle stand Injury can occur when the seat is adjusted Seat Adjust Use the hand hold above the forward window for assistance when pulling the seat forward Do not use the glareshield as...

Page 165: ...light checklist F O Do read aloud the requested checklist F O Inform Preflight Checklist Completed Note Preflight checklist must be done when any of the following criteria is met First flight After cr...

Page 166: ...ticipate any threat On through flight procedures verify IRS alignment procedure is completed Oxygen pressure Hydraulic quantity Engine oil quantity Scan flow must be made to ensure proper systems conf...

Page 167: ...RO MINIMUMS selector Set thrust reduction altitude FLIGHT PATH VECTOR switch As needed Note Flight Path Vector may be used at pilot s discretion MAX8 Fleet Only VSD switch As needed METERS switch As n...

Page 168: ...to RESET then RATE Engine instruments Check C F O MFD SYS PUSH SYS Verify hydraulic quantity no RF shown MFD ENG PUSH ENG Verify that the primary and secondary engine indications show existing condit...

Page 169: ...erification Techniques After entering the route into the FMC the crew should verify that the entered route is correct comparing The FPL with the airways and waypoints on the ROUTE pages The FPL total...

Page 170: ...FUEL on the CDU the dispatch papers and the fuel quantity indicators agree Do not insert total fuel manually on the CDU Verify that the fuel is sufficient for flight Verify that the gross weight on th...

Page 171: ...d Note FMC does not accept thrust reduction values below 800 ft Pilot Monitoring must reduce manually to N1 climb thrust Note if an acceleration height higher than that shown on the takeoff analysis i...

Page 172: ...data through original publications as directed Note when RTO briefing is performed each crewmember should emphasize their own action loud and clear for better CRM Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring When a...

Page 173: ...witches ON Verify that the SOURCE OFF lights are extinguished Verify that the TRANSFER BUS OFF lights are extinguished Verify that the STANDBY PWR OFF light is extinguished APU BLEED air switch ON Pro...

Page 174: ...e LOCK FAIL light is extinguished Trim Set C Check each trim for freedom of movement Stabilizer trim ___Units Set the trim for takeoff Verify that the trim is in the green band Aileron trim 0 units Ru...

Page 175: ...rake must be released prior to start the aircraft movement Call Before Start Below the Line C After assuring that the safety area is clear FASTEN BELTS switch ON F O ANTI COLLISION light switch ON F O...

Page 176: ...will be handled by the captain Standard phraseology should be used If needed conventional hand sign may be used The ground personnel should be informed of any delay regarding to the push back engine s...

Page 177: ...leases the parking brake as directed by ground personnel CAUTION visually check the aircraft is stopped before applying parking brake PUSH BACK Procedures with the nose gear steering lockout pin NOT i...

Page 178: ...ween each attempt 700 and 800 Fleets Only For the third and subsequent extended engine motorings starter usage is limited to 5 minutes A minimum of 10 minutes is needed between each attempt MAX8 Fleet...

Page 179: ...s If the fluid leak stops during this time no maintenance action is needed If the fluid leak continues after 5 minutes shutdown the engine for maintenance action 700 and 800 Fleets Only If the leak do...

Page 180: ...ot possible at maximum motoring and a minimum of 20 N2 Note maximum motoring occurs when N2 acceleration is less than 1 in approximately 5 seconds MAX8 Fleet Only Only open the start lever after the M...

Page 181: ...that the START VALVE OPEN alert extinguishes when the ENGINE START switch is in the OFF position Callout any abnormal indications Call STARTER CUTOUT F O Monitor N1 N2 EGT fuel flow and oil pressure f...

Page 182: ...re should not be performed on the following conditions slippery aprons and taxiways first flight of the day of the aircraft or after it has been shut down for more than 3 hours If any of the above sit...

Page 183: ...ol wheel and control column to full travel in both directions and verify Freedom of movement That the controls return to center Hold the nose wheel steering wheel during the rudder check to prevent no...

Page 184: ...the other engine Flap extension for takeoff Call Set Takeoff Flaps ___ C Call for the extension any time after the pushback is complete Flap lever Set takeoff flaps F O Set flap lever on captain s co...

Page 185: ...ns are to be blanked by the first officer after both engines are running and both pilots check that all respective indications are in the normal range Any exceedance will pop up during the flight 700...

Page 186: ...s Before Takeoff Checklist C Request Before Takeoff Checklist F O Do read aloud the requested checklist F O Inform Before Takeoff Checklist completed to the line single engine or completed dual engine...

Page 187: ...switch or both PACK switches OFF F O ENGINE START switch engine being started GRD F O Start chronometer C Monitor time of starter duty cycle Verify that the N2 RPM increases F O When N1 rotation is se...

Page 188: ...oil pressure for normal indications while the engine accelerates to stable idle C F O When both engines are running at stable idle GENERATOR 1 or 2 switch ON F O WING ANTI ICE switch As needed F O EN...

Page 189: ...ast 5 minutes before takeoff when grounded for more than 5 hours Engine warm up recommendations 700 and 800 Fleets Only Run the engines for at least 2 minutes before takeoff Use a thrust setting norma...

Page 190: ...t turns in order to prevent unnecessary load on tires and gear and damage to the pavement If the pilot flying will be the first officer the transfer of the controls must be made in an assertive way Th...

Page 191: ...e EFB recommended page Contingency Chart when available or SID chart when not When Lining Up for Takeoff The captain calls Takeoff Rwy___ L or R HDG ____ First Officer confirms HDG ____ HDG Bug Runway...

Page 192: ...ut any abnormal indications Verify 80 Knots and call CHECK Verify 80 knots and call 80 KNOTS Verify A T THR HLD mode and callout Throttle Hold Verify V1 speed Verify V1 minus 5 knots and call V1 this...

Page 193: ...0 ft AFE request N1 or monitor FMA for automatic climb thrust setting Set or Monitor Climb Thrust as requested Inform CLIMB THRUST SET Monitor FMA Acceleration Altitude Monitor VNAV acceleration If VN...

Page 194: ...Set Autopilot CMD Select the HDG SEL roll mode Inform FMA Verify and Inform Autopilot CMD Thrust Reduction Acceleration Altitude At Thrust Reduction Altitude call SET CLIMB THRUST Above 800 ft AFE req...

Page 195: ...m VNAV for takeoff Maintain flaps up speed until passing this altitude then select VNAV Arm the VNAV and use the Speed Intervention feature to set flaps up speed until passing the conditional altitude...

Page 196: ...are expected to anticipate any threat Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring After the Flaps are UP Call After Take Off checklist ENGINE BLEEDS ON PACKS AUTO ISOLATION VALVE AUTO APU OFF All items of the afte...

Page 197: ...Weather Lack of pilot communication Not verbalizing FMA and MCP changes Lack of pilot s dual check prior to FMC changes High bank angle High rate of climb near of level off altitude restrictions Thes...

Page 198: ...SURE light illuminates or tank is empty On an ETOPS flight check the ETOPS Supplementary Procedure in SP 1 Normal climb pneumatic duct pressure 34 to 50 PSI Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring When reaching...

Page 199: ...irst hour of flight the fuel temperature must be checked every hour in order to avoid fuel freezing If the fuel used is Jet A1 or Jet A and the temperature reaches 40 C request a lower flight level If...

Page 200: ...and Weather Landing data regarding to performance limitations and weather info should be written STAR When inserting STAR check waypoints with altitude restrictions ROUTE 2 if installed pilots may ent...

Page 201: ...With flaps 15 or greater the speedbrakes must be retracted 700 with winglets On airplanes with the speedbrakes wing load alleviation system the speedbrakes will retract to the 50 position when airspee...

Page 202: ...escent checklist Do read aloud the requested checklist Inform Descent Checklist completed Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring During Descent Normal descent pneumatic duct pressure with Wing TAI OFF is 18 to...

Page 203: ...FMA and MCP changes Lack of pilot s dual check prior to FMC changes Expectation Bias These items are not limited to and pilots are expected to anticipate any threat Maintain descent ECON speed accordi...

Page 204: ...IAL Center Switch CTR Press to select VSD on ND if installed Otherwise the ND should remain in MAP or CTR MAP NOTE for raw data approach select POS MCP Course RMI Standby VOR ADF bearing pointers in a...

Page 205: ...t callout Speed check before moving the flap lever to the new requested position acknowledging the actual airspeed is below the requested flap placard speed Flap is to be extended at or near the actua...

Page 206: ...hange occurs after the LANDING CHECKLIST is read perform the LANDING CHECKLIST once again During Landing Checklist Reading the Pilot Monitoring should verify the new position pointing out to the instr...

Page 207: ...If G S inoperative select Landing Gear down and Flaps 15 at 1nm from OM If OM inoperative use associated NDB or DME distance PF request Landing Checklist PM read aloud and do Landing Checklist Visual...

Page 208: ...ding Checklist Set SPEEDBRAKE handle in ARM Select Gear Down and set flap lever as directed Observe when Gear Down and green light ON and inform Gear Down Verify SPEEDBRAKE ARMED light illuminated Do...

Page 209: ...fix the MCP Course must be adjusted for the outbound course 10 seconds to the procedure turn the MCP Course must be readjusted for the final approach course The PM must inform any deviation from stan...

Page 210: ...directed Request Complete landing Checklist Do and read aloud the completion of Landing Checklist 1000FT AFE Acknowledge For the NOT STABILIZED GO AROUND Callout confirm GO AROUND and perform missed a...

Page 211: ...nimums in accordance with the approach chart to have the bug set in the altimeter and than set RADIO minimums The PM must inform any deviation from standard approach for CAT II LOC dot deviation up to...

Page 212: ...f the final approach or 3 nm prior FAF the PF requests Landing Gear Down Flaps 15 and Landing Checklist This will be the final configuration for a One Engine Inoperative approach The PM reads aloud an...

Page 213: ...B LOC only APPROACHES Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring For approach through a holding request Flaps 1 at the end of the outbound leg and set Flaps 1 speed on MCP Set Flap lever as directed Fasten Belts S...

Page 214: ...dge Inform approaching minimums If level off at MDA is needed Set Missed Approach Altitude Verify Missed Approach Altitude set on MCP VDP V S mode and or MDA 50 feet Acknowledge Night Flight request A...

Page 215: ...F VNAV should be used or V S may be used The above pattern is indicated for standard operation Deviations by ATC heavy or light gross weight head or tailwind must be worked upon VASI and PAPI resource...

Page 216: ...When V S is used altitude restrictions must be released step by step on the MCP After its compliance is assured set the next restriction on the MCP about 2NM before the next waypoint Altitudes restric...

Page 217: ...gation Rwy_____ Dry or Wet Landing Flap Autobrake Selection Review Missed Approach Procedure Set radios for Approach_____ Maintain Expanded MAP Mode EFIS Control Panel VOR ADF as necessary Set the fin...

Page 218: ...ums Acknowledge Inform approaching minimums VDP V S mode MDA 50 feet DA Acknowledge Night Flight request All Lights ON Inform RWY APP lights in Sight Not in sight Landing or Go Around Inform minimums...

Page 219: ...e valid for the time of the approach RNP AR is not allowed with UNABLE REQUIRED NAV PERF RNP FMC DISAGREE or VERIFY POSITION displayed on FMC To provide more situational awareness insert the FAF on th...

Page 220: ...for a One Engine Inoperative Earlier configuration may be needed to comply with speed restrictions of the procedure Monitor VNAV PATH mode If reversion to VNAV SPEED occurs use SPD INTV to intercept t...

Page 221: ...he RNP AR APCH final course on the MCP Center Switch CTR Press to select VSD on the Pilot Monitoring DU FMS Index Init Ref Index Pos P g 2 3 Check both GPS ON Nav Options page 2 2 GPS update ON VOR an...

Page 222: ...AROUND callout inform GO AROUND and perform the MISSED APPROACH Inform 1000 ft Observe and inform STABILIZED or NOT STABILIZED GO AROUND 500FT AFE Acknowledge Inform 500 ft wind ______ 100FT above mi...

Page 223: ...20 seconds after threshold select Landing Gear down and Flaps 15 perform Landing Check List this will be the final configuration for a One Engine Inoperative Landing 40 seconds after threshold turn to...

Page 224: ...ch NM distance to the threshold BEFORE DOWNWIND LEG Request flaps extension on schedule up to Flaps 5 Set Flap lever as directed Monitor extension and inform new flaps configuration when in position a...

Page 225: ...knowledge For the NOT STABILIZED GO AROUND callout inform GO AROUND and perform the MISSED APPROACH Inform 1000 ft Observe and inform STABILIZED or NOT STABILIZED GO AROUND 500FT AFE Acknowledge Night...

Page 226: ...nform positive rate Request Gear Up Select gear lever to UP Inform Gear position when UP 400FT AFE Request or monitor LNAV or HDG SEL Select or monitor the Roll mode as directed Request Set radios for...

Page 227: ...ect flap lever to 15 Observe Flap Position indication and inform when flap reaches selected position When a positive rate of climb is indicated on the altimeter Request Gear Up Inform positive rate Se...

Page 228: ...ion Tail strike pitch attitude degrees B700 12 3 B800 9 2 B800 SFP 8 8 BMAX8 8 8 OPT Landing Flare distance These items are not limited to and pilots are expected to anticipate any threat Landing Chec...

Page 229: ...g make an initial climbing turn toward the land runway and intercept the missed approach profile Landing Roll Procedure PF PM Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring Verify that the thrust levers are closed Wit...

Page 230: ...cations on upper display are green No Reverser Engine Number 1 or No Reverser Engine Number 2 when one of the indications is amber and No Reversers when both indications are amber Remove reverse thrus...

Page 231: ...riefing informs that the single engine taxi in is not applicable some changes on the after landing procedures concerning on when to turn on the APU apply F O performs the procedures after the Captain...

Page 232: ...the APU when it is estimated to be remaining 1 minute to shut down the engine s APU Generator switches ON BUS F O If Single Engine Taxi In is going to be performed Request the engine to be shutdown C...

Page 233: ...the first officer to perform procedures other than those related as after landing procedures and assisting the Captain The MCP overhead panel and FMC should not be prepared to the next flight at this...

Page 234: ...less than three minutes or less than two and a half minutes after an idle reverse landing before engine shutdown can cause engine degradation If APU is not available shut down ENG No 2 and after Grou...

Page 235: ...PUMPS OFF F O ISOLATION VALVE switch OPEN F O APU BLEED air switch ON OFF F O If temperature allows switches APU Bleed OFF to reduce the APU fuel flow Run the APU for 1 minute before using it as pneum...

Page 236: ...KED light is illuminated ACARS data Send F O POST FLIGHT page POST FLIGHT REPORT page Enter who performed the takeoff CAPT F O Enter who performed the landing CAPT F O Enter Category Landing Enter Fue...

Page 237: ...from the LED cabin lightning IFE PASS SEAT power switch as installed As required F O GALLEY power switch as installed OFF F O EMERGENCY EXIT LIGHTS switch OFF F O WINDOW HEAT switch OFF F O AIR CONDIT...

Page 238: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Normal Procedures Amplified Procedures MN FLT OH 201 NP 21 102 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 239: ...eck SP 1 6 Air Systems SP 2 Wing Body Overheat Test SP 2 1 Air conditioning from a Ground Pneumatic Cart LPU SP 2 1 Air Conditioning from an External Air Conditioning Unit ACU SP 2 2 Pressurization Sy...

Page 240: ...3 4 Power Test SP 3 4 Automatic Flight SP 4 Level Change Climb Descent SP 4 1 Vertical Speed V S Climb Descent SP 4 1 Intervention of FMC Altitude Constraints during VNAV Climb SP 4 2 Intervention of...

Page 241: ...rical Power Down SP 6 4 Standby Power Test SP 6 4 Engines APU SP 7 Battery Start SP 7 1 Engine Crossbleed Start SP 7 6 Setting N1 Bugs with No Operative FMC Manual N1 Bug Setting SP 7 6 High Altitude...

Page 242: ...TA and Distance to Cross Radial Bearing or Distance from a Fix SP 11 7 Changing Destination SP 11 8 Entering Holding Fix Into Route SP 11 8 Exiting Holding Pattern SP 11 8 Along Track Displacement SP...

Page 243: ...om Cruise SP 11 19 Performance and Progress Functions SP 11 19 Determining ETA and Fuel Remaining for New Destination SP 11 19 Estimated Wind Entries for Cruise Waypoints SP 11 19 Step Climb Evaluatio...

Page 244: ...RW System and Runway Awareness and Advisory System RAAS Inhibit Operation SP 15 2 Adverse Weather SP 16 Introduction SP 16 1 Takeoff Wet or Contaminated Runway Conditions SP 16 1 Cold Weather Operatio...

Page 245: ...SP 16 20 Preflight Procedure First Officer SP 16 21 Engine Start Procedure SP 16 21 Before Taxi Procedure SP 16 22 Taxi Out SP 16 22 Takeoff SP 16 23 Approach SP 16 23 Landing SP 16 23 After Landing...

Page 246: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Supplementary Procedures Table of Contents SP TOC 8 MN FLT OH 201 October 26 2021 Intentionally Blank...

Page 247: ...ecklist Additionally some may be performed if the flight crew must accomplish preflight actions normally performed by maintenance personnel At the discretion of the Captain procedures may be performed...

Page 248: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Supplementary Procedures Introduction SP 05 2 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 249: ...on How to arm and disarm such seats if applicable The use of the seat belts including the shoulder harness Test and use of the oxygen masks Sterile cockpit philosophy The use of the cockpit door lock...

Page 250: ...ing rafts if applicable Use of oxygen masks The evacuation is to be commenced regardless of any previous command from the cockpit in case of ditching uncontrollable fire or smokes or structural damage...

Page 251: ...he need to remain seated with the seat belts fastened Emergency Situations Proper communication through the PA system must be used whenever an immediate response is expected from the persons on board...

Page 252: ...Drain valve is found below the sink in the forward lavatory only Drain valves for coffee maker and water boiler if installed OPEN All galley and lavatory water faucets Open Close faucets when water fl...

Page 253: ...the Push to Talk switch the EMERGENCY Test selector and the RESET TEST switch Verify oxygen flow sound is heard through the flight deck speaker Push to Talk switch Release EMERGENCY Test selector Rel...

Page 254: ...round prior to engine start Crossfeed selector Open Verify that the VALVE OPEN light illuminates bright then dim Crossfeed selector Close Verify that the VALVE OPEN light illuminates bright then extin...

Page 255: ...c Cart LPU This procedure is used when using a pneumatic cart to supply pressurized air to the air conditioning packs CAUTION The BAT switch should always be on when using the airplane air conditionin...

Page 256: ...conditioned air PACK switches As needed Isolated Pack Operation during Engine Start To improve cabin air quality between starting the first and second engine CAUTION Moving engine BLEED air switches...

Page 257: ...can take up to 20 seconds Pressurization mode selector MAN MANUAL light illuminated CABIN FLIGHT ALTITUDE placard Check Determine the desired cabin altitude If a higher cabin altitude is desired Outf...

Page 258: ...sks and regulators ON Normal Supplemental oxygen must be used from departure until the cabin altitude is below 10 000 feet After electrical power is applied to the airplane HIGH ALT LDG switch Off Mon...

Page 259: ...6000 Feet but 8400 Feet and Below Do the normal Preflight Procedure First Officer except as modified below Prior to takeoff LAND ALT indicator 6000 feet At initial descent LAND ALT indicator Destinat...

Page 260: ...es OFF APU BLEED air switch OFF After Takeoff Note If engine failure occurs do not position engine BLEED air switches ON until reaching 1500 feet or until obstacle clearance height has been attained A...

Page 261: ...ACK switch AUTO Engine No 1 BLEED air switch OFF APU BLEED air switch ON Engine No 2 BLEED air switch OFF 800 and MAX fleet Trim Air Switch ON WING ANTI ICE switch OFF The WING ANTI ICE switch must re...

Page 262: ...ON VALVE switch AUTO Landing If additional go around thrust is desired configure for a No Engine Bleed Landing When below 10 000 feet WING ANTI ICE switch OFF Right PACK switch AUTO ISOLATION VALVE sw...

Page 263: ...oaked fuel touching the wing surface after long flights with large fuel loads Exterior Safety Inspection Airplanes with Defined Cold Soaked Fuel Frost Area Note The presence of the painted cold soaked...

Page 264: ...f frost up to 1 8 inch 3 mm in thickness on lower wing surfaces due to cold fuel is allowable however all leading edge devices all control surfaces tab surfaces winglet surfaces and control surface ba...

Page 265: ...devices all control surfaces tab surfaces winglet surfaces and control surface balance panel cavities must be free of snow ice and frost YA608 YA610 YA631 YB119 YC095 YC453 YD256 YF832 YK721 YV671 If...

Page 266: ...Position the WINDOW HEAT switches OFF then ON Power Test YA201 YD256 YF631 YL956 YN107 YV671 The power test verifies operation of the window heat system The test may be accomplished when any of the wi...

Page 267: ...M Pitch mode MCP SPD IAS MACH Selector Set desired speed Vertical Speed V S Climb Descent ALTITUDE selector Set desired altitude Note If a new MCP altitude is selected while in ALT ACQ the AFDS engage...

Page 268: ...R630 YR631 YR634 YR661 YR663 YV671 MCP altitude selector Set ALT INTV switch Push If a higher altitude is selected a CRZ climb will be started If the airplane is more than 50 nm from T D if a lower al...

Page 269: ...YF832 YL801 YM648 YN701 YV671 SPD INTV switch Push MCP IAS MACH display shows current FMC target speed IAS MACH Selector Set desired speed VNAV remains engaged To resume former FMC speed SPD INTV swi...

Page 270: ...MDA H during the missed approach the missed approach must be initiated at least 50 feet above MDA H Recommended roll modes RNAV GPS TACAN LOC BC VOR or NDB approach LNAV or HDG SEL LOC SDF or LDA appr...

Page 271: ...or above each intermediate altitude constraint or MDA H When the current constraint is assured set the next constraint before ALT HOLD is engaged to achieve a continuous descent path Approximately 2...

Page 272: ...any time while circling make an initial climbing turn toward the landing runway and intercept the missed approach course Configuration at MDA H Gear down Flaps 15 Speedbrake armed MCP altitude select...

Page 273: ...ures use the Landing Procedure Instrument Approach using VNAV in Normal Procedures Note This procedure is not authorized using QFE The procedure below supplements Normal Preflight Cruise Descent and A...

Page 274: ...y that the approach RNP is equal to or greater than YC095 YF703 YF832 YL806 YM648 YN109 YN112 YN701 YV671 0 10 A P or F D set current local altimeter remote altimeter settings not allowed verify that...

Page 275: ...125 feet While there are no vertical RNP values published on the approach chart the use of 125 feet will cause the NPS amber deviation exceedance alert to occur at 75 feet or slightly less deviation s...

Page 276: ...installed is annunciated set DA H on the MCP select or verify VNAV select or verify speed intervention as installed Maximum Lateral Deviation XTK ERROR NPS amber indication or 1 x RNP Maximum Vertical...

Page 277: ...g altitude and crosscheck altimeters within 100 feet between primary altimeters Monitor the approach If suitable visual reference is established at DA H disengage the autopilot in accordance with regu...

Page 278: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Supplementary Procedures Automatic Flight SP 4 12 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 279: ...rify that the D ATIS altimeter setting numeric value and alpha value are identical If the D ATIS altimeter setting numeric value and alpha values are different the flight crew must not accept the D AT...

Page 280: ...YR663 YT702 YV671 YA571 YA608 YA657 YB104 YC453 YD256 YF631 YF632 YF801 YL621 YL954 YN112 YV401 YV671 Note The Cockpit VOICE RECORDER switch must be in the ON position or at least one engine must be...

Page 281: ...green landing gear indicator lights are illuminated Verify that the red landing gear indicator lights are extinguished If external power is needed Verify that the GRD POWER AVAILABLE light is illumina...

Page 282: ...e master FIRE WARN lights are extinguished Verify that the fire warning bell cancels Verify that the engine No 1 APU and the engine No 2 fire switches stay illuminated Verify that the ENG 1 OVERHEAT a...

Page 283: ...ded When the APU GEN OFF BUS light is illuminated APU GENERATOR bus switches ON Verify that the SOURCE OFF lights are extinguished Verify that the TRANSFER BUS OFF lights are extinguished Verify that...

Page 284: ...ch OFF BATTERY switch OFF Standby Power Test YA201 YA221 YA571 YA657 YB104 YK653 YL621 YL806 YN112 YN701 YV671 Battery switch ON AC and DC meter selectors STBY PWR If APU generator is on line APU GEN...

Page 285: ...discharge indication a negative value DC meter selector AUX BAT Check DC voltmeter for normal indication 24 2 volts Check DC ammeter for discharge indication a negative value STANDBY POWER switch AUTO...

Page 286: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Supplementary Procedures Electrical SP 6 6 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 287: ...anding gear indicator lights are extinguished Emergency equipment Check Fire extinguisher Checked and stowed Crash axe Stowed Escape ropes Stowed Other needed equipment Checked and stowed Flight recor...

Page 288: ...alled ON YA201 YA211 YA251 YA605 YA611 YA657 YB104 YB111 YB271 YC572 YC573 SB Changes YA608 YA610 GALLEY power switch as installed ON EMERGENCY EXIT LIGHTS switch Guard closed Passenger signs Set HYDR...

Page 289: ...o ground personnel the external air should be disconnected and engine No 2 started using the Engine Crossbleed Start procedure Engine No 2 start Accomplish Generator 2 switch ON Cabin pressurization p...

Page 290: ...YD303 YD307 YF801 YV401 YV671 Emergency EVACUATION activation switch as installed Guard closed Verify that the EVAC light is extinguished Manual gear extension access door Closed Accomplish the norma...

Page 291: ...ual Supplementary Procedures Engines APU MN FLT OH 201 SP 7 5 WARNING To minimize the hazard to ground personnel the external air should be disconnected and engine No 2 started using the Engine Crossb...

Page 292: ...Non operating engine Start Use normal start procedures with crossbleed air After starter cutout adjust thrust on both engines as required Setting N1 Bugs with No Operative FMC Manual N1 Bug Setting Re...

Page 293: ...Altitude Airport Engine Start Above 8400 Feet YK721 YK725 YR601 YR605 Engine start Accomplish An indication of N1 rotation plus maximum motoring and a minimum of 20 N2 are required prior to introduci...

Page 294: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Supplementary Procedures Engines APU SP 7 8 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 295: ...ERHEAT light and engine fire switch for an engine stay extinguished there is a fault in loop A of the detection system for that engine OVHT DET switches B Test switch OVHT FIRE If the FAULT light stay...

Page 296: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Supplementary Procedures Fire Protection SP 8 2 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 297: ...setting then reset proper barometric setting Altimeters Crosscheck Maximum differences between the altimeter readings Note Above 10 000 feet and 0 4 Mach position error causes the tolerance to diverg...

Page 298: ...ght Crew Operations Manual Supplementary Procedures Flight Instruments Displays SP 10 2 MN FLT OH 201 If it is not possible to identify which altimeter is indicating the correct altitude ATC Notify Ma...

Page 299: ...reference selector inner Set VR speed VR bug is displayed when a speed greater than 80 knots is set The NO VSPD flag is removed after both V1 and VR are set MCP speed selector Set V2 Airspeed cursor a...

Page 300: ...er WT YA201 YT705 YV401 YV671 Default weight of 32 000 kgs is displayed Speed reference selector inner Set current gross weight Flaps up maneuver speed bug is displayed Speed reference selector outer...

Page 301: ...during the test followed by TCAS TEST PASSED or TCAS TEST FAILED This test remains in view for 8 seconds then blanks An aural annunciation sounds at the completion of the test YA251 YA252 YA631 YA650...

Page 302: ...n using the most accurate latitude and longitude available If the present position is being entered via the CDU and a position is already displayed on the SET IRS POS line enter new position over disp...

Page 303: ...form a full alignment of the IRS A more precise alignment will result Note If the mode selector is accidentally switched to OFF or ATT position mode selector to OFF wait for ALIGN light s to extinguis...

Page 304: ...ng appears on line 5R Select HDG on the IRS display selector and verify that the entered heading is displayed on the navigation displays Heading Enter through ISDU IRS display selector HDG Press the H...

Page 305: ...ne Observe the desired course is displayed on line 6R The displayed course on line 1L may vary by several degrees due to magnetic variation Correct any ROUTE DISCONTINUITY if the entered waypoint was...

Page 306: ...C453 YC573 YD256 YF631 YF801 YK721 YK728 YK730 YK737 YK739 YK740 YK751 YK752 YK758 YK760 YK762 YK764 YK767 YK769 YK770 YL801 YL809 YL811 YL813 YL815 YN109 YN261 YN702 YR602 YR617 YR619 YR624 YR626 YR6...

Page 307: ...YR617 YR619 YR624 YR626 YR628 YR630 YR631 YR634 YR661 YR663 YV671 SB Changes YK753 YK756 YL621 RTE x LEGS or RTE x page Select ACTIVATE line select key Push Correct any ROUTE DISCONTINUITY EXEC key P...

Page 308: ...ing Holding Fix Into Route HOLD key Push If RTE HOLD page is displayed observe NEXT HOLD prompt Line select 6L until RTE LEGS HOLD AT page is displayed Observe HOLD AT box prompts and PPOS prompt if i...

Page 309: ...waypoint Along Track Displacement RTE LEGS page Select Line select the reference waypoint to the scratch pad Add a and the or distance desired EX SEA 15 for a point 15 miles downtrack from SEA Line se...

Page 310: ...ght only INIT REF key Push Observe INDEX prompt displayed INIT REF INDEX page Select Observe the NAV DATA prompt displayed To access the SUPP NAV DATA page enter SUPP into the scratch pad NAV DATA pag...

Page 311: ...ge Select Observe the NAV DATA prompt displayed To access the SUPP NAV DATA page key SUPP into the scratch pad NAV DATA page Select Enter the identifier on either the WPT IDENT NAVAID IDENT or AIRPORT...

Page 312: ...nts are stored in the temporary navigation data base for one flight only Entering a Lateral Offset RTE page Select Observe the OFFSET prompt displayed LATERAL OFFSET page Select Observe dash prompts f...

Page 313: ...SCENT if required Select TRANSITION if required Select APPROACH Select APPROACH TRANSITION if required Select RTE LEGS page Select WAYPOINT SEQUENCE CHECK Modify as necessary to agree with clearance E...

Page 314: ...ition Determine and compare with FMC position Determine actual airplane position using raw data from VHF navigation or ADF radios If radio navaids are unavailable FMC position Compare with the IRS pos...

Page 315: ...YA201 YA221 YA571 YV671 Note Inhibit GPS updates for approach operations that are not based on WGS 84 unless other appropriate procedures are used PROG page Select Observe NAV STATUS prompt displayed...

Page 316: ...of FMC Cruise Altitude during VNAV Cruise YC095 YC573 YF631 YF801 YL801 YL809 YL811 YL813 YL815 YM648 YN701 YN702 YR602 YR617 YR619 YR624 YR626 YR628 YR630 YR631 YR634 YR661 YR663 YV671 MCP altitude...

Page 317: ...SPD INTV switch Push MCP IAS MACH display blanks and FMC commanded VNAV speed is active Entering Waypoint Speed and Altitude Restriction On Climb or Descent Legs Only RTE LEGS page Select Key in desi...

Page 318: ...the restriction is changed or deleted Changing Climb Cruise Descent Speed Schedule CLB CRZ DES page Select Select the prompt for the desired climb cruise descent schedule or key in the desired speed...

Page 319: ...the MOD CRZ CLB MOD CRZ DES page or other selected MOD CLB MOD DES page changes to ACT Observe climb descent is initiated at the TGT SPD if VNAV engaged Performance and Progress Functions Determining...

Page 320: ...procedure to initiate climb to the higher altitude when NOW is displayed on STEP POINT line Note Step climb evaluations do not consider buffet margin limits If the altitude entered for the step climb...

Page 321: ...PROGRESS page displayed with the computed ETA for the entered waypoint displayed in line 1R RTA Enter Enter required time of arrival into line 1R Time should be entered in hours minutes and seconds E...

Page 322: ...the CTR label to the next geographically fixed waypoint in the route Selecting PREV PAGE or NEXT PAGE moves the CTR label to the first geographically fixed waypoint on the new page EFIS Control Panel...

Page 323: ...light Crew Operations Manual Supplementary Procedures Flight Management Navigation MN FLT OH 201 SP 11 23 RWY Enter Reenter runway on RTE page Check and reenter other performance data as required Marc...

Page 324: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Supplementary Procedures Flight Management Navigation SP 11 24 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 325: ...lve Operational Check with Engine s Shutdown With AC power established on the airplane Verify that the engine No 1 and engine No 2 fire switches are in YA201 YB271 YC453 YD256 YF631 YF632 YK652 YL815...

Page 326: ...extinguished to bright and then dim Engine start lever second engine CUTOFF Verify SPAR VALVE CLOSED light transitions from extinguished to bright and then dim Fuel Balancing If an engine fuel leak i...

Page 327: ...quantities are balanced Fuel pump switches main tank ON Center tank fuel pump switches ON Crossfeed selector Close If the center tank contains no fuel Crossfeed selector Open Fuel pump switches low ta...

Page 328: ...1 YM648 YN261 YN702 YR601 YV671 When a full fuel load is required the fuel shutoff system closes the fueling valves automatically when the tanks are full When a partial fuel load is required the fuel...

Page 329: ...using the fuel pumps fueling valve defueling valve and crossfeed valve AC power must be available Note Before transferring fuel ensure that the associated FUEL PUMP LOW PRESSURE lights are operating C...

Page 330: ...fuel pump switches OFF Main Tanks Refill Refueling panel and defuel panel access doors Close Fuel Crossfeed Valve Check Crossfeed selector Open Verify crossfeed VALVE OPEN light illuminates bright an...

Page 331: ...pattern shows on navigation displays TERRAIN caution message shows on navigation displays YC095 YF631 YK653 YK759 YV671 OBSTACLE OBSTACLE PULLUP aural sounds YC095 YC573 YD303 YK653 YK729 YL621 YL956...

Page 332: ...tem and Runway Awareness and Advisory System RAAS Inhibit Operation 1B785 1J585 1J594 Before departure if one or more of the following exist The airport or runway is not in the GPWS database A NOTAM a...

Page 333: ...AT on the ground is below 40 C or greater than 50 C Gross weight is greater than maximum landing weight RUNWAY INHIBIT switch INHIBIT Note If the RUNWAY INHIBIT switch is in the INHIBIT position and t...

Page 334: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Supplementary Procedures Warning Systems SP 15 4 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank October 26 2021...

Page 335: ...ntaminated by slush snow standing water or ice reduced thrust fixed derate is allowed provided takeoff performance accounts for the runway surface condition Reduced thrust using assumed temperature me...

Page 336: ...721 YV671 Takeoff with light coatings of frost up to 1 8 inch 3 mm in thickness on lower wing surfaces due to cold fuel is allowable however all leading edge devices all control surfaces tab surfaces...

Page 337: ...ine start Snow or ice that accumulates on the fan spinner or fan blades as a result of operation in icing conditions such as during approach or taxi in is allowed if the fan is free to rotate and the...

Page 338: ...ate Operate the engine at idle thrust until oil pressure returns to the normal range If the oil pressure remains above the normal range after the oil temperature has stabilized within limits shut down...

Page 339: ...nless the airplane is or will be protected by the application of Type II or Type IV fluid in compliance with an approved ground de icing program WARNING Do not use wing anti ice as an alternative for...

Page 340: ...the flap lever should be placed immediately in the same position as indicated Flaps Check F O Move the flaps from Flaps up to Flaps 40 back to Flaps up i e full travel to ensure freedom of movement I...

Page 341: ...luded in the 30 minute interval If airport surface conditions and the concentration of aircraft do not allow the engine thrust level to be increased to 70 N1 then set a thrust level as high as practic...

Page 342: ...TS C Set the trim for takeoff Verify that the trim is in the green band Engine BLEED air switches OFF F O Reduces the possibility of fumes entering the air conditioning system APU BLEED air switch OFF...

Page 343: ...ure Run up to a minimum of 70 N1 and confirm stable engine operation before the start of the takeoff roll A 30 second run up is highly recommended whenever possible Engine Anti Ice Operation In Flight...

Page 344: ...PM Fan Ice Removal CAUTION Avoid prolonged operation in moderate to severe icing conditions Prolonged operation in moderate to severe icing conditions can lead to fan blade spinner icing and engine vi...

Page 345: ...allowing ice to accumulate before turning wing anti ice on This procedure provides the cleanest airfoil surface the least possible runback ice formation and the least thrust and fuel penalty Normally...

Page 346: ...ns apply to QNH and QFE operations To determine the correction from the Altitude Correction Table subtract the elevation of the altimeter barometric reference setting source normally the departure or...

Page 347: ...Use normal procedures and reference speeds Airport Temp C Height Above Altimeter Reference Source 200 feet 300 feet 400 feet 500 feet 600 feet 700 feet 800 feet 900 feet 1000 feet 1500 feet 2000 feet...

Page 348: ...cedure with the following modifications After prolonged operation in icing conditions with the flaps extended or when an accumulation of airframe ice is observed or when operating on a runway or taxiw...

Page 349: ...t the area behind the airplane is clear Run up to a minimum of 70 N1 for approximately 30 seconds duration at intervals no greater than 30 minutes If airport surface conditions and the concentration o...

Page 350: ...switches ON F O PACK switches AUTO F O ISOLATION VALVE switch OPEN F O Pressurization mode selector MAN F O Outflow valve switch OPEN F O Prevents aircraft pressurization Note The airplane must be par...

Page 351: ...limited to protective covers and plugs installed water storage containers drained toilets drained doors and sliding windows closed YA201 YA221 YA571 YA657 YB104 YK653 YL621 YL806 YN112 YN701 YV671 ba...

Page 352: ...outlets and close all window shades on the sun exposed side of the passenger cabin Note If only cooling air from a ground air conditioning cart is supplied no pressurized air from the APU or ground ex...

Page 353: ...r the storm cell Storm cells that do not produce visible moisture at high altitude can be overflown safely To the maximum extent possible moderate to heavy rain hail or sleet should also be avoided If...

Page 354: ...ased Exterior Inspection Although removal of sand and dust contaminants is primarily a maintenance function during the exterior inspection the captain or first officer should carefully inspect areas w...

Page 355: ...let door and cooling air inlet are free of sand and dust before APU start Preflight Procedure First Officer Do the normal Preflight Procedure First Officer with the following modifications Note Minimi...

Page 356: ...r use as much as possible to reduce sand and dust ingestion If APU bleed air will be used and the APU is not operating APU switch START F O Note Run the APU for one full minute before using it as a bl...

Page 357: ...sand and dust to settle if conditions allow Do not take off into a sand or dust cloud Use a rolling takeoff Whenever possible avoid setting high thrust at low speed When visible sand and dust exist c...

Page 358: ...aintain thrust below 40 N1 whenever possible Maintain a greater than normal separation from other aircraft while taxiing and avoid the ingestion of another engine s wake Avoid engine overhang of unpre...

Page 359: ...ay remain engaged unless performance is objectionable Increased thrust lever activity can be expected when encountering wind temperature changes and large pressure changes Short time airspeed excursio...

Page 360: ...r 76 Mach whichever is lower CRUISE Use FMC recommended thrust settings If the FMC is inoperative refer to the Unreliable Airspeed page in the Performance Inflight section of the QRH for approximate N...

Page 361: ...possibility of an inadvertent encounter The following precautionary actions are recommended if windshear is suspected Takeoff Takeoff with full rated takeoff thrust is recommended unless the use of a...

Page 362: ...n 1000 feet above the airport to improve windshear recognition capability Use the most suitable runway that avoids the areas of suspected windshear and is compatible with crosswind or tailwind limitat...

Page 363: ...ation Ice crystals do not stick to cold airplane surfaces Avoid ICI conditions Flight in clouds containing high concentrations of ice crystals has been associated with engine vibration engine power lo...

Page 364: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Supplementary Procedures Adverse Weather SP 16 30 MN FLT OH 201 Humidity increase Static discharge around the windshield St Elmo s fire March 1 2021...

Page 365: ...lectivity below the airplane flight path Refer to weather radar operating instructions for additional information Areas with a higher risk of High Ice Water Content HIWC are identified by some aviatio...

Page 366: ...rystal Icing Suspected If conditions allow exit the ice crystal icing conditions laterally Climbing or descending to exit ice crystal icing conditions is not recommended Request a route change to mini...

Page 367: ...Section TOC MN FLT OH 201 PI TOC 1 Performance Inflight Performance Inflight Section Table of Contents Performance Inflight 737 8 LEAP 1B27 KG C M FAA CATB TO1 10 TO2 20 PI 10 1 737 8 TS2 LEAP 1B28 KG...

Page 368: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Performance Inflight Table of Contents PI TOC 2 MN FLT OH 201 October 26 2021 Intentionally Blank...

Page 369: ...ow Takeoff PI 10 10 Wet Snow Takeoff PI 10 12 Slippery Runway Takeoff PI 10 14 Takeoff N1 PI 10 17 Assumed Temperature Reduced Thrust PI 10 18 TO1 Takeoff Speeds Dry Runway PI 10 20 TO1 Takeoff Speeds...

Page 370: ...de SEA LEVEL PI 10 59 Airport Altitude 1000 FT PI 10 60 Airport Altitude 2000 FT PI 10 61 Airport Altitude 3000 FT PI 10 62 Airport Altitude 4000 FT PI 10 63 Airport Altitude 5000 FT PI 10 64 Airport...

Page 371: ...uise Maximum Operating Altitude PI 11 1 Long Range Cruise Control PI 11 2 Long Range Cruise Enroute Fuel and Time Low Altitudes PI 11 3 Long Range Cruise Enroute Fuel and Time High Altitudes PI 11 5 L...

Page 372: ...noperative Landing Flaps 30 PI 12 27 SPOILERS Flaps 15 PI 12 28 SPOILERS Flaps 30 PI 12 29 SPOILERS Flaps 40 PI 12 30 Stabilizer Trim Inoperative Flaps 15 PI 12 31 Trailing Edge Flap Asymmetry 1 Flap...

Page 373: ...ne Inoperative PI 15 1 Alternate Mode EEC Initial Max Continuous N1 PI 15 1 Alternate Mode EEC Max Continuous N1 PI 15 2 Gear Down PI 16 1 Long Range Cruise Altitude Capability PI 16 1 Long Range Crui...

Page 374: ...Manual PI TOC 10 6 MN FLT OH 201 October 26 2021 Performance Inflight Table of Contents T e m p o r a r y R e v i s i o n Alternate Mode EEC Engine Inoperative PI 18 14 Gear Down PI 18 15 Gear Down E...

Page 375: ...LT OH 201 PI ModID 10 1 T e m p o r a r y R e v i s i o n Pkg Model Identification Pkg Model Identification Pkg Model Identification File highlight Pkg Model Identification General Performance Infligh...

Page 376: ...737 Flight Crew Operations Manual Performance Inflight Pkg Model Identification PI ModID 10 2 MN FLT OH 201 October 26 2021 T e m p o r a r y R e v i s i o n Intentionally Blank...

Page 377: ...121 135 117 118 132 115 116 129 113 113 126 50 117 119 135 113 114 129 110 111 126 108 109 124 106 106 121 45 110 111 129 105 106 123 102 104 120 101 102 118 99 99 115 40 102 103 122 97 99 117 95 96 1...

Page 378: ...2000 14500 60 99 96 94 91 89 86 83 79 75 55 99 96 94 91 89 86 83 79 75 50 101 99 94 91 89 86 83 79 75 45 104 102 97 92 89 86 83 79 75 40 107 104 100 95 90 86 83 79 75 35 109 107 103 98 93 87 83 79 75...

Page 379: ...6 129 101 113 126 50 106 119 135 101 114 129 98 111 126 96 109 124 94 106 121 45 98 111 129 93 106 123 91 104 120 89 102 118 87 99 115 40 90 103 122 85 99 117 83 96 114 81 94 112 79 92 110 TEMP C TAKE...

Page 380: ...14500 60 99 96 94 91 89 86 83 79 75 55 99 96 94 91 89 86 83 79 75 50 101 99 94 91 89 86 83 79 75 45 104 102 97 92 89 86 83 79 75 40 107 104 100 95 90 86 83 79 75 35 109 107 103 98 93 87 83 79 75 30 1...

Page 381: ...4 4 1 2 4 3 3 4 3 1 2 3 60 7 1 2 7 1 4 7 6 3 4 6 1 4 6 5 3 4 5 1 2 5 4 3 4 4 1 4 4 3 3 4 3 1 4 3 3 50 6 3 4 6 1 4 6 5 3 4 5 1 2 5 1 4 5 4 1 2 4 1 4 4 3 1 2 3 1 4 3 3 3 3 40 5 1 4 5 4 3 4 4 1 2 4 1 4...

Page 382: ...p o r a r y R e v i s i o n File Highlight VREF Based on 14500 ft reference pressure altitude WEIGHT 1000 KG VREF KIAS FLAPS 40 30 15 90 169 169 179 85 163 165 173 80 156 160 168 75 149 154 162 70 14...

Page 383: ...al 737 8 LEAP 1B27 FAA CATB MN FLT OH 201 PI 10 7 T e m p o r a r y R e v i s i o n File Highlight Flap Maneuver Speeds FLAP POSITION MANEUVER SPEED UP VREF40 70 1 VREF40 50 5 VREF40 30 10 VREF40 30 1...

Page 384: ...50 INCHES PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 5 9 7 6 9 3 10 9 8 2 9 9 11 6 13 2 12 4 14 2 15 9 17 4 80 5 2 6 9 8 7 10 2 6 9 8 7 1...

Page 385: ...4500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 8 1 9 8 11 6 13 2 10 6 12 3 14 1 15 6 15 1 16 9 18 6 20 2 80 7 3 9 0 10 8 12 4 9 2 10 9 12 7 14 2 12 6 14 3 16 1 17 6 70 6 2 7 9 9 7 11 3 7 6 9 3 11 1...

Page 386: ...PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 4 4 5 8 7 0 8 2 6 2 7 5 8 8 10 0 9 6 10 8 12 2 13 3 80 4 4 5 7 7 0 8 2 5 8 7 1 8 3 9 5 8 3 9 6...

Page 387: ...00 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 6 4 7 6 8 8 9 8 8 2 9 4 10 6 11 7 11 5 12 7 13 9 15 0 80 6 4 7 6 8 8 9 9 7 8 9 0 10 2 11 3 10 3 11 6 12 7 13 8 70 6 0 7 2 8 4 9 4 6 9 8 1 9 3 10 4 8 8 10 0 11 2 12 2 6...

Page 388: ...ESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 4 4 5 8 7 1 8 3 6 2 7 6 8 9 10 2 11 5 12 9 14 2 15 5 80 4 4 5 8 7 2 8 4 5 8 7 2 8 5 9 8 9 9 11 2...

Page 389: ...L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 6 4 7 6 8 8 10 0 8 3 9 5 10 8 11 9 13 8 15 1 16 3 17 4 80 6 5 7 8 9 0 10 1 7 9 9 2 10 4 11 5 12 2 13 4 14 6 15 7 70 6 1 7 3 8 6 9 7 7 0 8 3 9 5 10 6 10 0 11...

Page 390: ...OBSTACLE LIMIT WEIGHT 1000 KG REPORTED BRAKING ACTION GOOD MEDIUM POOR PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 1 1 1 8 2 6 3 3 3 1 3 8...

Page 391: ...and Table 2 DRY FIELD OBSTACLE LIMIT WEIGHT 1000 KG REPORTED BRAKING ACTION GOOD MEDIUM POOR PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 2...

Page 392: ...V1 MCG If not V1 MCG limited enter Table 3 with the actual weight to obtain V1 speed adjustment If adjusted V1 is less than V1 MCG set V1 V1 MCG V1 not to exceed VR WEIGHT 1000 KG REPORTED BRAKING ACT...

Page 393: ...7 10 87 0 88 3 89 6 89 9 90 2 90 5 90 8 91 1 91 5 91 8 92 2 92 6 93 0 92 2 91 6 90 9 90 2 89 9 5 86 2 87 5 88 8 89 1 89 4 89 7 90 0 90 3 90 7 91 0 91 4 91 8 92 2 92 2 92 2 92 0 91 4 91 1 0 85 4 86 7...

Page 394: ...2 77 0 76 1 75 8 65 84 4 84 9 85 4 85 5 85 0 84 5 84 1 83 6 83 2 82 7 82 3 81 8 81 3 80 3 79 4 78 3 77 4 77 0 60 85 6 86 1 86 6 86 7 86 2 85 7 85 2 84 8 84 3 83 9 83 5 83 0 82 5 81 6 80 6 79 5 78 6 78...

Page 395: ...SIDE AIR TEMPERATURE C 40 20 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 115 8 5 110 8 5 105 8 5 100 7 4 95 5 6 8 9 90 4 2 8 9 85 2 8 8 9 80 1 4 7 6 75 0 1 5 9 9 2 70 0 0 4 4 9 2 9 2 65 0 0 2 9 8 6 8 6 8 5 60 0...

Page 396: ...12 113 125 110 110 123 108 108 120 45 113 113 128 107 108 122 105 105 120 103 103 117 101 101 115 40 104 105 121 100 100 116 97 98 113 95 96 111 93 93 109 TEMP C TAKEOFF SPEEDS ADJUSTMENTS KIAS V1 VR...

Page 397: ...0 10000 12000 14500 60 94 92 90 87 84 82 79 75 71 55 94 92 90 87 84 82 79 75 71 50 96 94 90 87 84 82 79 75 71 45 99 96 92 88 84 82 79 75 71 40 101 99 95 90 85 82 79 75 71 35 103 101 97 93 88 83 79 75...

Page 398: ...113 125 100 110 123 97 108 120 45 101 113 128 96 108 122 94 105 120 92 103 117 90 101 115 40 93 105 121 88 100 116 86 98 113 84 96 111 82 93 109 TEMP C TAKEOFF SPEEDS ADJUSTMENTS KIAS V1 VR V2 PRESS A...

Page 399: ...0 10000 12000 14500 60 94 92 90 87 84 82 79 75 71 55 94 92 90 87 84 82 79 75 71 50 96 94 90 87 84 82 79 75 71 45 99 96 92 88 84 82 79 75 71 40 101 99 95 90 85 82 79 75 71 35 103 101 97 93 88 83 79 75...

Page 400: ...8 1 4 8 7 3 4 7 1 4 7 6 3 4 6 1 4 6 5 3 4 5 1 4 5 4 1 2 4 1 4 3 3 4 3 1 2 3 1 4 50 7 1 2 7 1 4 7 6 3 4 6 1 4 6 5 3 4 5 1 4 5 4 3 4 4 1 4 4 3 1 2 3 1 4 3 3 40 6 1 2 6 1 4 5 3 4 5 1 2 5 1 4 5 4 3 4 4 1...

Page 401: ...ES 6 mm 0 25 INCHES 13 mm 0 50 INCHES PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 6 4 8 2 9 9 11 4 8 8 10 5 12 2 13 7 13 2 14 9 16 6 18 2 8...

Page 402: ...S ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 8 3 10 0 11 7 13 3 10 8 12 6 14 3 15 9 15 7 17 4 19 2 20 7 80 7 5 9 3 11 0 12 6 9 5 11 2 13 0 14 6 13 1 14 8 16...

Page 403: ...NCHES 100 mm 4 00 INCHES PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 4 1 5 4 6 7 7 9 6 0 7 3 8 6 9 7 9 6 10 9 12 2 13 3 80 4 3 5 6 6 9 8 1...

Page 404: ...00 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 5 9 7 0 8 3 9 3 7 8 9 0 10 2 11 2 11 2 12 5 13 7 14 7 80 6 2 7 3 8 6 9 7 7 6 8 8 10 0 11 1 10 3 11 5 12 7 13 8 70 5 9 7 1 8 3 9 4 7 0 8 2 9...

Page 405: ...50 INCHES 30 mm 1 18 INCHES PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 5 0 6 4 7 8 9 0 6 8 8 2 9 6 10 8 12 3 13 7 15 1 16 3 80 4 9 6 3 7 7...

Page 406: ...SS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 6 4 7 6 8 8 9 9 8 4 9 6 10 8 11 9 14 2 15 4 16 6 17 7 80 6 6 7 8 9 0 10 2 8 1 9 3 10 5 11 6 12 5 13 7 15 0 16 1 70 6 2 7 4 8...

Page 407: ...ot to exceed VR TO1 DRY FIELD OBSTACLE LIMIT WEIGHT 1000 KG REPORTED BRAKING ACTION GOOD MEDIUM POOR PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 145...

Page 408: ...eights from Table 1 and Table 2 TO1 DRY FIELD OBSTACLE LIMIT WEIGHT 1000 KG REPORTED BRAKING ACTION GOOD MEDIUM POOR PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S...

Page 409: ...limited set V1 V1 MCG If not V1 MCG limited enter Table 3 with the actual weight to obtain V1 speed adjustment If adjusted V1 is less than V1 MCG set V1 V1 MCG V1 not to exceed VR WEIGHT 1000 KG REPOR...

Page 410: ...85 0 10 83 4 84 7 85 9 86 1 86 4 86 7 87 1 87 4 87 7 88 0 88 4 88 8 89 1 88 4 87 8 87 2 86 5 86 1 5 82 7 83 9 85 1 85 4 85 7 86 0 86 3 86 6 86 9 87 2 87 6 88 0 88 3 88 3 88 4 88 2 87 6 87 3 0 81 9 83...

Page 411: ...6 6 76 6 76 6 76 6 76 1 75 8 65 80 7 81 2 81 8 81 8 81 4 80 9 80 4 79 9 79 5 79 1 78 7 78 2 77 7 76 8 76 0 76 0 76 0 76 0 60 81 9 82 4 82 9 83 0 82 5 82 0 81 6 81 1 80 7 80 3 79 8 79 4 78 9 78 0 77 1...

Page 412: ...UTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE C 40 20 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 115 8 3 110 8 3 105 8 3 100 7 2 95 5 5 8 6 90 4 1 8 6 85 2 7 8 6 80 1 4 7 4 75 0 1 5 7 9 0 70 0 0 4 2 8 8 8 8 65 0 0 2 8 8 3 8 2 8 2 60...

Page 413: ...119 45 115 115 127 110 110 121 107 107 119 105 105 116 103 103 114 40 106 106 120 102 102 115 99 99 112 97 97 110 95 95 108 TEMP C TAKEOFF SPEEDS ADJUSTMENTS KIAS V1 VR V2 PRESS ALT 1000 FT PRESS ALT...

Page 414: ...4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14500 60 89 87 85 82 80 77 75 71 68 55 89 87 85 82 80 77 75 71 68 50 91 89 85 82 80 77 75 71 68 45 93 91 87 83 80 77 75 71 68 40 96 94 90 85 81 77 75 71 68 35 98 96 92 88 84...

Page 415: ...0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 5 2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 5 60 6 7 7 9 10 11 13 13 13 4 5 5 6 6 7 9 10 10 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 50 3 4 7 9 10 11 13 13 13 3 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 10 1 1 1 2 3 3 4 4 4 40 1 2 4 6 9 11 13 13 13 1 2...

Page 416: ...2 8 1 4 8 7 3 4 7 1 4 7 6 3 4 6 1 4 6 5 1 2 5 1 4 4 3 4 4 1 2 4 3 3 4 50 8 1 2 8 1 4 7 3 4 7 1 2 7 1 4 6 3 4 6 1 2 6 1 4 5 3 4 5 1 2 5 4 3 4 4 1 4 4 3 1 2 3 1 4 40 7 1 2 7 1 4 7 6 1 2 6 1 4 6 5 1 2 5...

Page 417: ...mm 0 12 INCHES 6 mm 0 25 INCHES 13 mm 0 50 INCHES PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 6 0 7 8 9 5 11 0 8 5 10 2 11 9 13 5 13 3 15 0...

Page 418: ...T FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 7 6 9 3 11 1 12 7 10 4 12 1 13 9 15 5 15 6 17 4 19 1 20 7 80 7 0 8 8 10 5 12 1 9 2 10 9 12 7 14 2 13 2...

Page 419: ...60 mm 2 36 INCHES 100 mm 4 00 INCHES PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 3 6 4 9 6 2 7 3 5 5 6 8 8 1 9 2 9 3 10 7 11 9 13 1 80 3 9...

Page 420: ...RESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 4 9 6 1 7 3 8 4 6 9 8 2 9 3 10 4 10 7 11 8 13 1 14 2 80 5 4 6 6 7 8 8 9 7 0 8 2 9 4 10 5 9 9 11 1 12 3 13 4 70 5 5 6 8 7 9...

Page 421: ...mm 0 50 INCHES 30 mm 1 18 INCHES PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 4 4 5 7 7 1 8 3 6 3 7 6 9 0 10 2 12 1 13 5 14 8 16 1 80 4 5 5...

Page 422: ...FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 5 2 6 4 7 6 8 7 7 4 8 6 9 8 10 9 13 6 14 8 16 0 17 1 80 5 7 6 9 8 2 9 3 7 4 8 6 9 8 10 9 12 2 13 4 14 6 15 7 70 5 8 7...

Page 423: ...CG set V1 V1 MCG V1 not to exceed VR TO2 DRY FIELD OBSTACLE LIMIT WEIGHT 1000 KG REPORTED BRAKING ACTION GOOD MEDIUM POOR PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 145...

Page 424: ...ser of weights from Table 1 and Table 2 TO2 DRY FIELD OBSTACLE LIMIT WEIGHT 1000 KG REPORTED BRAKING ACTION GOOD MEDIUM POOR PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000...

Page 425: ...CG limited set V1 V1 MCG If not V1 MCG limited enter Table 3 with the actual weight to obtain V1 speed adjustment If adjusted V1 is less than V1 MCG set V1 V1 MCG V1 not to exceed VR WEIGHT 1000 KG RE...

Page 426: ...10 79 6 80 8 82 0 82 2 82 5 82 8 83 1 83 4 83 7 84 0 84 3 84 7 85 0 84 4 83 8 83 2 82 5 82 2 5 78 9 80 0 81 2 81 5 81 8 82 0 82 4 82 6 82 9 83 3 83 6 84 0 84 3 84 3 84 4 84 2 83 6 83 3 0 78 1 79 3 80...

Page 427: ...6 6 76 6 76 6 76 6 76 1 75 8 65 76 8 77 2 77 7 77 8 77 3 76 9 76 4 76 0 76 0 76 0 76 0 76 0 76 0 76 0 76 0 76 0 76 0 76 0 60 77 8 78 3 78 8 78 9 78 4 78 0 77 5 77 1 76 7 76 3 75 9 75 5 75 4 75 4 75 4...

Page 428: ...UTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE C 40 20 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 115 7 9 110 7 9 105 7 9 100 7 1 95 5 4 8 2 90 4 0 8 2 85 2 6 8 2 80 1 3 7 4 75 0 1 5 6 8 5 70 0 0 4 2 8 4 8 4 65 0 0 2 7 7 9 7 9 7 8 60...

Page 429: ...0 89 5 90 5 90 8 90 2 89 6 20 83 1 85 8 88 4 88 0 87 5 88 7 89 2 89 1 89 7 90 0 89 4 88 9 15 82 3 85 1 87 8 89 0 88 5 89 8 90 2 90 5 89 6 89 2 88 7 88 1 10 81 6 84 3 87 1 89 4 89 5 90 9 91 1 91 3 91...

Page 430: ...90 6 90 2 4 5 86 1 87 4 88 6 88 9 89 2 89 5 89 9 90 2 90 5 90 8 91 2 91 6 92 0 92 0 92 0 92 1 91 7 91 3 1 0 85 3 86 5 87 8 88 1 88 5 88 7 89 0 89 3 89 7 90 0 90 4 90 8 91 2 91 2 91 3 91 3 91 3 91 3 6...

Page 431: ...00 1500 1100 800 600 20000 PITCH ATT 6 5 6 0 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 0 V S FT MIN 3700 2900 2300 1800 1500 1200 10000 PITCH ATT 10 0 8 5 8 0 7 5 7 5 7 5 V S FT MIN 5100 4000 3200 2700 2200 1900 SEA LEVEL PITCH...

Page 432: ...000 PITCH ATT 3 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 5 1 0 V S FT MIN 3000 2500 2200 2000 1900 1900 20000 PITCH ATT 3 5 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 5 1 5 V S FT MIN 2900 2400 2100 1900 1800 1700 10000 PITCH ATT 3 5 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 5 1 5...

Page 433: ...REF40 50 PITCH ATT 4 5 5 0 5 5 6 0 6 0 6 0 N1 44 1 48 2 52 1 55 6 59 1 62 5 KIAS 156 169 182 192 203 216 FLAPS 5 GEAR UP VREF40 30 PITCH ATT 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 0 6 5 6 0 N1 43 5 48 1 52 4 56 0 59 7 63 1 KI...

Page 434: ...REF40 50 PITCH ATT 4 5 5 0 5 5 6 0 6 0 6 0 N1 44 6 48 8 52 8 56 3 59 9 63 3 KIAS 156 169 182 192 203 216 FLAPS 5 GEAR UP VREF40 30 PITCH ATT 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 0 6 5 6 0 N1 44 1 48 8 53 0 56 7 60 4 63 9 KI...

Page 435: ...VREF40 50 PITCH ATT 4 5 5 0 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 0 N1 45 1 49 5 53 5 57 0 60 7 64 1 KIAS 156 170 182 192 204 216 FLAPS 5 GEAR UP VREF40 30 PITCH ATT 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 N1 44 7 49 4 53 6 57 4 61 2 64 7 K...

Page 436: ...REF40 50 PITCH ATT 4 5 5 0 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 0 N1 45 7 50 1 54 1 57 8 61 5 65 0 KIAS 157 170 182 192 204 216 FLAPS 5 GEAR UP VREF40 30 PITCH ATT 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 N1 45 3 50 1 54 3 58 2 62 0 65 6 KI...

Page 437: ...REF40 50 PITCH ATT 4 5 5 0 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 0 N1 46 3 50 8 54 9 58 6 62 3 65 8 KIAS 157 170 182 193 204 216 FLAPS 5 GEAR UP VREF40 30 PITCH ATT 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 N1 45 9 50 8 55 0 59 1 62 9 66 5 KI...

Page 438: ...REF40 50 PITCH ATT 4 5 5 0 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 0 N1 46 9 51 6 55 6 59 4 63 2 66 7 KIAS 157 170 183 193 204 217 FLAPS 5 GEAR UP VREF40 30 PITCH ATT 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 N1 46 4 51 4 55 8 59 9 63 8 67 4 KI...

Page 439: ...REF40 50 PITCH ATT 4 5 5 0 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 0 N1 47 6 52 3 56 4 60 3 64 1 67 6 KIAS 157 170 183 193 204 217 FLAPS 5 GEAR UP VREF40 30 PITCH ATT 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 N1 47 0 52 1 56 5 60 8 64 7 68 3 KI...

Page 440: ...REF40 50 PITCH ATT 4 5 5 0 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 0 N1 48 2 53 0 57 2 61 2 65 0 68 5 KIAS 157 171 183 193 205 217 FLAPS 5 GEAR UP VREF40 30 PITCH ATT 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 N1 47 7 52 7 57 4 61 7 65 7 69 3 KI...

Page 441: ...REF40 50 PITCH ATT 4 5 5 0 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 0 N1 48 9 53 7 58 0 62 0 65 9 69 4 KIAS 157 171 183 193 205 218 FLAPS 5 GEAR UP VREF40 30 PITCH ATT 5 0 5 5 6 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 N1 48 3 53 5 58 3 62 6 66 6 70 2 KI...

Page 442: ...REF40 50 PITCH ATT 4 5 5 0 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 0 N1 49 7 54 4 58 9 63 0 66 8 70 4 KIAS 157 171 183 193 205 218 FLAPS 5 GEAR UP VREF40 30 PITCH ATT 5 0 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 0 6 0 N1 49 1 54 3 59 1 63 5 67 5 71 2 KI...

Page 443: ...REF40 50 PITCH ATT 4 5 5 0 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 0 N1 50 4 55 2 59 8 63 9 67 7 71 3 KIAS 157 171 184 194 206 218 FLAPS 5 GEAR UP VREF40 30 PITCH ATT 5 0 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 0 6 0 N1 49 8 55 1 60 0 64 5 68 5 72 2 KI...

Page 444: ...REF40 50 PITCH ATT 4 5 5 0 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 0 N1 51 2 56 0 60 7 64 8 68 7 72 3 KIAS 158 171 184 194 206 219 FLAPS 5 GEAR UP VREF40 30 PITCH ATT 5 0 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 0 6 0 N1 50 5 56 0 61 0 65 4 69 5 73 2 KI...

Page 445: ...REF40 50 PITCH ATT 4 5 5 0 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 0 N1 51 9 56 9 61 6 65 7 69 7 73 3 KIAS 158 172 184 194 206 219 FLAPS 5 GEAR UP VREF40 30 PITCH ATT 5 0 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 0 6 0 N1 51 2 56 8 61 9 66 4 70 5 74 3 KI...

Page 446: ...REF40 50 PITCH ATT 4 5 5 0 5 5 5 5 6 0 5 5 N1 52 6 57 8 62 6 66 6 70 6 74 3 KIAS 158 172 184 194 207 220 FLAPS 5 GEAR UP VREF40 30 PITCH ATT 5 0 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 0 6 0 N1 52 0 57 7 62 9 67 3 71 5 75 3 KI...

Page 447: ...REF40 50 PITCH ATT 4 5 5 0 5 5 5 5 6 0 5 5 N1 53 4 58 7 63 5 67 6 71 6 75 3 KIAS 158 172 184 194 207 220 FLAPS 5 GEAR UP VREF40 30 PITCH ATT 5 0 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 0 6 0 N1 52 8 58 6 63 9 68 3 72 5 76 3 KI...

Page 448: ...REF40 50 PITCH ATT 4 5 5 0 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 N1 54 2 59 6 64 4 68 6 72 6 76 4 KIAS 158 172 184 195 207 221 FLAPS 5 GEAR UP VREF40 30 PITCH ATT 5 0 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 0 6 0 N1 53 7 59 6 64 8 69 3 73 5 77 4 KI...

Page 449: ...REF40 50 PITCH ATT 4 5 5 0 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 N1 55 1 60 6 65 4 69 6 73 7 77 4 KIAS 159 172 185 195 208 221 FLAPS 5 GEAR UP VREF40 30 PITCH ATT 5 0 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 0 6 0 N1 54 5 60 6 65 8 70 3 74 6 78 4 KI...

Page 450: ...ITCH ATT 1 5 1 5 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 N1 35 5 38 9 42 0 44 8 47 4 49 9 KIAS 128 142 155 166 176 186 FLAPS 30 VREF30 10 PITCH ATT 0 5 0 5 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 N1 40 0 44 2 48 1 51 6 54 7 57 6 KIAS 122 135 148 15...

Page 451: ...PITCH ATT 1 5 1 5 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 N1 36 1 39 6 43 0 45 8 48 6 51 1 KIAS 128 142 155 166 176 187 FLAPS 30 VREF30 10 PITCH ATT 0 5 0 5 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 N1 41 0 45 4 49 4 52 8 55 9 58 9 KIAS 122 135 148 1...

Page 452: ...ITCH ATT 1 5 1 5 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 N1 36 7 40 5 44 0 46 9 49 7 52 4 KIAS 128 142 155 166 177 187 FLAPS 30 VREF30 10 PITCH ATT 0 5 0 5 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 N1 42 1 46 6 50 7 54 0 57 2 60 3 KIAS 122 135 148 15...

Page 453: ...ITCH ATT 1 5 1 5 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 N1 37 5 41 6 45 0 48 1 51 0 53 6 KIAS 128 142 155 166 177 187 FLAPS 30 VREF30 10 PITCH ATT 0 5 0 5 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 N1 43 2 47 8 51 9 55 3 58 7 61 8 KIAS 122 136 148 15...

Page 454: ...ITCH ATT 1 5 1 5 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 N1 38 3 42 5 46 1 49 3 52 3 54 9 KIAS 128 142 155 166 177 187 FLAPS 30 VREF30 10 PITCH ATT 0 5 0 5 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 N1 44 3 49 0 53 1 56 7 60 2 63 5 KIAS 122 136 148 15...

Page 455: ...ITCH ATT 1 5 1 5 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 N1 39 3 43 5 47 4 50 6 53 6 56 3 KIAS 128 142 155 166 177 187 FLAPS 30 VREF30 10 PITCH ATT 0 5 0 5 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 N1 45 4 50 2 54 4 58 3 62 0 65 3 KIAS 122 136 148 15...

Page 456: ...PITCH ATT 1 5 1 5 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 N1 40 4 44 7 48 6 51 9 54 9 57 8 KIAS 128 142 155 166 177 188 FLAPS 30 VREF30 10 PITCH ATT 0 5 0 5 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 N1 46 6 51 5 55 9 60 0 63 7 67 0 KIAS 122 136 148 1...

Page 457: ...PITCH ATT 1 5 1 5 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 N1 41 5 46 0 50 0 53 2 56 4 59 4 KIAS 128 142 155 166 177 188 FLAPS 30 VREF30 10 PITCH ATT 0 5 0 5 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 N1 47 9 52 9 57 6 61 8 65 5 68 8 KIAS 122 136 149 1...

Page 458: ...0 5 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 N1 49 3 54 4 59 4 63 6 67 3 70 7 KIAS 122 136 149 159 170 179 FLAPS 40 VREF40 10 PITCH ATT 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 0 0 5 0 5 N1 55 0 61 5 66 8 71 2 75 7 80 1 KIAS 118 131 144 154 166 179 PR...

Page 459: ...1000 41000 41000 41000 41000 WEIGHT 1000 KG OPTIMUM ALT FT TAT C MARGIN TO INITIAL BUFFET G BANK ANGLE 1 20 33 1 25 36 1 30 39 1 40 44 1 50 48 85 33500 6 34000 34000 34000 34000 32600 80 34800 9 35500...

Page 460: ...68 1063 1078 65 N1 74 2 75 9 77 5 79 0 80 4 82 0 83 7 86 0 MACH 656 683 710 737 763 788 796 796 KIAS 273 273 273 272 270 268 258 247 FF ENG 1013 1012 1010 1006 1002 1004 997 1001 60 N1 72 3 74 0 75 7...

Page 461: ...25 1272 2569 2338 2136 1968 1826 1700 1617 1541 1472 1408 1351 2724 2478 2263 2085 1934 1800 1713 1632 1558 1491 1430 2879 2619 2391 2202 2042 1900 1807 1722 1644 1573 1509 3035 2760 2519 2319 2150 20...

Page 462: ...uel Required Adjustment 1000 KG REFERENCE FUEL REQUIRED 1000 KG WEIGHT AT CHECK POINT 1000 KG 40 50 60 70 80 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 3 3 0 3 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 4 4 0 4 0 2 0 0 0 3 0 6 5 0...

Page 463: ...2017 1935 1861 1794 3233 3027 2840 2677 2532 2400 2296 2200 2111 2030 1956 3507 3282 3079 2901 2744 2600 2487 2383 2287 2198 2118 3780 3537 3318 3126 2955 2800 2679 2566 2462 2366 2279 4055 3793 3557...

Page 464: ...40 10 7 6 28 3000 12 9 7 52 12 5 7 37 12 1 7 22 11 8 7 09 11 5 6 56 3200 13 7 8 25 13 3 8 09 12 8 7 53 12 6 7 39 12 2 7 25 3400 14 5 8 58 14 0 8 41 13 6 8 24 13 3 8 09 13 0 7 54 3600 15 3 9 31 14 8 9...

Page 465: ...able 2 Determine difference new altitude wind factor minus present altitude wind factor this difference may be negative or positive 3 Break even wind at new altitude is present altitude wind plus diff...

Page 466: ...CE NM LANDING WEIGHT 1000 KG 40 50 60 70 41000 26 270 102 119 132 141 39000 25 260 96 113 126 135 37000 24 250 91 107 119 128 35000 24 250 87 102 114 123 33000 23 240 83 97 108 117 31000 22 240 78 91...

Page 467: ...59 0 63 2 67 7 72 7 77 6 82 2 70 KIAS 220 222 222 224 225 227 229 232 FF ENG 1030 1010 1000 1010 1000 980 990 1010 N1 51 3 53 5 57 1 61 2 65 7 70 5 75 7 80 3 65 KIAS 211 214 214 215 216 218 220 223 F...

Page 468: ...737 Flight Crew Operations Manual Performance Inflight All Engine 737 8 LEAP 1B27 FAA CATB PI 11 10 MN FLT OH 201 T e m p o r a r y R e v i s i o n Intentionally Blank October 26 2021...

Page 469: ...ACE CONDITION DESCRIPTION REPORTED BRAKING ACTION 6 Dry Dry 5 Wet Smooth Grooved or PFC or Frost 3 mm 0 12 inches or less of Water Slush Dry Snow or Wet Snow Good 4 Compacted Snow at or below 15 C OAT...

Page 470: ...0 460 15 35 85 90 145 30 30 AUTOBRAKE 1 3090 220 235 105 140 160 540 65 75 100 100 140 235 265 MAX MANUAL 1850 135 135 65 90 100 355 40 35 60 60 95 95 190 AUTOBRAKE MAX 1870 135 135 65 90 100 350 35 3...

Page 471: ...o this new reference distance LANDING DISTANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS M REF DIST WT ADJ ALT ADJ WIND ADJ SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 50...

Page 472: ...80 105 135 445 15 35 80 80 130 35 35 AUTOBRAKE 1 2830 195 210 95 125 155 515 60 75 90 90 125 200 255 MAX MANUAL 1680 115 120 60 80 95 335 30 30 55 55 90 70 135 AUTOBRAKE MAX 1715 120 120 60 80 95 335...

Page 473: ...stment to this new reference distance LANDING DISTANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS M REF DIST WT ADJ ALT ADJ WIND ADJ SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGH...

Page 474: ...70 80 100 130 430 5 30 75 75 130 15 15 AUTOBRAKE 1 2630 210 195 95 120 150 500 50 65 80 85 125 155 190 MAX MANUAL 1560 125 110 55 75 90 325 30 25 50 50 90 60 110 AUTOBRAKE MAX 1595 130 110 55 80 90 32...

Page 475: ...ustment to this new reference distance LANDING DISTANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS M REF DIST WT ADJ ALT ADJ WIND ADJ SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIG...

Page 476: ...URATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VREF ONE REV NO REV MAX MANUAL 1385...

Page 477: ...N 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VREF ONE REV NO REV MAX MANUAL 1290 75 75...

Page 478: ...URATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VREF ONE REV NO REV MAX MANUAL 1220...

Page 479: ...HT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VREF ONE REV NO REV MAX MANUAL 1725 175 90 50 80 65 205 20 15 45...

Page 480: ...celeration insufficient to stop airplane on the runway LANDING DISTANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS M REF DIST WT ADJ ALT ADJ WIND ADJ SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000...

Page 481: ...Deceleration insufficient to stop airplane on the runway LANDING DISTANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS M REF DIST WT ADJ ALT ADJ WIND ADJ SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65...

Page 482: ...this new reference distance LANDING DISTANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS M REF DIST WT ADJ ALT ADJ WIND ADJ SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000...

Page 483: ...CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VREF ONE REV NO REV MAX MANUA...

Page 484: ...ON 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VREF ONE REV NO REV MAX MANUAL 1460 90 85...

Page 485: ...Deceleration insufficient to stop airplane on the runway LANDING DISTANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS M REF DIST WT ADJ ALT ADJ WIND ADJ SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 650...

Page 486: ...ce Deceleration insufficient to stop airplane on the runway LANDING DISTANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS M REF DIST WT ADJ ALT ADJ WIND ADJ SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION...

Page 487: ...nce Deceleration insufficient to stop airplane on the runway LANDING DISTANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS M REF DIST WT ADJ ALT ADJ WIND ADJ SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION...

Page 488: ...NDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VREF ONE REV NO REV MAX MANUAL 1435 90 85 40 50 60 200...

Page 489: ...TION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VREF ONE REV NO REV MAX MANUAL 1315 80...

Page 490: ...RATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VREF ONE REV NO REV MAX MANUAL 1230 9...

Page 491: ...this new reference distance LANDING DISTANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS M REF DIST WT ADJ ALT ADJ WIND ADJ SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 500...

Page 492: ...to this new reference distance LANDING DISTANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS M REF DIST WT ADJ ALT ADJ WIND ADJ SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER...

Page 493: ...new reference distance LANDING DISTANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS M REF DIST WT ADJ ALT ADJ WIND ADJ SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG A...

Page 494: ...T ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VREF ONE REV NO...

Page 495: ...THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VREF ONE R...

Page 496: ...IGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VREF ONE REV NO REV MAX MANUAL 1505 95 95 40 55 65 210 25 20 40...

Page 497: ...WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VREF ONE REV NO REV MAX MANUAL 1435 85 90 40 50 65 205 25 25...

Page 498: ...NDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VREF ONE REV NO REV MAX MANUAL 1360 100 85 40 55 65 205...

Page 499: ...IGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VREF ONE REV NO REV MAX MANUAL 138...

Page 500: ...RATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VREF ONE REV NO REV MAX MANUAL 1440 1...

Page 501: ...KING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VREF ONE REV NO REV MAX M...

Page 502: ...BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VREF ONE REV NO REV MA...

Page 503: ...GURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VREF ONE REV NO REV MAX MANUAL 1440...

Page 504: ...KING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VREF ONE REV NO REV MAX M...

Page 505: ...ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VREF ONE REV NO RE...

Page 506: ...LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VREF ONE REV NO REV MAX MANUAL 1545 140 80 40 55 60...

Page 507: ...0 47 4 55 1 64 3 57 4 30 15 0 16 9 19 2 21 9 25 0 28 7 29 9 34 5 39 9 38 9 45 1 52 5 48 8 56 8 66 3 59 1 40 15 0 17 0 19 3 22 0 25 2 28 9 30 2 34 8 40 3 39 3 45 7 53 3 49 5 57 7 67 6 60 2 50 15 0 17...

Page 508: ...5 55 8 60 3 66 3 40 19 3 20 3 21 6 28 9 30 6 32 8 40 3 42 8 46 1 53 3 56 8 61 4 67 6 50 19 3 20 3 21 7 29 1 30 8 33 0 40 7 43 3 46 7 54 1 57 7 62 5 69 0 60 0 15 7 16 5 17 5 23 1 24 3 26 0 31 7 33 6 36...

Page 509: ...may be used 10 to 15 minutes after airplane has come to a complete stop or in flight with gear retracted to determine recommended cooling schedule For airplanes with TBMS combined Tire Pressure and Br...

Page 510: ...737 Flight Crew Operations Manual Performance Inflight Advisory Information 737 8 LEAP 1B27 FAA CATB PI 12 42 MN FLT OH 201 T e m p o r a r y R e v i s i o n Intentionally Blank October 26 2021...

Page 511: ...1 0 90 5 90 1 90 5 90 3 89 9 88 7 88 2 87 6 5 91 4 91 4 91 0 91 3 91 2 90 8 90 1 89 6 89 0 0 90 7 91 6 91 8 92 2 92 0 91 6 90 9 90 2 89 4 5 89 8 90 7 91 7 92 8 92 6 92 3 91 5 90 8 89 9 10 88 8 89 7 90...

Page 512: ...5 160 47 88 9 89 9 90 8 91 8 92 6 92 6 92 6 92 2 91 6 90 8 89 5 89 9 200 58 88 5 89 4 90 4 91 3 92 2 93 1 93 1 92 6 92 1 91 6 90 9 89 5 240 68 87 8 88 8 89 7 90 6 91 5 92 4 93 3 93 4 92 8 92 2 91 6 9...

Page 513: ...83 4 84 3 85 1 85 9 86 7 87 5 88 4 89 3 90 0 90 8 90 2 TAT C KIAS M 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 5 10 15 160 38 89 4 90 3 91 3 92 2 93 0 93 9 92 7 91 7 90 9 89 9 88 7 86 9 200 48 88 9 89 8 90 7 91 6 92 5...

Page 514: ...B PI 13 4 MN FLT OH 201 T e m p o r a r y R e v i s i o n ENGINE INOP MAX CONTINUOUS THRUST Max Continuous N1 N1 Adjustments for Engine Bleeds BLEED CONFIGURATION PRESSURE ALTITUDE 1000 FT 27 25 24 22...

Page 515: ...2 92 0 91 9 90 9 89 8 88 7 280 57 89 0 89 9 90 7 91 6 92 4 93 2 94 0 94 9 95 7 94 9 94 1 93 3 320 64 87 8 88 7 89 5 90 4 91 2 92 0 92 8 93 6 94 4 95 2 94 7 93 8 360 72 86 6 87 4 88 3 89 1 89 9 90 7 9...

Page 516: ...8 91 4 91 3 90 4 89 5 88 5 280 46 85 7 86 5 87 3 88 2 89 0 89 8 90 6 91 4 91 6 91 1 90 2 89 3 320 53 85 5 86 3 87 1 88 0 88 8 89 6 90 4 91 1 91 9 91 8 91 3 90 5 360 59 81 5 82 3 83 1 83 8 84 6 85 4 8...

Page 517: ...te of climb Includes APU fuel burn WEIGHT 1000 KG OPTIMUM DRIFTDOWN SPEED KIAS LEVEL OFF PRESSURE ALTITUDE START DRIFTDOWN LEVEL OFF ISA 10 C BELOW ISA 15 C ISA 20 C 85 81 253 16800 14200 12300 80 77...

Page 518: ...300 1229 1165 1108 1056 1009 1965 1818 1692 1582 1485 1400 1323 1255 1193 1137 1087 2105 1948 1812 1694 1591 1500 1418 1345 1279 1219 1164 2245 2077 1933 1807 1697 1600 1513 1435 1364 1300 1242 2385 2...

Page 519: ...residual rate of climb With engine anti ice on decrease altitude capability by 1500 ft With engine and wing anti ice on decrease altitude capability by 6500 ft WEIGHT 1000 KG PRESSURE ALTITUDE FT ISA...

Page 520: ...584 596 KIAS 265 266 266 265 262 257 FF ENG 2034 2041 2046 2043 2031 2012 60 N1 77 9 82 4 84 2 86 0 87 8 89 4 MACH 462 507 527 548 568 585 KIAS 255 255 256 256 255 252 FF ENG 1881 1883 1886 1890 1886...

Page 521: ...00 1705 1618 1540 1469 1406 3104 2806 2547 2335 2157 2000 1895 1798 1710 1631 1561 AIR DIST NM PRESSURE ALTITUDE 1000 FT 10 14 18 22 26 FUEL 1000 KG TIME HR MIN FUEL 1000 KG TIME HR MIN FUEL 1000 KG T...

Page 522: ...9 230 232 233 FF ENG 2100 2080 2100 2130 2190 N1 69 8 73 0 78 0 82 8 88 0 70 KIAS 220 222 222 224 225 FF ENG 1970 1950 1960 1970 2010 N1 67 7 70 7 75 6 80 6 85 6 65 KIAS 211 214 214 215 216 FF ENG 183...

Page 523: ...s than 65000 kg TAT C RATE OF CLIMB FT MIN PRESSURE ALTITUDE FT 2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14500 54 80 150 52 60 120 50 30 100 230 48 0 70 200 46 30 40 160 310 44 60 10 130 270 42 90 20 10...

Page 524: ...F CLIMB FT MIN PRESSURE ALTITUDE FT 2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14500 54 340 410 52 320 390 50 290 360 500 48 260 340 470 46 230 310 440 590 44 210 280 410 550 42 180 260 380 510 670 40 150...

Page 525: ...ode EEC Limit Weight No adjustments to the takeoff speeds for the reduced weight are necessary PERFORMANCE LIMIT NORMAL MODE PERFORMANCE LIMIT WEIGHT 1000 KG 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 FIELD...

Page 526: ...4 92 0 91 2 90 5 89 8 89 0 88 7 10 87 0 88 3 89 6 89 9 90 2 90 5 90 8 91 1 91 5 91 8 92 2 92 6 93 0 92 2 91 6 90 9 90 2 89 9 5 86 2 87 5 88 8 89 1 89 4 89 7 90 0 90 3 90 7 91 0 91 4 91 8 92 2 92 2 92...

Page 527: ...25 83 8 86 6 87 5 87 1 86 6 87 7 88 0 89 5 90 5 90 8 90 2 89 6 20 83 1 85 8 88 4 88 0 87 5 88 7 89 2 89 1 89 7 90 0 89 4 88 9 15 82 3 85 1 87 8 89 0 88 5 89 8 90 2 90 5 89 6 89 2 88 7 88 1 10 81 6 84...

Page 528: ...91 6 92 0 92 4 92 8 92 5 91 9 91 3 90 6 90 2 4 5 86 1 87 4 88 6 88 9 89 2 89 5 89 9 90 2 90 5 90 8 91 2 91 6 92 0 92 0 92 0 92 1 91 7 91 3 1 0 85 3 86 5 87 8 88 1 88 5 88 7 89 0 89 3 89 7 90 0 90 4 9...

Page 529: ...89 4 88 4 87 6 87 0 86 4 10 91 0 90 5 90 1 90 5 90 3 89 9 88 7 88 2 87 6 5 91 4 91 4 91 0 91 3 91 2 90 8 90 1 89 6 89 0 0 90 7 91 6 91 8 92 2 92 0 91 6 90 9 90 2 89 4 5 89 8 90 7 91 7 92 8 92 6 92 3...

Page 530: ...1 6 92 5 93 4 93 2 92 4 91 7 TAT C KIAS M 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 5 160 47 88 9 89 9 90 8 91 8 92 6 92 6 92 6 92 2 91 6 90 8 89 5 89 9 200 58 88 5 89 4 90 4 91 3 92 2 93 1 93 1 92 6 92 1 91 6 9...

Page 531: ...T OH 201 PI 15 3 T e m p o r a r y R e v i s i o n ALTERNATE MODE EEC ENGINE INOP MAX CONTINUOUS THRUST Max Continuous N1 N1 Adjustments for Engine Bleeds BLEED CONFIGURATION PRESSURE ALTITUDE 1000 FT...

Page 532: ...89 1 87 5 240 58 87 7 88 6 89 4 90 3 91 2 92 0 92 9 92 8 91 9 90 9 89 8 88 6 280 67 86 2 87 0 87 9 88 8 89 6 90 5 91 3 92 2 92 4 91 5 90 4 89 2 320 76 84 4 85 3 86 1 87 0 87 8 88 6 89 4 90 4 91 3 91...

Page 533: ...0 5 0 5 10 15 20 160 35 86 4 87 3 88 2 89 0 89 9 90 7 90 7 89 9 88 9 87 8 86 7 85 9 200 44 86 0 86 9 87 8 88 6 89 5 90 3 91 1 90 6 89 5 88 4 87 3 86 2 240 53 88 7 89 6 90 5 91 4 92 3 93 1 94 0 94 7 94...

Page 534: ...89 5 90 3 91 2 92 0 91 9 90 9 89 8 88 7 280 57 89 0 89 9 90 7 91 6 92 4 93 2 94 0 94 9 95 7 94 9 94 1 93 3 320 64 87 8 88 7 89 5 90 4 91 2 92 0 92 8 93 6 94 4 95 2 94 7 93 8 360 72 86 6 87 4 88 3 89 1...

Page 535: ...89 2 90 0 90 8 91 4 91 3 90 4 89 5 88 5 280 46 85 7 86 5 87 3 88 2 89 0 89 8 90 6 91 4 91 6 91 1 90 2 89 3 320 53 85 5 86 3 87 1 88 0 88 8 89 6 90 4 91 1 91 9 91 8 91 3 90 5 360 59 81 5 82 3 83 1 83 8...

Page 536: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Performance Inflight Alternate Mode EEC 737 8 LEAP 1B27 FAA CATB PI 15 8 MN FLT OH 201 T e m p o r a r y R e v i s i o n Intentionally Blank October 26 2021...

Page 537: ...ear Down Gear Down Long Range Cruise Altitude Capability Max Cruise Thrust 100 ft min residual rate of climb WEIGHT 1000 KG PRESSURE ALTITUDE FT ISA 10 C BELOW ISA 15 C ISA 20 C 85 16500 13900 11200 8...

Page 538: ...474 1491 60 N1 68 9 79 6 81 4 83 3 85 4 87 5 MACH 393 488 507 528 551 574 KIAS 217 218 217 217 218 217 FF ENG 1323 1335 1337 1343 1359 1375 55 N1 66 4 77 1 79 0 80 8 82 7 84 9 87 1 MACH 376 468 487 50...

Page 539: ...2 1774 1677 1591 1515 3919 3420 2999 2676 2420 2200 2069 1950 1843 1748 1664 AIR DIST NM PRESSURE ALTITUDE 1000 FT 10 14 20 24 28 FUEL 1000 KG TIME HR MIN FUEL 1000 KG TIME HR MIN FUEL 1000 KG TIME HR...

Page 540: ...s for a straight in approach are included PRESSURE ALTITUDE FT TIME MIN FUEL KG DISTANCE NM 41000 20 8 220 92 39000 20 1 215 87 37000 19 3 210 82 35000 18 6 205 78 33000 17 9 200 73 31000 17 2 195 69...

Page 541: ...N1 63 8 66 6 71 1 76 0 81 0 86 1 70 KIAS 214 214 214 214 214 214 FF ENG 1500 1490 1490 1500 1520 1550 N1 62 0 64 8 69 1 74 0 78 9 83 9 65 KIAS 210 210 210 210 210 210 FF ENG 1410 1400 1400 1400 1410...

Page 542: ...737 Flight Crew Operations Manual Performance Inflight Gear Down 737 8 LEAP 1B27 FAA CATB PI 16 6 MN FLT OH 201 T e m p o r a r y R e v i s i o n Intentionally Blank October 26 2021...

Page 543: ...ve Gear Down Engine Inop Driftdown Speed Level Off Altitude 100 ft min residual rate of climb Includes APU fuel burn WEIGHT 1000 KG OPTIMUM DRIFTDOWN SPEED KIAS LEVEL OFF ALTITUDE FT START DRIFTDOWN L...

Page 544: ...s i o n File Highlight GEAR DOWN ENGINE INOP MAX CONTINUOUS THRUST Long Range Cruise Altitude Capability 100 ft min residual rate of climb WEIGHT 1000 KG PRESSURE ALTITUDE FT ISA 10 C BELOW ISA 15 C I...

Page 545: ...90 7 MACH 359 371 385 400 KIAS 217 217 217 217 FF ENG 2689 2691 2707 2735 55 N1 82 3 84 0 85 8 87 7 89 8 MACH 346 357 370 383 399 KIAS 210 208 208 208 208 FF ENG 2470 2460 2460 2473 2497 50 N1 79 4 8...

Page 546: ...26 659 600 558 521 488 459 435 1233 1079 948 848 769 700 651 608 569 536 507 1415 1237 1086 970 879 800 744 694 650 611 578 1597 1395 1224 1093 989 900 837 780 730 687 650 1782 1555 1363 1216 1100 100...

Page 547: ...KIAS 233 FF ENG 3730 N1 87 8 91 5 80 KIAS 226 226 FF ENG 3480 3530 N1 85 7 89 2 75 KIAS 219 219 FF ENG 3240 3270 N1 83 5 87 0 70 KIAS 214 214 FF ENG 3000 3030 N1 81 4 84 8 89 9 65 KIAS 210 210 210 FF...

Page 548: ...737 Flight Crew Operations Manual Performance Inflight Gear Down Engine Inop 737 8 LEAP 1B27 FAA CATB PI 17 6 MN FLT OH 201 T e m p o r a r y R e v i s i o n Intentionally Blank October 26 2021...

Page 549: ...mputerized takeoff speed calculations for the specific takeoff conditions These speeds may be used for weights less than or equal to the performance limited weight subject to the restrictions noted ab...

Page 550: ...r control on the ground V1 MCG It is therefore necessary to compare the adjusted V1 to V1 MCG The V1 MCG presented in this manual is conservative for all weight and bleed configurations No takeoff wei...

Page 551: ...significantly on runways covered with snow slush standing water or ice Therefore reductions in runway obstacle limited takeoff weight and revised takeoff speeds are necessary The tables are intended f...

Page 552: ...ches 100 mm is not recommended The tables provided are used in the same manner as the Slush Standing Water Takeoff tables Wet Snow Runway Takeoff In addition to slush standing water and dry snow data...

Page 553: ...ing with anti skid inoperative the field limit weight and V1 must be reduced to account for the effect on accelerate stop performance Anti skid inoperative is only allowed on a dry runway A simplified...

Page 554: ...erence between the assumed and actual OAT to obtain a N1 adjustment Subtract the N1 adjustment from the maximum takeoff N1 found previously to determine the assumed temperature reduced thrust N1 Apply...

Page 555: ...corresponding to a maneuver margin of 1 3g 39 bank Flying above these altitudes with sustained banks in excess of approximately 13 may cause the airplane to lose speed and or altitude The altitudes sh...

Page 556: ...time fuel or distance and are based on comparing ground fuel mileage Descent at 78 280 250 Distance and time for descent are shown for a 78 280 250 descent speed schedule Enter the table with top of...

Page 557: ...ection is applied independently to the reference landing distance Use of the autobrake system commands the airplane to a constant deceleration rate In some conditions such as a runway with poor report...

Page 558: ...temperature and altitude condition Instructions for applying wind adjustments are included below the table Linear interpolation may be used to obtain intermediate values The resulting number is the re...

Page 559: ...uise thrust rating However where thrust level in excess of Max Cruise rating is required such as for meeting terrain clearance ATC altitude assignments or to attain maximum range capability it is perm...

Page 560: ...uel flow for the airplane weight and pressure altitude The fuel flow values in this table reflect single engine fuel burn APU Operation During Flight For APU operation during flight increase fuel flow...

Page 561: ...normal flow all engines operating Operation with assumed temperature reduced thrust is not permitted with the EEC in the alternate mode Limit Weight A simplified method which conservatively accounts...

Page 562: ...cable Go Around N1 Go Around power setting for ALTERNATE MODE EEC operation is presented for bleed packs on AUTO and anti ice off Go Around N1 may be read directly from the tables for the desired pres...

Page 563: ...y Gear Down This section contains performance for airplane operation with the landing gear extended for all phases of flight Note The Flight Management System FMS does not contain special provisions f...

Page 564: ...CATB PI 18 16 MN FLT OH 201 T e m p o r a r y R e v i s i o n Tables for gear down engine inoperative performance in this section are identical in format and used in the same manner as tables for the...

Page 565: ...30 1 Takeoff Speeds Dry Runway PI 30 1 Takeoff Speeds Wet Runway PI 30 5 Stabilizer Trim Setting PI 30 7 VREF PI 30 8 Flap Maneuver Speeds PI 30 9 Slush Standing Water Takeoff PI 30 10 Dry Snow Takeof...

Page 566: ...G VREF40 70 PI 30 60 TERMINAL AREA 5000 FT PI 30 61 FINAL APPROACH 1500 FT PI 30 61 GO AROUND PI 30 62 All Engine PI 31 1 Long Range Cruise Maximum Operating Altitude PI 31 1 Long Range Cruise Control...

Page 567: ...YSTEM A AND SYSTEM B Flaps 15 PI 32 23 LOSS OF SYSTEM B Flaps 15 PI 32 24 MANUAL REVERSION Flaps 15 PI 32 25 One Engine Inoperative Landing Flaps 15 PI 32 26 One Engine Inoperative Landing Flaps 30 PI...

Page 568: ...Alternate Mode EEC Max Takeoff N1 PI 34 2 Alternate Mode EEC Max Climb N1 PI 34 3 Alternate Mode EEC Go Around N1 PI 34 4 Alternate Mode EEC Engine Inoperative PI 35 1 Alternate Mode EEC Initial Max C...

Page 569: ...eing May be subject to export restrictions under EAR See title page for details March 1 2021 MN FLT OH 201 PI TOC 30 5 Advisory Information PI 38 8 Engine Inoperative PI 38 11 Alternate Mode EEC PI 38...

Page 570: ...rations Manual Boeing Proprietary Copyright Boeing May be subject to export restrictions under EAR See title page for details PI TOC 30 6 MN FLT OH 201 March 1 2021 Performance Inflight Table of Conte...

Page 571: ...ication Section 30 MN FLT OH 201 PI ModID 30 1 Pkg Model Identification Pkg Model Identification Pkg Model Identification File highlight Pkg Model Identification General Performance Inflight number 30...

Page 572: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Performance Inflight Pkg Model Identification PI ModID 30 2 MN FLT OH 201 March 1 2021 Intentionally Blank...

Page 573: ...PRESSURE ALTITUDE FT C F 0 2000 4000 40 104 106 101 97 30 86 112 108 103 20 68 112 110 107 60 76 113 111 107 WEIGHT 1000 KG FLAPS 1 FLAPS 5 FLAPS 10 FLAPS 15 FLAPS 25 V1 VR V2 V1 VR V2 V1 VR V2 V1 VR...

Page 574: ...4 50 4 5 6 8 8 8 9 11 13 3 4 6 7 7 7 9 10 11 1 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 40 1 2 4 6 7 8 9 11 13 1 2 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 0 1 1 2 2 3 4 4 4 30 0 0 1 3 5 7 8 11 13 0 0 2 3 5 6 7 9 11 0 0 0 1 2 2 3 3 4 20 0 0 1 2 3 5...

Page 575: ...96 95 93 92 90 87 83 78 55 99 96 95 93 92 90 87 83 78 50 102 99 95 93 92 90 87 83 78 45 105 102 98 94 92 90 87 83 78 40 109 106 101 97 93 90 87 83 78 35 112 109 105 100 96 91 87 83 78 30 113 112 108 1...

Page 576: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Performance Inflight General 737 8 LEAP 1B28 FAA CATB PI 30 4 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 577: ...134 107 119 131 55 112 125 141 108 120 135 105 117 132 103 115 129 101 112 126 50 105 118 135 100 113 129 98 110 126 96 108 124 94 105 121 45 97 110 129 93 105 123 90 103 121 88 101 118 86 98 116 40...

Page 578: ...2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14500 60 99 96 95 93 92 90 87 83 78 55 99 96 95 93 92 90 87 83 78 50 102 99 95 93 92 90 87 83 78 45 105 102 98 94 92 90 87 83 78 40 109 106 101 97 93 90 87 83 78...

Page 579: ...3 4 7 1 2 7 6 3 4 6 1 2 6 5 3 4 5 1 2 5 4 3 4 4 1 4 4 3 1 2 3 1 4 3 60 7 1 4 7 6 3 4 6 1 2 6 1 4 5 3 4 5 1 2 5 1 4 4 3 4 4 1 2 4 3 3 4 3 1 2 3 3 3 50 6 1 4 6 5 3 4 5 1 2 5 1 4 5 4 3 4 4 1 4 4 3 3 4 3...

Page 580: ...xport restrictions under EAR See title page for details PI 30 8 MN FLT OH 201 File Highlight VREF Based on 14500 ft reference pressure altitude WEIGHT 1000 KG VREF KIAS FLAPS 40 30 15 85 163 163 173 8...

Page 581: ...Proprietary Copyright Boeing May be subject to export restrictions under EAR See title page for details MN FLT OH 201 PI 30 9 File Highlight Flap Maneuver Speeds FLAP POSITION MANEUVER SPEED UP VREF40...

Page 582: ...0 12 INCHES 6 mm 0 25 INCHES 13 mm 0 50 INCHES PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 5 7 7 2 8 8 10 1 7 8 9 4 10 9 12 3 11 9 13 4 15...

Page 583: ...INCHES 6 mm 0 25 INCHES 13 mm 0 50 INCHES PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 7 9 9 4 11 0 12 4 10 3 11 8 13 3 14 7 14 6 16 1 17 7...

Page 584: ...CHES 60 mm 2 36 INCHES 100 mm 4 00 INCHES PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 4 4 5 7 7 1 8 3 6 0 7 3 8 7 9 9 9 2 10 5 11 9 13 1 80...

Page 585: ...2 36 INCHES 100 mm 4 00 INCHES PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 6 4 7 5 8 7 9 8 8 1 9 3 10 4 11 5 11 2 12 4 13 6 14 6 80 6 4 7...

Page 586: ...S 13 mm 0 50 INCHES 30 mm 1 18 INCHES PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 4 3 5 6 6 9 8 2 6 0 7 3 8 7 9 8 11 1 12 4 13 7 14 9 80 4...

Page 587: ...ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 6 4 7 7 9 0 10 2 8 3 9 5 10 8 12 0 13 5 14 8 16 1 17 3 80 6 6 7 9 9 2 10 3 7 9 9 2 10 5 11 6 11 8 13 1 14 4 15 6 7...

Page 588: ...t V1 V1 MCG V1 not to exceed VR DRY FIELD OBSTACLE LIMIT WEIGHT 1000 KG REPORTED BRAKING ACTION GOOD MEDIUM POOR PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 50...

Page 589: ...way limited weight is lesser of weights from Table 1 and Table 2 DRY FIELD OBSTACLE LIMIT WEIGHT 1000 KG REPORTED BRAKING ACTION GOOD MEDIUM POOR PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000...

Page 590: ...Speeds table 2 If V1 MCG limited set V1 V1 MCG If not V1 MCG limited enter Table 3 with the actual weight to obtain V1 speed adjustment If adjusted V1 is less than V1 MCG set V1 V1 MCG V1 not to exce...

Page 591: ...95 2 95 5 95 3 94 9 94 0 93 2 92 5 91 7 91 3 10 88 6 89 9 91 1 91 6 92 2 92 8 93 3 93 7 94 0 94 4 95 0 95 7 96 3 95 3 94 1 93 1 92 3 92 0 5 87 8 89 0 90 3 90 8 91 4 92 0 92 5 92 8 93 2 93 5 94 1 94 9...

Page 592: ...3 4 83 0 82 6 81 6 80 7 79 5 78 3 77 9 65 83 9 84 4 84 8 84 9 85 0 85 0 84 9 85 0 85 0 85 0 84 7 84 4 84 0 83 0 82 1 80 9 79 7 79 1 60 85 2 85 7 86 2 86 2 86 3 86 3 86 3 86 3 86 3 86 3 86 1 85 7 85 3...

Page 593: ...N1 in Table 2 ASSUMED TEMPMINUS OAT C OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE C 40 20 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 115 8 6 110 8 6 105 8 6 100 8 6 95 7 2 9 0 90 5 4 9 0 85 3 6 9 0 80 1 8 9 0 75 0 1 7 5 9 4 70 0...

Page 594: ...116 117 128 114 114 126 50 119 120 134 114 115 128 111 112 126 109 110 123 107 107 121 45 111 112 128 106 107 122 104 105 120 102 103 117 100 100 115 40 103 104 121 98 100 116 96 97 114 95 95 111 92 9...

Page 595: ...ALTITUDE FT 2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14500 60 94 92 90 89 87 85 83 79 74 55 94 92 90 89 87 85 83 79 74 50 97 94 91 89 87 85 83 79 74 45 100 97 93 90 87 85 83 79 74 40 103 100 96 92 89 85...

Page 596: ...17 128 103 114 126 50 107 120 134 103 115 128 100 112 126 98 110 123 96 107 121 45 100 112 128 95 107 122 93 105 120 91 103 117 89 100 115 40 91 104 121 87 100 116 84 97 114 82 95 111 80 93 109 TEMP C...

Page 597: ...ALTITUDE FT 2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14500 60 94 92 90 89 87 85 83 79 74 55 94 92 90 89 87 85 83 79 74 50 97 94 91 89 87 85 83 79 74 45 100 97 93 90 87 85 83 79 74 40 103 100 96 92 89 85...

Page 598: ...1 4 7 6 3 4 6 1 4 6 5 1 2 5 1 4 4 3 4 4 1 2 4 3 3 4 3 1 4 60 8 1 4 7 3 4 7 1 2 7 1 4 6 3 4 6 1 2 6 1 4 5 3 4 5 1 2 5 4 3 4 4 1 4 4 3 1 2 3 1 4 3 50 7 1 4 7 6 3 4 6 1 2 6 5 3 4 5 1 2 5 4 3 4 4 1 4 4 3...

Page 599: ...0 KG SLUSH STANDING WATER DEPTH 3 mm 0 12 INCHES 6 mm 0 25 INCHES 13 mm 0 50 INCHES PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 5 9 7 5 9 0...

Page 600: ...S 13 mm 0 50 INCHES PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 8 1 9 7 11 2 12 6 10 6 12 2 13 7 15 1 15 3 16 8 18 4 19 7 80 7 5 9 0 10 6 1...

Page 601: ...DRY SNOW DEPTH 30 mm 1 18 INCHES 60 mm 2 36 INCHES 100 mm 4 00 INCHES PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 4 2 5 6 6 9 8 2 5 9 7 3 8...

Page 602: ...PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 6 0 7 2 8 3 9 4 7 8 9 0 10 2 11 2 11 2 12 3 13 5 14 6 80 6 4 7 5 8 7 9 8 7 7 8 9 10 1 11 1 10...

Page 603: ...ET SNOW DEPTH 5 mm 0 20 INCHES 13 mm 0 50 INCHES 30 mm 1 18 INCHES PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 4 9 6 3 7 6 8 8 6 7 8 0 9 3...

Page 604: ...PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 6 6 7 9 9 2 10 4 8 6 9 8 11 2 12 3 14 1 15 4 16 6 17 8 80 6 8 8 1 9 4 10 6 8 2 9 5 10 8 12 0 1...

Page 605: ...is less than V1 MCG set V1 V1 MCG V1 not to exceed VR TO1 DRY FIELD OBSTACLE LIMIT WEIGHT 1000 KG REPORTED BRAKING ACTION GOOD MEDIUM POOR PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S...

Page 606: ...ppery runway limited weight is lesser of weights from Table 1 and Table 2 TO1 DRY FIELD OBSTACLE LIMIT WEIGHT 1000 KG REPORTED BRAKING ACTION GOOD MEDIUM POOR PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S...

Page 607: ...y Runway Takeoff Speeds table 2 If V1 MCG limited set V1 V1 MCG If not V1 MCG limited enter Table 3 with the actual weight to obtain V1 speed adjustment If adjusted V1 is less than V1 MCG set V1 V1 MC...

Page 608: ...6 90 8 90 8 90 7 90 5 89 9 89 3 88 7 87 8 87 4 10 84 9 86 1 87 3 87 8 88 4 88 9 89 4 89 7 89 8 89 9 90 2 90 6 90 8 90 1 89 5 88 9 88 4 88 1 5 84 1 85 3 86 6 87 0 87 6 88 2 88 6 88 9 89 0 89 1 89 4 89...

Page 609: ...79 9 79 9 79 9 79 9 79 9 79 9 79 7 79 3 78 9 78 0 77 1 76 6 76 6 76 6 65 80 2 80 7 81 2 81 2 81 3 81 3 81 3 81 3 81 3 81 3 81 1 80 7 80 3 79 4 78 4 77 3 76 1 76 0 60 81 6 82 0 82 5 82 6 82 6 82 6 82...

Page 610: ...um N1 in Table 2 ASSUMED TEMPMINUS OAT C OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE C 40 20 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 115 8 4 110 8 4 105 8 4 100 8 4 95 7 0 8 7 90 5 2 8 7 85 3 5 8 7 80 1 8 8 7 75 0 1 7 3 9 1 70...

Page 611: ...134 117 117 128 114 114 125 111 111 123 109 109 120 45 114 114 128 109 109 122 107 107 119 104 104 117 102 102 115 40 106 106 121 101 101 116 99 99 113 96 96 111 95 95 109 TEMP C TAKEOFF SPEEDS ADJUS...

Page 612: ...PRESSURE ALTITUDE FT 2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14500 60 89 87 86 84 83 81 79 74 70 55 89 87 86 84 83 81 79 74 70 50 92 89 86 84 83 81 79 74 70 45 95 92 88 85 83 81 79 74 70 40 97 95 91 8...

Page 613: ...117 128 104 114 125 102 111 123 100 109 120 45 104 114 128 99 109 122 96 107 119 94 104 117 92 102 115 40 95 106 121 91 101 116 88 99 113 86 96 111 84 95 109 TEMP C TAKEOFF SPEEDS ADJUSTMENTS KIAS V1...

Page 614: ...PRESSURE ALTITUDE FT 2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14500 60 89 87 86 84 83 81 79 74 70 55 89 87 86 84 83 81 79 74 70 50 92 89 86 84 83 81 79 74 70 45 95 92 88 85 83 81 79 74 70 40 97 95 91 8...

Page 615: ...1 2 6 5 3 4 5 1 4 5 4 1 2 4 1 4 3 3 4 60 8 1 2 8 1 2 8 1 4 8 7 1 2 7 1 4 6 3 4 6 1 2 6 1 4 5 3 4 5 1 4 5 4 1 2 4 1 4 3 3 4 3 1 2 50 8 1 4 8 7 1 2 7 1 4 7 6 1 2 6 1 4 6 5 1 2 5 1 4 4 3 4 4 1 2 4 3 3 4...

Page 616: ...G SLUSH STANDING WATER DEPTH 3 mm 0 12 INCHES 6 mm 0 25 INCHES 13 mm 0 50 INCHES PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 5 7 7 2 8 8 10...

Page 617: ...25 INCHES 13 mm 0 50 INCHES PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 7 7 9 2 10 8 12 1 10 3 11 8 13 4 14 8 15 4 17 0 18 5 19 9 80 7 2 8...

Page 618: ...G DRY SNOW DEPTH 30 mm 1 18 INCHES 60 mm 2 36 INCHES 100 mm 4 00 INCHES PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 3 8 5 2 6 5 7 8 5 6 6 9...

Page 619: ...HES PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 5 3 6 4 7 6 8 7 7 2 8 4 9 6 10 7 10 8 12 0 13 2 14 2 80 5 8 7 0 8 2 9 2 7 3 8 5 9 7 10 7 10...

Page 620: ...00 KG WET SNOW DEPTH 5 mm 0 20 INCHES 13 mm 0 50 INCHES 30 mm 1 18 INCHES PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 4 4 5 8 7 1 8 3 6 3 7...

Page 621: ...m 1 18 INCHES PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 S L 5000 10000 14500 90 5 8 7 1 8 3 9 5 7 9 9 2 10 5 11 7 13 9 15 1 16 5 17 6 80 6 3 7 5 8 8 10 0 7 8 9 1...

Page 622: ...djusted V1 is less than V1 MCG set V1 V1 MCG V1 not to exceed VR TO2 DRY FIELD OBSTACLE LIMIT WEIGHT 1000 KG REPORTED BRAKING ACTION GOOD MEDIUM POOR PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT S L 5000 10...

Page 623: ...owable slippery runway limited weight is lesser of weights from Table 1 and Table 2 TO2 DRY FIELD OBSTACLE LIMIT WEIGHT 1000 KG REPORTED BRAKING ACTION GOOD MEDIUM POOR PRESS ALT FT PRESS ALT FT PRESS...

Page 624: ...y Runway Takeoff Speeds table 2 If V1 MCG limited set V1 V1 MCG If not V1 MCG limited enter Table 3 with the actual weight to obtain V1 speed adjustment If adjusted V1 is less than V1 MCG set V1 V1 MC...

Page 625: ...6 86 6 86 5 86 3 85 8 85 2 84 6 83 8 83 4 10 81 0 82 2 83 4 83 8 84 4 84 9 85 4 85 6 85 7 85 8 86 0 86 4 86 6 86 0 85 3 84 8 84 4 84 0 5 80 3 81 5 82 6 83 1 83 6 84 1 84 6 84 9 84 9 85 0 85 2 85 7 85...

Page 626: ...76 5 76 5 76 5 76 5 76 5 76 5 76 5 76 5 76 6 76 6 76 6 76 6 76 6 76 6 65 76 3 76 7 77 1 77 2 77 3 77 3 77 2 77 2 77 2 77 2 77 0 76 7 76 3 76 0 76 0 76 0 76 0 76 0 60 77 5 77 9 78 4 78 5 78 5 78 5 78...

Page 627: ...um N1 in Table 2 ASSUMED TEMPMINUS OAT C OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE C 40 20 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 115 7 2 110 7 2 105 7 2 100 7 2 95 6 9 7 4 90 5 1 7 4 85 3 4 7 4 80 1 7 7 4 75 0 1 7 2 7 7 70...

Page 628: ...8 91 2 25 85 3 88 1 89 0 88 6 88 0 87 8 88 9 90 3 91 3 91 6 91 1 90 5 20 84 6 87 4 90 0 89 6 89 0 88 7 89 4 89 8 90 6 90 9 90 3 89 7 15 83 8 86 6 89 4 90 6 90 0 89 8 90 2 90 5 90 3 90 1 89 5 88 9 10 8...

Page 629: ...5 93 8 94 2 94 8 95 5 96 1 95 7 94 6 93 5 92 5 92 2 4 5 87 6 88 9 90 2 90 7 91 3 91 8 92 3 92 7 93 0 93 4 93 9 94 7 95 3 95 1 95 0 94 9 94 1 93 6 1 0 86 8 88 1 89 3 89 8 90 4 91 0 91 4 91 8 92 1 92 5...

Page 630: ...DE FT WEIGHT 1000 KG 40 50 60 70 80 90 40000 PITCH ATT 4 0 4 0 4 5 V S FT MIN 1700 1100 600 ANGLE OF ATTACK 2 0 2 7 3 5 30000 PITCH ATT 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 V S FT MIN 2500 1900 1500 1100 800 600 A...

Page 631: ...0 80 90 40000 PITCH ATT 2 0 2 5 3 5 N1 78 4 80 9 84 5 ANGLE OF ATTACK 2 0 2 7 3 5 35000 PITCH ATT 1 5 2 0 2 5 3 0 3 5 N1 76 8 78 2 80 0 82 5 85 7 ANGLE OF ATTACK 1 3 1 9 2 5 3 1 3 7 30000 PITCH ATT 1...

Page 632: ...ANGLE OF ATTACK 0 9 1 4 1 9 2 5 3 0 3 5 20000 PITCH ATT 3 5 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 5 1 5 V S FT MIN 2900 2400 2100 1900 1800 1700 ANGLE OF ATTACK 1 0 1 6 2 3 2 8 3 4 4 0 10000 PITCH ATT 3 5 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 5 1...

Page 633: ...6 0 6 0 6 0 N1 45 1 49 4 53 4 57 0 60 6 64 1 KIAS 156 169 181 191 203 215 ANGLE OF ATTACK 4 7 5 1 5 5 5 8 6 0 6 0 FLAPS 5 GEAR UP VREF40 30 PITCH ATT 5 5 5 5 6 0 6 5 6 5 6 0 N1 44 7 49 4 53 6 57 4 61...

Page 634: ...5 Gear Up Set Go Around Thrust PRESSURE ALTITUDE FT WEIGHT 1000 KG 40 50 60 70 80 90 10000 PITCH ATT 22 5 17 5 14 5 12 5 11 0 9 5 V S FT MIN 4600 3700 3000 2400 2000 1700 KIAS 127 141 153 163 175 187...

Page 635: ...1000 41000 41000 41000 41000 40 41000 18 41000 41000 41000 41000 41000 WEIGHT 1000 KG OPTIMUM ALT FT TAT C MARGIN TO INITIAL BUFFET G BANK ANGLE 1 20 33 1 25 36 1 30 39 1 40 44 1 50 48 85 33500 6 3400...

Page 636: ...259 244 FF ENG 1089 1088 1083 1077 1079 1068 1063 1078 65 N1 74 2 75 9 77 5 79 0 80 4 82 0 83 7 86 0 MACH 656 683 710 737 763 788 796 796 KIAS 273 273 273 272 270 268 258 247 FF ENG 1013 1012 1010 100...

Page 637: ...2199 2009 1852 1718 1600 1522 1451 1385 1325 1272 2569 2338 2136 1968 1826 1700 1617 1541 1472 1408 1351 2724 2478 2263 2085 1934 1800 1713 1632 1558 1491 1430 2879 2619 2391 2202 2042 1900 1807 1722...

Page 638: ...Fuel and Time Low Altitudes Table 3 of 3 Fuel Required Adjustment 1000 KG REFERENCE FUEL REQUIRED 1000 KG WEIGHT AT CHECK POINT 1000 KG 40 50 60 70 80 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 3 3 0 3...

Page 639: ...92 1631 2960 2772 2602 2453 2321 2200 2105 2017 1935 1861 1794 3233 3027 2840 2677 2532 2400 2296 2200 2111 2030 1956 3507 3282 3079 2901 2744 2600 2487 2383 2287 2198 2118 3780 3537 3318 3126 2955 28...

Page 640: ...2800 12 0 7 19 11 7 7 05 11 3 6 52 11 0 6 40 10 7 6 28 3000 12 9 7 52 12 5 7 37 12 1 7 22 11 8 7 09 11 5 6 56 3200 13 7 8 25 13 3 8 09 12 8 7 53 12 6 7 39 12 2 7 25 3400 14 5 8 58 14 0 8 41 13 6 8 24...

Page 641: ...ctors for present and new altitudes from table 2 Determine difference new altitude wind factor minus present altitude wind factor this difference may be negative or positive 3 Break even wind at new a...

Page 642: ...ESSURE ALTITUDE FT TIME MIN FUEL KG DISTANCE NM LANDING WEIGHT 1000 KG 40 50 60 70 41000 26 270 102 119 132 141 39000 25 260 96 113 126 135 37000 24 250 91 107 119 128 35000 24 250 87 102 114 123 3300...

Page 643: ...1070 1070 1070 1050 1060 1100 N1 53 0 55 3 59 0 63 2 67 7 72 7 77 6 82 2 70 KIAS 220 222 222 224 225 227 229 232 FF ENG 1030 1010 1000 1010 1000 980 990 1010 N1 51 3 53 5 57 1 61 2 65 7 70 5 75 7 80 3...

Page 644: ...Manual Performance Inflight All Engine 737 8 LEAP 1B28 FAA CATB Boeing Proprietary Copyright Boeing May be subject to export restrictions under EAR See title page for details PI 31 10 MN FLT OH 201 In...

Page 645: ...relation RUNWAY CONDITION CODE RUNWAY SURFACE CONDITION DESCRIPTION REPORTED BRAKING ACTION 6 Dry Dry 5 Wet Smooth Grooved or PFC or Frost 3 mm 0 12 inches or less of Water Slush Dry Snow or Wet Snow...

Page 646: ...0 0 55 55 105 0 0 AUTOBRAKE 2 2185 130 140 65 90 105 345 0 0 65 65 125 0 0 AUTOBRAKE 1 2750 180 195 90 120 140 460 10 30 85 85 145 25 25 MAX MANUAL 1820 130 125 65 95 100 355 35 35 60 60 95 95 185 AUT...

Page 647: ...for 8000 ft then apply the HIGH adjustment to this new reference distance LANDING DISTANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS M REF DIST WT ADJ ALT ADJ WIND ADJ SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING...

Page 648: ...0 270 0 0 50 50 100 0 0 AUTOBRAKE 2 1980 120 130 60 75 100 330 0 0 60 60 120 0 0 AUTOBRAKE 1 2480 160 170 80 105 130 440 10 30 75 75 135 20 20 MAX MANUAL 1625 115 110 55 80 95 330 30 25 55 55 90 65 12...

Page 649: ...stance for 8000 ft then apply the HIGH adjustment to this new reference distance LANDING DISTANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS M REF DIST WT ADJ ALT ADJ WIND ADJ SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ B...

Page 650: ...60 80 265 0 0 45 45 100 0 0 AUTOBRAKE 2 1880 140 125 60 75 95 320 0 0 55 55 120 0 0 AUTOBRAKE 1 2360 185 165 80 100 130 430 5 25 75 75 130 10 10 MAX MANUAL 1550 130 105 55 75 90 325 30 25 50 50 90 55...

Page 651: ...stance for 8000 ft then apply the HIGH adjustment to this new reference distance LANDING DISTANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS M REF DIST WT ADJ ALT ADJ WIND ADJ SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ B...

Page 652: ...ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER...

Page 653: ...J APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5...

Page 654: ...DJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER...

Page 655: ...RUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VREF ONE REV...

Page 656: ...justment to this new reference distance Deceleration insufficient to stop airplane on the runway LANDING DISTANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS M REF DIST WT ADJ ALT ADJ WIND ADJ SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVE...

Page 657: ...adjustment to this new reference distance Deceleration insufficient to stop airplane on the runway LANDING DISTANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS M REF DIST WT ADJ ALT ADJ WIND ADJ SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ R...

Page 658: ...8000 ft then apply the HIGH adjustment to this new reference distance LANDING DISTANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS M REF DIST WT ADJ ALT ADJ WIND ADJ SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONF...

Page 659: ...J TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW...

Page 660: ...APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5...

Page 661: ...adjustment to this new reference distance Deceleration insufficient to stop airplane on the runway LANDING DISTANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS M REF DIST WT ADJ ALT ADJ WIND ADJ SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ RE...

Page 662: ...GH adjustment to this new reference distance Deceleration insufficient to stop airplane on the runway LANDING DISTANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS M REF DIST WT ADJ ALT ADJ WIND ADJ SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ...

Page 663: ...IGH adjustment to this new reference distance Deceleration insufficient to stop airplane on the runway LANDING DISTANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS M REF DIST WT ADJ ALT ADJ WIND ADJ SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD AD...

Page 664: ...UST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VREF ONE REV N...

Page 665: ...ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE...

Page 666: ...D ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABO...

Page 667: ...r 8000 ft then apply the HIGH adjustment to this new reference distance LANDING DISTANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS M REF DIST WT ADJ ALT ADJ WIND ADJ SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CO...

Page 668: ...or 8000 ft then apply the HIGH adjustment to this new reference distance LANDING DISTANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS M REF DIST WT ADJ ALT ADJ WIND ADJ SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING C...

Page 669: ...ft then apply the HIGH adjustment to this new reference distance LANDING DISTANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS M REF DIST WT ADJ ALT ADJ WIND ADJ SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURA...

Page 670: ...J SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10...

Page 671: ...WIND ADJ SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL...

Page 672: ...J BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VREF ONE REV NO REV...

Page 673: ...ST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VREF ONE REV NO...

Page 674: ...ST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VREF ONE REV NO...

Page 675: ...MP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA...

Page 676: ...ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER...

Page 677: ...E ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV...

Page 678: ...SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C...

Page 679: ...P ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA P...

Page 680: ...PE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV...

Page 681: ...ADJ SLOPE ADJ TEMP ADJ APP SPD ADJ REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 1...

Page 682: ...REVERSE THRUST ADJ BRAKING CONFIGURATION 65000 KG LANDING WEIGHT PER 5000 KG ABV BLW 65000 KG PER 1000 FT STD HIGH PER 10 KTS HEAD TAIL WIND PER 1 DOWN UP HILL PER 10 C ABV BLW ISA PER 5 KTS ABOVE VRE...

Page 683: ...21 3 24 4 27 9 29 1 33 5 38 8 37 8 43 8 51 0 47 4 55 1 64 3 57 4 30 15 0 16 9 19 2 21 9 25 0 28 7 29 9 34 5 39 9 38 9 45 1 52 5 48 8 56 8 66 3 59 1 40 15 0 17 0 19 3 22 0 25 2 28 9 30 2 34 8 40 3 39 3...

Page 684: ...0 2 21 5 28 7 30 3 32 5 39 9 42 3 45 6 52 5 55 8 60 3 66 3 40 19 3 20 3 21 6 28 9 30 6 32 8 40 3 42 8 46 1 53 3 56 8 61 4 67 6 50 19 3 20 3 21 7 29 1 30 8 33 0 40 7 43 3 46 7 54 1 57 7 62 5 69 0 60 0...

Page 685: ...ure indication on Multifunction Display may be used 10 to 15 minutes after airplane has come to a complete stop or in flight with gear retracted to determine recommended cooling schedule For airplanes...

Page 686: ...l Performance Inflight Advisory Information 737 8 LEAP 1B28 FAA CATB Boeing Proprietary Copyright Boeing May be subject to export restrictions under EAR See title page for details PI 32 42 MN FLT OH 2...

Page 687: ...5 89 1 89 6 89 5 89 0 88 5 87 9 87 2 10 91 0 90 5 90 1 90 5 90 3 89 9 89 0 88 4 87 7 5 91 4 91 4 91 0 91 3 91 2 90 8 90 1 89 6 89 0 0 90 6 91 6 91 8 92 2 92 0 91 6 90 9 90 2 89 4 5 89 7 90 7 91 7 92...

Page 688: ...C KIAS M 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 5 160 47 88 9 89 9 90 8 91 7 92 6 92 6 92 6 92 2 91 5 90 8 90 4 90 9 200 58 88 5 89 4 90 3 91 3 92 2 93 1 93 1 92 6 92 1 91 6 90 9 90 2 240 68 87 8 88 7 89 7 9...

Page 689: ...6 89 4 90 3 91 2 91 8 90 8 89 7 360 85 82 6 83 4 84 3 85 1 85 9 86 7 87 5 88 3 89 2 90 0 90 7 90 2 TAT C KIAS M 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 5 10 15 160 38 90 0 90 9 91 8 92 7 93 6 94 5 93 1 92 0 91 2 90...

Page 690: ...ng May be subject to export restrictions under EAR See title page for details PI 33 4 MN FLT OH 201 ENGINE INOP MAX CONTINUOUS THRUST Max Continuous N1 N1 Adjustments for Engine Bleeds BLEED CONFIGURA...

Page 691: ...3 240 49 88 1 88 9 89 8 90 6 91 4 92 2 93 1 93 9 93 8 92 8 91 6 90 6 280 57 92 0 92 9 93 8 94 6 95 5 96 3 97 1 98 0 98 9 97 4 96 1 95 2 320 64 90 3 91 2 92 0 92 9 93 7 94 5 95 4 96 2 97 0 97 9 96 5 9...

Page 692: ...7 240 40 88 5 89 3 90 2 91 0 91 9 92 7 93 5 94 0 93 1 92 2 91 2 90 2 280 46 87 9 88 7 89 6 90 4 91 2 92 1 92 9 93 7 93 7 92 8 91 9 90 9 320 53 86 0 86 8 87 6 88 4 89 3 90 1 90 9 91 6 92 4 92 5 92 2 9...

Page 693: ...Level Off Altitude 100 ft min residual rate of climb Includes APU fuel burn WEIGHT 1000 KG OPTIMUM DRIFTDOWN SPEED KIAS LEVEL OFF PRESSURE ALTITUDE START DRIFTDOWN LEVEL OFF ISA 10 C BELOW ISA 15 C I...

Page 694: ...076 1023 975 932 1822 1687 1570 1468 1379 1300 1229 1166 1109 1057 1010 1962 1816 1690 1581 1485 1400 1324 1256 1194 1138 1088 2101 1945 1811 1693 1591 1500 1418 1345 1280 1220 1166 2241 2075 1931 180...

Page 695: ...ge Cruise Altitude Capability 100 ft min residual rate of climb With engine anti ice on decrease altitude capability by 1300 ft With engine and wing anti ice on decrease altitude capability by 5700 ft...

Page 696: ...6 86 4 88 2 89 8 91 6 MACH 479 527 547 567 584 596 KIAS 265 266 266 265 262 257 FF ENG 2034 2041 2046 2043 2031 2012 60 N1 77 9 82 4 84 2 86 0 87 8 89 4 MACH 462 507 527 548 568 585 KIAS 255 255 256 2...

Page 697: ...1369 1306 1250 2785 2520 2289 2100 1940 1800 1705 1618 1540 1469 1406 3104 2806 2547 2335 2157 2000 1895 1798 1710 1631 1561 AIR DIST NM PRESSURE ALTITUDE 1000 FT 10 14 18 22 26 FUEL 1000 KG TIME HR M...

Page 698: ...N1 71 9 75 1 80 2 84 9 90 3 75 KIAS 229 229 230 232 233 FF ENG 2100 2080 2100 2130 2190 N1 69 8 73 0 78 0 82 8 88 0 70 KIAS 220 222 222 224 225 FF ENG 1970 1950 1960 1970 2010 N1 67 7 70 7 75 6 80 6 8...

Page 699: ...rate of climb 160 ft min per 5000 kg less than 65000 kg TAT C RATE OF CLIMB FT MIN PRESSURE ALTITUDE FT 2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14500 54 70 140 52 30 110 50 0 80 190 48 40 50 160 46 80...

Page 700: ...b 160 ft min per 5000 kg less than 65000 kg TAT C RATE OF CLIMB FT MIN PRESSURE ALTITUDE FT 2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14500 54 310 390 52 280 360 50 250 330 440 48 210 300 410 46 180 260...

Page 701: ...ile Highlight ALTERNATE MODE EEC Alternate Mode EEC Alternate Mode EEC Alternate Mode EEC Limit Weight No adjustments to the takeoff speeds for the reduced weight are necessary PERFORMANCE LIMIT NORMA...

Page 702: ...5 93 0 93 6 94 1 94 5 94 9 95 2 95 5 95 3 94 9 94 0 93 2 92 5 91 7 91 3 10 88 6 89 9 91 1 91 6 92 2 92 8 93 3 93 7 94 0 94 4 95 0 95 7 96 3 95 3 94 1 93 1 92 3 92 0 5 87 8 89 0 90 3 90 8 91 4 92 0 92...

Page 703: ...87 1 87 1 89 7 91 1 92 1 92 4 91 8 91 2 25 85 3 88 1 89 0 88 6 88 0 87 8 88 9 90 3 91 3 91 6 91 1 90 5 20 84 6 87 4 90 0 89 6 89 0 88 7 89 4 89 8 90 6 90 9 90 3 89 7 15 83 8 86 6 89 4 90 6 90 0 89 8 9...

Page 704: ...89 7 91 0 91 5 92 1 92 6 93 1 93 5 93 8 94 2 94 8 95 5 96 1 95 7 94 6 93 5 92 5 92 2 4 5 87 6 88 9 90 2 90 7 91 3 91 8 92 3 92 7 93 0 93 4 93 9 94 7 95 3 95 1 95 0 94 9 94 1 93 6 1 0 86 8 88 1 89 3 8...

Page 705: ...0 89 2 88 6 88 0 15 89 9 89 5 89 1 89 6 89 5 89 0 88 5 87 9 87 2 10 91 0 90 5 90 1 90 5 90 3 89 9 89 0 88 4 87 7 5 91 4 91 4 91 0 91 3 91 2 90 8 90 1 89 6 89 0 0 90 6 91 6 91 8 92 2 92 0 91 6 90 9 90...

Page 706: ...3 280 82 86 1 87 0 88 0 88 9 89 8 90 8 91 7 92 6 93 4 93 2 92 4 91 7 TAT C KIAS M 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 5 160 47 88 9 89 9 90 8 91 7 92 6 92 6 92 6 92 2 91 5 90 8 90 4 90 9 200 58 88 5 89 4 9...

Page 707: ...subject to export restrictions under EAR See title page for details MN FLT OH 201 PI 35 3 ALTERNATE MODE EEC ENGINE INOP MAX CONTINUOUS THRUST Max Continuous N1 N1 Adjustments for Engine Bleeds BLEED...

Page 708: ...90 7 91 6 92 5 93 3 93 1 92 1 91 3 90 3 89 1 88 0 240 58 87 7 88 6 89 4 90 3 91 1 92 0 92 8 92 8 91 9 90 9 89 8 88 6 280 67 86 2 87 0 87 9 88 8 89 6 90 4 91 2 92 2 92 4 91 5 90 4 89 2 320 76 84 4 85...

Page 709: ...ine Bleeds TAT C KIAS M 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 5 10 15 20 160 35 89 2 90 0 90 8 91 7 92 5 93 4 92 8 91 8 90 7 89 5 88 3 87 2 200 44 88 4 89 3 90 1 90 9 91 7 92 6 93 4 92 4 91 3 90 1 88 9 87 8 240 53 91...

Page 710: ...6 88 4 87 3 240 49 88 1 88 9 89 8 90 6 91 4 92 2 93 1 93 9 93 8 92 8 91 6 90 6 280 57 92 0 92 9 93 8 94 6 95 5 96 3 97 1 98 0 98 9 97 4 96 1 95 2 320 64 90 3 91 2 92 0 92 9 93 7 94 5 95 4 96 2 97 0 9...

Page 711: ...7 90 7 89 7 240 40 88 5 89 3 90 2 91 0 91 9 92 7 93 5 94 0 93 1 92 2 91 2 90 2 280 46 87 9 88 7 89 6 90 4 91 2 92 1 92 9 93 7 93 7 92 8 91 9 90 9 320 53 86 0 86 8 87 6 88 4 89 3 90 1 90 9 91 6 92 4 9...

Page 712: ...ual Performance Inflight Alternate Mode EEC 737 8 LEAP 1B28 FAA CATB Boeing Proprietary Copyright Boeing May be subject to export restrictions under EAR See title page for details PI 35 8 MN FLT OH 20...

Page 713: ...I 36 1 GearDown File Highlight GEAR DOWN Gear Down Gear Down Long Range Cruise Altitude Capability Max Cruise Thrust 100 ft min residual rate of climb WEIGHT 1000 KG PRESSURE ALTITUDE FT ISA 10 C BELO...

Page 714: ...25 226 226 226 226 FF ENG 1431 1452 1458 1474 1491 60 N1 68 9 79 6 81 4 83 3 85 4 87 5 MACH 393 488 507 528 551 574 KIAS 217 218 217 217 218 217 FF ENG 1323 1335 1337 1343 1359 1375 55 N1 66 4 77 1 79...

Page 715: ...434 1366 3538 3093 2716 2427 2198 2000 1882 1774 1677 1591 1515 3919 3420 2999 2676 2420 2200 2069 1950 1843 1748 1664 AIR DIST NM PRESSURE ALTITUDE 1000 FT 10 14 20 24 28 FUEL 1000 KG TIME HR MIN FUE...

Page 716: ...GEAR DOWN Descent VREF40 70 KIAS Allowances for a straight in approach are included PRESSURE ALTITUDE FT TIME MIN FUEL KG DISTANCE NM 41000 20 8 220 92 39000 20 1 215 87 37000 19 3 210 82 35000 18 6 2...

Page 717: ...9 221 FF ENG 1600 1600 1590 1610 1630 1690 N1 63 8 66 6 71 1 76 0 81 0 86 1 70 KIAS 214 214 214 214 214 214 FF ENG 1500 1490 1490 1500 1520 1550 N1 62 0 64 8 69 1 74 0 78 9 83 9 65 KIAS 210 210 210 21...

Page 718: ...Manual Performance Inflight Gear Down 737 8 LEAP 1B28 FAA CATB Boeing Proprietary Copyright Boeing May be subject to export restrictions under EAR See title page for details PI 36 6 MN FLT OH 201 Int...

Page 719: ...RUST Gear Down Engine Inoperative Gear Down Engine Inop Driftdown Speed Level Off Altitude 100 ft min residual rate of climb Includes APU fuel burn WEIGHT 1000 KG OPTIMUM DRIFTDOWN SPEED KIAS LEVEL OF...

Page 720: ...le page for details PI 37 2 MN FLT OH 201 File Highlight GEAR DOWN ENGINE INOP MAX CONTINUOUS THRUST Long Range Cruise Altitude Capability 100 ft min residual rate of climb WEIGHT 1000 KG PRESSURE ALT...

Page 721: ...FF ENG 2923 2942 2973 60 N1 84 8 86 6 88 5 90 7 MACH 359 371 385 400 KIAS 217 217 217 217 FF ENG 2689 2691 2707 2735 55 N1 82 3 84 0 85 8 87 7 89 8 MACH 346 357 370 383 399 KIAS 210 208 208 208 208 FF...

Page 722: ...548 500 466 435 408 384 363 1053 922 812 726 659 600 558 521 488 459 435 1233 1079 948 848 769 700 651 608 569 536 507 1415 1237 1086 970 879 800 744 694 650 611 578 1597 1395 1224 1093 989 900 837 78...

Page 723: ...FT 1500 5000 10000 15000 20000 N1 89 9 85 KIAS 233 FF ENG 3730 N1 87 8 91 5 80 KIAS 226 226 FF ENG 3480 3530 N1 85 7 89 2 75 KIAS 219 219 FF ENG 3240 3270 N1 83 5 87 0 70 KIAS 214 214 FF ENG 3000 3030...

Page 724: ...l Performance Inflight Gear Down Engine Inop 737 8 LEAP 1B28 FAA CATB Boeing Proprietary Copyright Boeing May be subject to export restrictions under EAR See title page for details PI 37 6 MN FLT OH 2...

Page 725: ...way and stopway should be obtained from computerized takeoff speed calculations for the specific takeoff conditions These speeds may be used for weights less than or equal to the performance limited w...

Page 726: ...takeoff with a V1 less than minimum V1 for control on the ground V1 MCG It is therefore necessary to compare the adjusted V1 to V1 MCG The V1 MCG presented in this manual is conservative for all weig...

Page 727: ...that aircraft performance may deteriorate significantly on runways covered with snow slush standing water or ice Therefore reductions in runway obstacle limited takeoff weight and revised takeoff spee...

Page 728: ...off in dry snow depths greater than 4 0 inches 100 mm is not recommended The tables provided are used in the same manner as the Slush Standing Water Takeoff tables Wet Snow Runway Takeoff In addition...

Page 729: ...y 1500 m Anti Skid Inoperative When operating with anti skid inoperative the field limit weight and V1 must be reduced to account for the effect on accelerate stop performance Anti skid inoperative is...

Page 730: ...N1 Adjustment table with OAT and the difference between the assumed and actual OAT to obtain a N1 adjustment Subtract the N1 adjustment from the maximum takeoff N1 found previously to determine the a...

Page 731: ...ition in level flight with 100 ft min residual rate of climb For FAA operators adhering to EASA standards refer to the data for buffet limits corresponding to a maneuver margin of 1 3g 39 bank Flying...

Page 732: ...les make no allowance for climb or descent time fuel or distance and are based on comparing ground fuel mileage Descent at 78 280 250 Distance and time for descent are shown for a 78 280 250 descent s...

Page 733: ...er of operative thrust reversers Each correction is applied independently to the reference landing distance Use of the autobrake system commands the airplane to a constant deceleration rate In some co...

Page 734: ...peed adjusted for wind at the appropriate temperature and altitude condition Instructions for applying wind adjustments are included below the table Linear interpolation may be used to obtain intermed...

Page 735: ...rust level within the limits of the Max Cruise thrust rating However where thrust level in excess of Max Cruise rating is required such as for meeting terrain clearance ATC altitude assignments or to...

Page 736: ...ve Long Range Cruise Mach number IAS and fuel flow for the airplane weight and pressure altitude The fuel flow values in this table reflect single engine fuel burn APU Operation During Flight For APU...

Page 737: ...conditioning operation i e two packs on at normal flow all engines operating Operation with assumed temperature reduced thrust is not permitted with the EEC in the alternate mode Limit Weight A simpli...

Page 738: ...pply N1 adjustments as provided when applicable Go Around N1 Go Around power setting for ALTERNATE MODE EEC operation is presented for bleed packs on AUTO and anti ice off Go Around N1 may be read dir...

Page 739: ...aximum thrust that may be used continuously Gear Down This section contains performance for airplane operation with the landing gear extended for all phases of flight Note The Flight Management System...

Page 740: ...Boeing May be subject to export restrictions under EAR See title page for details PI 38 16 MN FLT OH 201 Tables for gear down engine inoperative performance in this section are identical in format and...

Page 741: ...Panel First Officer 1 20 4 Glareshield Panel 1 20 6 Main Panel Center 1 20 7 Forward Electronic Panel 1 20 8 Forward Overhead Panel 1 20 9 Aft Overhead Panel 1 20 10 Control Stand 1 20 11 Aft Electro...

Page 742: ...13 Exterior Door Annunciator Lights 1 30 14 Passenger Entry Galley Service Doors 1 30 15 Oxygen 1 30 15 Oxygen Panel 1 30 15 Oxygen Mask Panel 1 30 16 Oxygen Mask and Regulator 1 30 17 Water System C...

Page 743: ...25 Emergency Equipment Locations 737 8 Series Airplanes 1 40 27 Doors and Windows 1 40 31 Flight Deck Door 1 40 31 Flight Deck Number Two Windows 1 40 32 Lower Cargo Compartments 1 40 33 Emergency Esc...

Page 744: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Airplane General Emergency Equipment Doors Windows Table of Contents 1 TOC 4 MN FLT OH 201 October 26 2021 Intentionally Blank...

Page 745: ...n 10 MN FLT OH 201 1 10 1 10 Dimensions Dimensions File Highlight Principal Dimensions 47 1 117 10 35 92m 14 35m 5 72m 15 60m 39 12m 39 47m 40 10 12 45m 737 8 NOTE Clearance is nominal Add plus or min...

Page 746: ...Minimum width of pavement for 180 turn Wing tip radius 75 feet 22 9 meters Note Minimum width of pavement for 180 turn 80 feet 24 4 meters Center of turn for minimum turning radius Slow continuous tu...

Page 747: ...n in this chapter are representative of installed units and may not exactly match the latest configuration Refer to the appropriate chapter system descriptions for current information STABILIZER PUSH...

Page 748: ...DECK OVERVIEW FIRE EXTINGUISHER P18 3 P18 2 P18 1 NAV WHITE DOME LIGHT COAT OBSERVER OXYGEN MASK P6 1 NAV P6 2 P6 4 AIR COND P6 12 WINDOW HEAT P6 11 WINDOW HEAT P6 STANDBY MANUAL GEAR RELEASE OBSERVER...

Page 749: ...HIELD AIR BRT DIM CABIN ALTITUDE TAKEOFF CONFIG 2 1 TEST A P P RST A T P RST FMC P RST BELOW G S P INHIBIT STAB OUT OF TRIM MAIN PANEL OFF PFD MFD OUTBD NORM INBD OUTBD DU INBD DU BRT CONTRAST BRT CON...

Page 750: ...cer TERR INHIBIT GEAR INHIBIT FLAP INHIBIT NORM NORM NORM SYS TEST GROUND PROXIMITY INOP SPEED BRAKE EXTENDED CABIN ALTITUDE TAKEOFF CONFIG BELOW G S P INHIBIT 2 1 TEST A P P RST A T P RST FMC P RST F...

Page 751: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Airplane General Emergency Equipment Doors Windows Instrument Panels MN FLT OH 201 1 20 5 T e m p o r a r y R e v i s i o n October 26 2021...

Page 752: ...ENGAGE COURSE IAS MACH VNAV 10 C O HEADING LNAV VERT SPEED DN UP MA 30 COURSE MA OFF ON ALTITUDE A B SPD INTV ALT INTV MINS RADIO BARO FPV MTRS BARO IN HPA OFF APP VOR MAP PLN WXR STA WPT ARPT DATA PO...

Page 753: ...NOSE GEAR LANDING GEAR LIMIT EXTEND EXTENDED RETRACT FLAPS LIMIT NOSE GEAR L A N D I N G G E A R DN 1 250K 2 250K 5 250K 10 210K 15 200K 30 175K 25 190K 40 166K FLAP EXTEND 230K ALT 270K 82M 235K 320K...

Page 754: ...6 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z SP DEL CLR RTE NEXT PAGE FIX EXEC ARR DEP HOLD FMC COMM LIMIT N1 MENU LEGS ATC VNAV FIX ARR DEP HOLD FMC COMM LIMIT N1 MENU AUTO BRAKE DISARM AUT...

Page 755: ...ROL STANDBY HYD ALTERNATE FLAPS B A B YAW DAMPER OFF B ON UP OFF DOWN ARM RUD LOW PRESSURE A ON RUD OFF ON OFF LOW PRESSURE LOW PRESSURE LOW QUANTITY OFF SPEED TRIM ON AUTO SLAT OFF ON FAIL YAW DAMPER...

Page 756: ...OFF FLIGHT RECORDER NORMAL TEST BRIGHT OFF DIM DOME WHITE 5 10 15 20 PSI X 100 OXY PRESS PASS OXYGEN CREW OXYGEN NORMAL ON PASS OXY ON TEST CIRCLED NUMBERS REFER TO CHAPTERS WHERE INFORMATION ON THE...

Page 757: ...BERS REFER TO CHAPTERS WHERE INFORMATION ON THE ITEM MAY BE FOUND 1 2 IDLE CUTOFF APL NOSE DOWN 0 5 10 15 APL NOSE UP CG MAC TAKE OFF TRIM STAB FLIGHT DETENT UP DOWN ARMED SPEED BRAKE 1 2 0 1 2 5 10 1...

Page 758: ...UMBERS REFER TO CHAPTERS WHERE INFORMATION ON THE ITEM MAY BE FOUND 5 1 5 5 STANDBY VHF2 OFF HF SENS VHF1 HF1 AM ACTIVE P N L HF2 TEST VHF3 VHF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 CLR N A V ACT STBY TEST MODE 1 2 3 4...

Page 759: ...TOWAGE SPARE BULB BOOM MIC HAND MIC HEAD PHONE A B B A G CHART AND MAP H D C E BOOM MIC HEAD PHONE 5 SPEAKER ESCAPE STRAP CHART LIGHT MAP LIGHT STANDBY COMPASS MAGNETIC 1 10 14 STOWAGE 5 STOWAGE F LIG...

Page 760: ...Special Functions Display Brightness General Lighting Layout Passenger Seating Area Boarding Deplane Take Off Landing Day Cruise Night Cruise Meal Beverage Sunrise Sunset White BRIGHT White MEDIUM OF...

Page 761: ...onment Maintenance Special Functions Display Brightness General Lighting Layout Passenger Seating Area Boarding Deplane Take Off Landing Day Cruise Night Cruise Meal Beverage Sunrise Sunset White BRIG...

Page 762: ...oors Windows Instrument Panels 1 20 16 MN FLT OH 201 Attendant Handset PILOT ATTENDANT PA PILOT ALERT LIFT HANDSET 222 8 5 2 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 RESET PUSH TO TALK 4 PASSENGER ADDRESS CIRCLED NUMBER...

Page 763: ...ators Controls and Indicators File Highlight Flight Deck Lighting Map and Chart Light Controls 1 MAP Light Control Rotate adjusts brightness of Captain First Officer map lights 2 CHART Light Control R...

Page 764: ...ng First Officer controls brightness of First Officer s panel and instrument lighting Background and AFDS Flood Light Control 1 BACKGROUND Light Control Rotate controls incandescent lighting brightnes...

Page 765: ...nd and aft electronic panel 2 PANEL Light Control Rotate controls forward and aft electronic control panel lights brightness Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel Light Controls 1 CIRCUIT BREAKER Light Contr...

Page 766: ...some lights on Captain and First Officer main panels to full brightness BRT bright sets all system lights on forward and aft overhead panels and some lights on Captain and First Officer panels to ful...

Page 767: ...LANDING Light Switch OFF fixed landing lights are extinguished ON fixed landing lights are illuminated 2 RUNWAY TURNOFF Light Switch OFF runway turnoff lights are extinguished ON runway turnoff lights...

Page 768: ...tip lights and wingtip winglet aft marker lights and tail strobe lights extinguished STEADY red and green wingtip position lights winglet aft marker lights and white trailing edge wingtip lights illum...

Page 769: ...1B806 1J594 1B401 1B801 1B805 1 Emergency EMER EXIT LIGHTS Switch OFF prevents emergency lights system operation if airplane electrical power fails or is turned off OFF FASTEN OFF AUTO ON BELTS A D E...

Page 770: ...and placarded INOP 1B401 1B801 1B805 3 NO SMOKING Switch CHIME ONLY placard installed The No Smoking signs permanently indicate smoking is not allowed ON a low chime sounds in the cabin 4 FASTEN BELT...

Page 771: ...1 Emergency Locator Transmitter Light Illuminated amber ELT has been activated and is simultaneously transmitting tone and position data as installed on 121 5 243 0 and 406 0 MHz 2 Emergency Locator T...

Page 772: ...lt Placard 2 Release Pins Pull pins inward manually separates decompression panel from a jammed door to allow panel opening and egress 3 Decompression Panel Provides emergency egress path and automati...

Page 773: ...ad Push enters 3 to 8 digit emergency access code by pressing numeric then ENT keys Entry of correct emergency access code sounds flight deck chime 2 Access Lights Illuminated red door locked or Fligh...

Page 774: ...t Flight Deck Door Lock Panel 1 LOCK FAIL Light Illuminated amber Flight Deck Door Lock selector in AUTO and door lock has failed or Flight Deck Access System switch is OFF 2 AUTO Unlock UNLK Light Il...

Page 775: ...he left or right inboard Display Unit DU opposite of the inboard DU with Engine Display displayed The image can be transferred between the left and right inboard Display Units by selecting the ENG TFR...

Page 776: ...nnunciations Illuminated amber related overwing exit is not closed and locked related flight lock failed to engage when commanded locked CARGO OVERWING FWD RIGHT FWD ENTRY AFT SERVICE OVERWING OVERWIN...

Page 777: ...w oxygen cylinder 2 Passenger Oxygen PASS OXYGEN Switch NORMAL guarded position passenger masks drop and passenger oxygen system activated automatically if cabin altitude climbs to 14 000 feet GIRT IN...

Page 778: ...ped Oxygen Mask Panel 1 Oxygen Flow Indicator Indicates a colored cross when oxygen is flowing 2 TEST RESET Switch 1B401 1B402 1B801 1J594 Push with the left oxygen mask panel door closed and the OXY...

Page 779: ...ector Rotate EMER supplies 100 oxygen under positive pressure at all cabin altitudes Use to purge contaminants from mask and to remove condensation or fogging from interior of mask lens 100 supplies 1...

Page 780: ...nflates enables the mask microphone when the left oxygen mask panel door is opened disables the boom microphone Water System Controls 1 Water Quantity Indicator Indicates quantity of water in reservoi...

Page 781: ...l Cannot be closed unless the Fill and Overflow Valve and Tank Drain Valve Handles are in the closed position Lavatory Controls 1 Water Heater Switch On activates the water heater 2 Water Heater Light...

Page 782: ...cabinet below the sink SUPPLY ON Normal operating position When the water system is depressurized all lavatories except A will drain In this lavatory the drain valve must be opened to drain the lavat...

Page 783: ...s are in the ON position the taxi light function is overridden by the landing light function Logo Lights Logo lights are located on the top of each horizontal stabilizer surface to point light on both...

Page 784: ...d both sides of the tailcone Anti collision Lights Two red anti collision strobe lights are located on the top and bottom of the fuselage Wing Illumination Lights Wing lights are installed on the fuse...

Page 785: ...utility lights are available at the pilot stations each with individual controls If normal electrical power is lost standby electrical power is automatically provided to the standby compass light dom...

Page 786: ...TO SEAT signs can be controlled manually by positioning the respective switch to ON or OFF Moving the NO SMOKING switch to ON will result in a low chime sounding in the cabin When the passenger cabin...

Page 787: ...d by light will glow and provide exit path guidance At the exit electrically operated lights and markers provide exit identification The photoluminescent strips need to be properly charged The table b...

Page 788: ...harging credit 15 minute charge 3 5 a Close overhead bin doors during charging b Cabin activity is limited to minor aisle traffic or crew and personnel c Passengers will shadow the system and are not...

Page 789: ...ing b Bin doors can be open during charging c Passenger loading andunloadingperiods can not be included in the charge time Passengers can be seated on the airplane 15 minute charge 7 5 Quick Turn with...

Page 790: ...Day Cruise 15 minute charge 3 5 Crossbin COS Direct W1 W2 Medium 15 minute charge 2 5 Crossbin COS Direct W1 W2 High 15 minute charge 3 5 Continuous Flight No limit if ceiling and sidewall light stays...

Page 791: ...rging credit 15 minute charge 3 5 a Close overhead bin doors during charging b Cabin activity is limited to minor aisle traffic or crew and personnel c Passengers will shadow the system and are not al...

Page 792: ...ding b Bin doors can be open during charging c Passenger loading andunloadingperiods can not be included in the charge time Passengers can be seated on the airplane 15 minute charge 12 5 Quick Turn wi...

Page 793: ...3 5 Crossbin COS Direct W1 W2 Medium 15 minute charge 2 5 Crossbin COS Direct W1 W2 High 15 minute charge 3 5 In Flight Charging Double Charge at 3 Hours and 6 5 Hours Meal Beverage 15 minute charge 7...

Page 794: ...slide lights are adjacent to the forward and aft service and entry doors Lights are also installed on the fuselage to illuminate the overwing escape routes and ground contact area Continuous Flight N...

Page 795: ...ated throughout the airplane for emergency use These cylinders are normally found in the forward and aft areas of the passenger cabin LOCATED IN THE FORWARD AISLE LIGHTS EXTERIOR EMERGENCY ESCAPE SLID...

Page 796: ...RVICE UNIT OXYGEN SOURCE O2 LAVATORIES FWD GALLEY ATTENDANT STATIONS O2 PASSENGER SERVICE UNITS O2 OXYGEN MASK LOW PRESSURE HIGH PRESSURE CONDITION NORMAL 4 MASKS SERVICE 2 MASKS SWITCH PRESSURE BAROM...

Page 797: ...r that is mounted on the oxygen mask The regulator may be adjusted to supply NORMAL 100 or EMERGENCY oxygen by rotating the regulator selector Flight Crew Oxygen Mask Usage Donning Instructions To don...

Page 798: ...s laying flat against all interior sides of the box Coil the supply hose into the bottom of the stowage box making the largest diameter possible Ensure that the harness is completely deflated Hold the...

Page 799: ...ator assembly into the stowage box beginning with the harness regulator up Press down on the mask regulator until all but the regulator control knob is below the top surface of the stowage box Close t...

Page 800: ...forward and aft sections of the passenger cabin The device is placed over the head and when activated provides approximately 15 to over 20 minutes of oxygen depending upon the device used Manufacturer...

Page 801: ...in the transparent oxygen hose whenever oxygen is flowing to the mask Oxygen flows for approximately 12 minutes 22 minutes as installed and cannot be shut off If the passenger oxygen is activated and...

Page 802: ...inders have a capacity of 4 25 cubic feet 120 liters or 11 cubic feet 311 liters of free oxygen Two continuous flow outlets are provided on each cylinder one regulates flow at two liters per minute fo...

Page 803: ...of fire and press trigger CAUTION Do not use on electrical or grease type fires Water Fire Extinguisher Chemical Fire Extinguishers Chemical fire extinguishers Halon or equivalent contain a liquefied...

Page 804: ...Operations Manual Airplane General Emergency Equipment Doors Windows Systems Description 1 40 22 MN FLT OH 201 Chemical Fire Extinguisher BCF BTP DISCHARGE NOZZLE LEVER PRESSURE HANDLE GAUGE RING SAFE...

Page 805: ...ter is effective gasoline oils greases solvents paints burning liquids cooking fats etc where smothering action is required Water H2O saturates material rekindling Halon or Halon or fires started by s...

Page 806: ...LE MATERIALS FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS LIVE ELECTRICAL EUROPEAN AUSTRALIAN CLASS OF FIRES EXTINGUISHERTYPE There are three common classes of fire paper wood fabric rubber certain plastics etc where quenching...

Page 807: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Airplane General Emergency Equipment Doors Windows Systems Description MN FLT OH 201 1 40 25 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 808: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Airplane General Emergency Equipment Doors Windows Systems Description 1 40 26 MN FLT OH 201 March 1 2021...

Page 809: ...WITH SMOKE NOTE SOME SYMBOLS DO NOT APPLY TO ALL CONFIGURATIONS FLASHLIGHT TRANSMITTER EMERGENCY 2 O 2 O C D O 2 H GLOVES SLIDE WITH ESCAPE EXIT PATH WITH ESCAPE EXIT PATH LIFE VEST MEGAPHONE AXE CRAS...

Page 810: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Airplane General Emergency Equipment Doors Windows Systems Description 1 40 28 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 811: ...ms Description File Highlight Emergency Equipment Locations 737 8 Series Airplanes 1B401 1B402 1B801 1B824 LD PASSENGER SEAT UNDER EACH LA G1 G2 G4B 3 LE AA 2 A ATTENDANT SEAT L LAVATORY G GALLEY AA A...

Page 812: ...indows Systems Description 1 40 30 MN FLT OH 201 1J585 LD PASSENGER SEAT UNDER EACH AA LA AA G1 G2 G4B 4 2 2 2 2 LE AA C At Each Attendant Seat A ATTENDANT SEAT L LAVATORY G GALLEY C CLOSET In Ovhd Bi...

Page 813: ...on MN FLT OH 201 1 40 31 1B785 1B786 LD PASSENGER SEAT UNDER EACH AA LA AA G1 G2 G4B 3 2 2 2 LE A C 2 O 2 4 At Each Attendant Seat A ATTENDANT SEAT L LAVATORY G GALLEY C CLOSET In Ovhd Bin In Ovhd Bin...

Page 814: ...on 1 40 32 MN FLT OH 201 1J590 1J594 LD PASSENGER SEAT UNDER EACH AA LA AA G1 G2 G4B 4 2 2 2 LE AA C 2 O 2 4 At Each Attendant Seat A ATTENDANT SEAT L LAVATORY G GALLEY C CLOSET In Ovhd Bin In Ovhd Bi...

Page 815: ...s when electrical power is removed A viewing lens in the door allows observation of the passenger cabin The door can be manually opened from the flight deck by turning the door handle The door incorpo...

Page 816: ...NLKD position which unlocks the door while held in that position If the emergency access code is entered and the pilot takes no action the door unlocks after expiration of the time delay Before the do...

Page 817: ...sh air circulation and temperature control as do the upper passenger compartments There are two cargo compartment doors on the lower right side of the fuselage Both are plug type inward opening pressu...

Page 818: ...ding flight deck windows Emergency Evacuation Routes Flight Deck Window Emergency Egress If the flight deck number two windows must be used for emergency egress use the following procedure open the wi...

Page 819: ...quipment In a water environment the slide may not properly inflate when deployed If the deployed slide is recognized to be a potential obstruction to egress a detachment handle is provided near the to...

Page 820: ...quipment Doors Windows Systems Description 1 40 38 MN FLT OH 201 Escape Slide Detachment Handle GIRT FLOOR BRACKETS GIRT BAR DETACHMENT MANUAL INFLATION HANDLE PULL PULL 2 PULL HANDLE 1 LIFT FLAP FOR...

Page 821: ...frame The remainder of the strap is stowed in a tube extending into the cabin ceiling To use the strap is pulled free from its stowage and attached to a ring on the top surface of the wing The escape...

Page 822: ...e status and the open closed status of the doors The overwing emergency exits lock when three of the four Entry Service doors are closed and either engine is running and the airplane air ground logic...

Page 823: ...ONLY PUSH TO OPEN DOOR OPENS OUT AND UP AUTOMATICALLY EXTERIOR PLACARDS TO OPEN DOOR FROM THE OUTSIDE 1 HOLD KNEE AGAINST LOWER PORTION 3 DOOR OPENS OUT AND UP AUTOMATICALLY 2 PUSH IN EXTERIOR OVERWI...

Page 824: ...824 The flight deck has three seat types pilot seats captain and first officer first observer seat second observer seat as installed Pilot Seat The captain and first officer seats are adjustable The f...

Page 825: ...eye reference position Use the handhold above the forward window to assist The following sight references are used Sight along the upper surface of the glareshield with a small amount of the airplane...

Page 826: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Airplane General Emergency Equipment Doors Windows Systems Description 1 40 44 MN FLT OH 201 EYE REFERENCE POSITION A B March 1 2021...

Page 827: ...ment wall when not in use To use the seat push the release latch Then lower the seat into position Raise the seat back to the detents in the doorway sidewall brackets For seat storage push the release...

Page 828: ...Description 1 40 46 MN FLT OH 201 NOTE THE SEAT FOLDS INTO THE WALL WITH VERY CLOSE TOLERANCES USE CAUTION NOT TO PINCH YOUR FINGERS WHEN YOU STOW THE SEAT SHOULDER HARNESS RELEASE HANDLE ON BACK OF S...

Page 829: ...quipment Doors Windows Systems Description MN FLT OH 201 1 40 47 Second Observer Seat 1B401 1B402 1B801 1B824 The second observer seat is located behind the captain s seat and is not adjustable The se...

Page 830: ...forward and aft galley service doors In general the equipment of the galley unit consists of the following main items high speed ovens hot beverage containers hot cup receptacles refrigeration and mai...

Page 831: ...at the galley Water System The potable airplane water system is supplied from a single tank located behind the aft cargo compartment Fresh water is supplied to the galleys and lavatory sinks Quantity...

Page 832: ...ly The heater has an overheat switch which turns off the heating element if an excess temperature is reached The heater may be turned off at any time by using a manual switch on the heater Cold water...

Page 833: ...2 20 1 Engine Bleed System Supply 2 20 1 Engine Bleed Air Valves 2 20 1 Bleed Sensors 2 20 2 Duct Pressure Transmitters 2 20 2 Isolation Valve 2 20 2 Fan Air Modulating Valve 2 20 2 Precooler 2 20 2...

Page 834: ...2 30 7 Recirculation Fans 2 30 7 Equipment Cooling 2 30 7 Forward Cargo Compartment 2 30 8 Conditioned Air Source Connection 2 30 8 Air Conditioning Distribution Schematic 2 30 9 Pressurization Syste...

Page 835: ...CLOSE closes isolation valve AUTO closes isolation valve if both engine BLEED air switches are ON and both air conditioning PACK switches are AUTO or HIGH opens isolation valve automatically if eithe...

Page 836: ...ens engine bleed air valve when engines are operating 5 APU BLEED Air Switch OFF closes APU bleed air valve ON opens APU bleed air valve when APU is operating 6 Bleed Air DUCT PRESSURE Indicator Indic...

Page 837: ...turning either BLEED switch ON will extinguish both BLEED lights if lights illuminated because of a configuration problem 9 TRIP RESET Switch Push if fault condition is corrected resets BLEED PACK or...

Page 838: ...C FAN OVHT OFF VALVE CLOSE AUTO OPEN OFF AUTO WING ANTI ICE TEST TRIP BLEED ISOLATION L PACK RESET R PACK APU AUTO OFF WING ANTI ICE AUTO HIGH 40 60 80 20 0 DUCT PRESS PSI L R PACK WING BODY OVERHEAT...

Page 839: ...gnaled OFF AUTO with both packs operating each pack regulates to low flow with one pack operating operating pack regulates to high flow in flight with flaps up when operating one pack from APU both en...

Page 840: ...if both PACK switches are in HIGH 8 PACK Light Illuminated amber indicates pack trip off or failure of both primary and standby pack controls or indicates failure of the Flow Control Valve to open whe...

Page 841: ...ly fan activated 3 Equipment Cooling Exhaust OFF Light Illuminated amber no airflow from selected cooling exhaust fan 4 Equipment EQUIP COOLING EXHAUST Switch NORM normal cooling exhaust fan activated...

Page 842: ...cur under the following conditions on the ground at airports close to or below sea level in flight when the cabin is pressurized below sea level Outer Scale indicates differential pressure between cab...

Page 843: ...m failure detected indicates a single controller failure when ALTN light is also illuminated indicates a dual controller failure when illuminated alone 2 OFF Schedule SCHED DESCENT Light Illuminated a...

Page 844: ...altitude of intended landing field set before takeoff Note A panel failure detected after a DC power interruption will result in the display of 88888 or all dashes If cabin altitude and cabin rate are...

Page 845: ...ector in MAN position OPEN opens outflow valve electrically with pressurization mode selector in MAN position 11 Pressurization Mode Selector AUTO pressurization system controlled automatically ALTN p...

Page 846: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Air Systems Controls and Indicators 2 10 12 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 847: ...surization Nitrogen generation system Switches on the air conditioning panel operate the APU and engine bleed air supply system Engine Bleed System Supply Engine bleed air is obtained from the 4th and...

Page 848: ...espective L and R pointers on the bleed air duct pressure indicator The indicator is AC operated Differences between Land R duct pressure on the bleed air duct pressure indicator are considered normal...

Page 849: ...the APU and engine bleed air valves open and the engines operating at idle thrust there is a possibility of APU bleed air backpressuring the 10th stage modulating and shutoff valve This would cause th...

Page 850: ...U AUTO OFF WING ANTI ICE AUTO HIGH 40 60 80 20 0 DUCT PRESS PSI L R PACK WING BODY OVERHEAT BLEED COWL HIGH STAGE 4th STAGE 10th STAGE STARTER VALVE STARTER ENGINE APU BLEED FROM RIGHT ENGINE ISOLATIO...

Page 851: ...OM APU LEFT HAND AIR CONDITIONING BAY LEFT ENGINE STRUT KEEL BEAM 1 2 3 4 5 SENSORS LOCATED RIGHT LIGHT RIGHT ENGINE STRUT RIGHT INBOARD WING LEADING EDGE RIGHT HAND AIR CONDITIONING BAY 6 7 8 WING BO...

Page 852: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Air Systems Bleed Air System Description 2 20 6 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 853: ...ectrically controlled by the Integrated Air Systems Controller IASC Normally the left pack uses bleed air from engine No 1 and the right pack uses bleed air from engine No 2 A single pack in high flow...

Page 854: ...s cooling air for the heat exchangers Operation of the system is automatically controlled by the packs through operation of ram air inlet doors On the ground or during slow flight with the flaps not f...

Page 855: ...em Annunciator lights to illuminate after landing If both the primary and the standby pack controls fail for the same pack the PACK MASTER CAUTION and AIR COND System Annunciator lights illuminate The...

Page 856: ...CONT VALVE PACK PACK AIR SYSTEM TO TRIM CONT MANIFOLD TO MIX WATER RAM AIR TEMP VALVE R PRIMARY PACK CONTROL L STBY R ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER PACK CONTROL R RAM AIR CONTROL L PRIMARY PACK CONTROL R STB...

Page 857: ...Control Modes The right IASC provides primary control for the flight deck CONT CAB and the forward passenger cabin zone FWD CAB The left IASC provides primary control for the aft passenger cabin zone...

Page 858: ...ctor will have no effect on the standby pack controls Fixed Cabin Temperature If all Temperature Selectors are positioned OFF the IASCs will cause the left pack to maintain a fixed temperature of 75 F...

Page 859: ...less either PACK switch is in HIGH The right recirculation fan operates in flight if both packs are operating unless both PACK switches are in HIGH On the ground the left recirculation fan operates un...

Page 860: ...oling exhaust OFF light is inhibited If an overtemperature occurs on the ground alerting is provided through the crew call horn in the nose wheel well Forward Cargo Compartment The recirculation fan s...

Page 861: ...WD CAB AFT CAB MIX MANIFOLD MODULATING TRIM AIR VALVES RECIRC FANS TRIM AIR PRESSURE REGULATOR AND SHUTOFF VALVE GROUND PRECONDITIONED AIR AFT CAB ZONE TEMP CONTROL FLIGHT DECK ZONE TEMP CONTROL BACK...

Page 862: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Air Systems Air Conditioning System Description 2 30 10 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 863: ...psi A negative relief valve prevents external atmospheric pressure from exceeding internal cabin pressure Cabin Pressure Controller Cabin altitude is normally rate controlled by the cabin pressure co...

Page 864: ...ley vents miscellaneous fixed vents and by seal leakage STATIC PORT STATIC PORT ADIRU ADIRU NEGATIVE PRESSURE RELIEF E S O C N E P O E V L A V L MANUAL CABIN SENSE PORT CABIN SENSE PORT SENSORS DC DC...

Page 865: ...is diffused to the lining of the forward cargo compartment However the overboard exhaust valve is driven open if either pack switch is in high and the right recirculation fan is off This allows for in...

Page 866: ...better response to ground effect pressure changes during takeoff In the air the auto controller maintains a proportional pressure differential between airplane and cabin altitude By increasing the alt...

Page 867: ...light illuminates if any of the following conditions occurs Loss of DC power Controller fault Outflow valve control fault Excessive differential pressure 8 75 psi Excessive rate of cabin pressure cha...

Page 868: ...cabin altitude panel and valve position on the outflow valve position indicator A separate DC motor powered by the DC standby system drives the outflow valve at a slower rate than the automatic modes...

Page 869: ...anel 3 10 3 Thermal Anti Ice Indication 3 10 4 Wing Anti Ice Panel 3 10 5 System Description 3 20 Introduction 3 20 1 Anti Ice Components Diagram 3 20 1 Flight Deck Window Heat 3 20 2 Flight Deck Wind...

Page 870: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Anti Ice Rain Table of Contents 3 TOC 2 MN FLT OH 201 March 1 2021 Intentionally Blank...

Page 871: ...pted 2 Window Heat ON Lights Illuminated green window heat is being applied to selected window s Extinguished switch is OFF or an overheat is detected or a system failure has occurred system is at cor...

Page 872: ...positions 2 WINDSHIELD AIR Controls PULL supplies conditioned air to number 1 windows for defogging Windshield Wiper Selector Panel 1 Windshield WIPER Selectors PARK turns off wiper motors and stows...

Page 873: ...EAT Switches ON power is supplied to heat related system AUTO power is automatically supplied to both A and B probe heat systems when either engine is running Engine Anti Ice Panel FORWARD OVERHEAD PA...

Page 874: ...lve is in transit steady cowl anti ice valve position disagrees with related ENGINE ANTI ICE switch position Extinguished related cowl anti ice valve is closed switch OFF or related cowl anti ice valv...

Page 875: ...wing anti ice valve position disagrees with related WING ANTI ICE switch position Extinguished related wing anti ice valve is closed switch OFF or related wing anti ice valve is open switch ON 2 WING...

Page 876: ...f thrust on both engines is below takeoff warning setting and temperature inside both distribution ducts is below thermal switch activation temperature control valves close if either engine thrust is...

Page 877: ...ndshield wipers are the systems provided for ice and rain protection The anti ice and rain systems include Anti Ice Components Diagram Flight Deck Window Heat Windshield Wipers Probe and Sensor Heat E...

Page 878: ...window numbers 1 and 2 permits electrical heating to prevent ice build up and fogging Window number 3 is not electrically heated Flight Deck Window Heat Operation The FWD WINDOW HEAT switches control...

Page 879: ...ers and a permanent rain repellent coating on the windows CAUTION Windshield scratching will occur if the windshield wipers are operated on a dry windshield ON L WINDOW HEAT OVHT SIDE R FWD ON OFF OFF...

Page 880: ...core Cowl anti ice operation is controlled by individual ENG ANTI ICE switches The cowl anti ice system may be operated on the ground and in flight Core anti ice operation is automatically controlled...

Page 881: ...ote When ENG ANTI ICE switches are OFF the EEC selects flight idle when flaps are less than 15 degrees approach idle when flaps are 15 degrees or greater If the cowl anti ice valve fails to move to th...

Page 882: ...edge inboard slats and is then exhausted overboard The wing anti ice system is effective with the slats in any position Wing Anti Ice System Operation On the ground positioning the WING ANTI ICE swit...

Page 883: ...ly trips OFF at lift off when the air ground sensor goes to the air mode Positioning the WING ANTI ICE switch to ON in flight opens both control valves sets stall warning logic for icing conditions No...

Page 884: ...WING ANTI ICE OFF ON L VALVE R VALVE THRUST CONDITION ON THE GROUND WING ANTI ICE ON ENGINES AT IDLE THRUST DUCT TEMPS LOW BLEED AIR DUCT WING ANTI ICE CONTROL VALVE THERMAL SWITCH GROUND AIR HIGH TE...

Page 885: ...ciations FMAs 4 10 21 System Description 4 20 General 4 20 1 Autopilot Flight Director System AFDS 4 20 1 MCP Mode Selector Switches 4 20 1 Autopilot Engagement Criteria 4 20 2 Autopilot Disengagement...

Page 886: ...d Landing 4 20 17 Automatic Flight Approach Profile 4 20 22 Go Around 4 20 25 Automatic Flight Go Around Profile 4 20 30 AFS Operation in Windshear 4 20 30 General 4 20 30 Takeoff or Go Around 4 20 31...

Page 887: ...AFDS modes are engaged LVL CHG ALT ACQ V S VNAV ALT HOLD G S capture TO GA The indicator light illuminates green when A T ARM switch is in the ARM position GLARESHIELD OFF OFF A T ARM F D ON N1 SPEED...

Page 888: ...d limiting flashing character 8 Vmo or Mmo limit landing gear limit flap limit 4 IAS MACH Display Displays speed selected by IAS MACH selector display is blank when VNAV mode engaged A T engaged in FM...

Page 889: ...nd extinguishes switch light engages A T in ARM mode Speed Mode Autothrottle holds speed in IAS MACH display or a performance or limit speed Speed mode engaged manually by pushing SPEED switch if spee...

Page 890: ...lluminates pitch mode annunciates VNAV SPD VNAV PTH or VNAV ALT A T mode annunciates FMC SPD N1 RETARD or ARM IAS MACH display blanks and airspeed cursors positioned to FMC commanded airspeed VNAV Mod...

Page 891: ...cent autothrottle holds idle but can command FMC SPD mode if ground speed becomes too low to maintain FMC vertical path AFDS tracks FMC descent path automatic level off occurs at MCP altitude or VNAV...

Page 892: ...ay increments are 50 fpm if V S is less than 1000 fpm 100 fpm if V S is 1000 fpm or greater 4 Vertical Speed Thumbwheel Rotate DN sets vertical speed in VERT SPEED display increases rate of descent or...

Page 893: ...eed becomes target speed speed can be changed with MCP IAS MACH Selector The LVL CHG mode is inhibited after glideslope capture 6 Approach APP Switch See Lateral Navigation 7 Altitude Selector SEL Rot...

Page 894: ...LT HOLD engages changes in altimeter barometric settings do not change the selected altitude reference 9 Vertical Speed V S Switch Push arms or engages V S command mode commands pitch to hold vertical...

Page 895: ...reased using ALT INTV switch Push during VNAV cruise if MCP altitude is set above current FMC cruise altitude FMC resets cruise altitude to MCP altitude and initiates a cruise climb if an MCPALT is se...

Page 896: ...itions selected heading bugs on the DUs 3 HEADING Display Displays selected heading 4 LNAV Switch Push commands AFDS roll to intercept and track the active FMC route annunciates LNAV as roll mode and...

Page 897: ...e segment before active waypoint LNAV automatically disconnects for following reasons reaching end of active route reaching a route discontinuity intercepting a selected approach course in VOR LOC or...

Page 898: ...na when VOR LOC is annunciated armed or engaged If antenna switching does not occur LOC mode is inhibited Note Localizer backcourse tracking is not available 6 Course Selector Sets course in COURSE di...

Page 899: ...OC armed 9 Approach APP Switch Push illuminates APP switch light 1B785 1B786 1J585 1J594 arms the AFDS for localizer final approach course and glideslope glidepath capture 1B785 1B786 1J585 1J594 roll...

Page 900: ...VHF NAV receiver While engaged in the APP mode the A autopilot and Captain s F D use information from Captain s Course Selector and No 1 VHF NAV receiver the B autopilot and First Officer s F D use in...

Page 901: ...operation CWS engages if pitch or roll mode not selected pitch or roll mode deselected CWS engaged displays CWS P and or CWS R in A P status display blank in pitch and or roll mode FMA when approachi...

Page 902: ...n APP mode after VOR capture with TAS 250 knots or less 3 Autopilot Disengage DISENGAGE Bar Pull down exposes yellow background disengages both A Ps prevents A P engagement Lift up conceals yellow bac...

Page 903: ...topilot Disengage Switch Push disengages both autopilots A P disengage lights flash A P disengage warning tone sounds for a minimum of two seconds second push extinguishes disengage lights and silence...

Page 904: ...f following conditions stabilizer out of trim below 800 feet RA on dual channel approach ALT ACQ mode inhibited during A P go around if stabilizer not trimmed for single A P operation disengage light...

Page 905: ...g commanded value 3 Disengage Light Test TEST Switch TEST 1 illuminates autopilot autothrottle disengage and FMC alert lights steady amber TEST 2 illuminates autopilot autothrottle disengage lights st...

Page 906: ...y annunciations are TO takeoff TO 1 derated takeoff one TO 2 derated takeoff two D TO assumed temperature reduced thrust takeoff D TO 1 derate one and assumed temperature reduced thrust takeoff D TO 2...

Page 907: ...g a degraded N1 thrust limit from the related EEC Flight Mode Annunciations FMAs 1 Autothrottle A T Engaged Mode 2 Roll Engaged Mode N1 green GA green RETARD green FMC SPD green MCP SPD green THR HLD...

Page 908: ...ite LNAV VOR LOC white LNAV white 1B785 1B786 1J585 1J594 LNAV FAC white as installed 1B785 1B786 1J585 1J594 LNAV B CRS white as installed 1B785 1J585 1J594 LNAV ROLLOUT white as installed 1B785 1B78...

Page 909: ...tic Flight Controls and Indicators MN FLT OH 201 4 10 23 9 Pitch Armed Mode G S white V S white VNAV white 1B785 1B786 1J585 1J594 G P white as installed FLARE white G S V S white 1B785 1B786 1J585 1J...

Page 910: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Automatic Flight Controls and Indicators 4 10 24 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 911: ...tem consisting of two individual flight control computers FCCs and a single mode control panel The two FCCs are identified as A and B For A P operation they send control commands to their respective p...

Page 912: ...occurs pushing either A P disengage switch column or wheel force override pushing either Takeoff Go around TO GA switch with a single A P engaged in CWS or CMD below 2000 feet RA or with flaps not up...

Page 913: ...ng TO GA switch after touchdown or activating the manual electric trim will be ignored by both autopilot channels both flight directors and the autothrottle system This ensures that inadvertent press...

Page 914: ...lows with neither A P engaged in CMD the FCC for the first F D turned on is the master with one or both A Ps engaged in CMD the FCC for the first A P in CMD is the master FCC regardless of which F D i...

Page 915: ...the autoland system is still capable of making an automatic landing and rollout NO AUTOLAND the system is unable to make an automatic landing With a LAND 3 fail operational indication the autoland sys...

Page 916: ...hrottle is limited to the N1 value shown on the thrust mode display MCP SPD the autothrottle maintains speed set in the MCP IAS MACH display The autothrottle is limited to the N1 value shown on the th...

Page 917: ...e airspeed indicator and or the CDU CLIMB or DESCENT pages VNAV PTH the AFDS maintains FMC altitude or descent path with pitch commands VNAV ALT when a conflict occurs between the VNAV profile and the...

Page 918: ...the heading selected in the MCP Heading Display VOR LOC armed AFDS is armed to capture selected VOR or LOC COURSE VOR LOC engaged AFDS tracks selected VOR course or tracks selected localizer course al...

Page 919: ...tch modes can then be selected When approaching a selected altitude in CWS P with a CMD engage switch selected CWS P changes toALTACQ When at the selected altitude ALT HOLD engages Roll CWS with a CMD...

Page 920: ...ically engages the A T in the MCP SPD mode otherwise the A T remains in FMC SPD engagement of G S capture automatically engages the A T in the MCP SPD mode alpha floor automatically engages the A T wh...

Page 921: ...If a TO GA switch is pushed after 80 knots below 2000 feet AGL and prior to 150 seconds after lift off the F D command bars automatically appear for both pilots 1B785 1B786 1J585 1J594 During takeoff...

Page 922: ...evation thrust levers advance toward full GA thrust automatic reduction to climb thrust occurs upon reaching the selected thrust reduction altitude which is shown on the FMC CDU TAKEOFF REF page 2 2 d...

Page 923: ...ages in CMD Pitch mode engages in MCP SPD Thrust Reduction A T N1 mode engages at CLB power Above 400 ft AGL Select roll mode 84 knots A T THR HLD mode engages Push TO GA Switch both FD ON and A T arm...

Page 924: ...at CLB power Above 400 ft AGL VNAV engages 84 knots A T THR HLD mode engages Push TO GA Switch both FD ON and A T LNAV VNAV armed VNAV SPD LNAV N1 CMD VNAV SPD LNAV N1 FD VNAV SPD LNAV ARM FD TO GA TH...

Page 925: ...ges in CMD Pitch mode engages in MCP SPD Thrust Reduction A T N1 mode engages at CLB power 84 knots A T THR HLD mode engages Push TO GA Switch both FD ON and A T armed MCP SPD HDG SEL N1 CMD TO GA HDG...

Page 926: ...Other roll modes available are VOR course VOR LOC heading select HDG SEL Engage A P A P engages in CMD Thrust Reduction A T N1 mode engages at CLB power Above 400 ft AGL VNAV engages Push TO GA Switch...

Page 927: ...ailed channel is counteracted by the second channel such that both A Ps disengage with minimal airplane maneuvering and with aural and visual warnings to the pilot 1B785 1J585 1J594 Fail Operational A...

Page 928: ...e previous roll mode disengages and the airplane turns to track the LOC Glideslope Capture Glideslope capture is inhibited prior to localizer capture The G S can be captured from above or below Captur...

Page 929: ...tead the amber NO AUTOLAND annunciation alerts the pilot that dual control has not been established and the autoland is to be discontinued 450 Feet Radio Altitude 1B785 1J585 1J594 Fail Operational Th...

Page 930: ...keep the airplane on the localizer centerline rollout guidance continues until a full stop or until the autopilots are disengaged Approach APP Mode Single A P A single A P ILS approach can be executed...

Page 931: ...primary FMA display indicating mode fail The A P will remain engaged until manually disengaged For ground station failures after annunciation of LAND 3 or LAND 2 the appropriate localizer or glideslo...

Page 932: ...G S CMD HDG SEL ALT HOLD Set heading GA displayed on Thrust but not annunciated A T retards to idle Touchdown Manually disengage A P A T disengages 2 seconds after touchdown FLARE maneuver begins F D...

Page 933: ...nd mode armed Set heading GA displayed on Thrust but not annunciated AUTOPILOT aural sounds MDA DA Disengage Autopilot Mode Display 50 feet RA F D bars retract from view and Autothrottle if A P is eng...

Page 934: ...A displayed on Thrust but not annunciated FLARE maneuver begins A T retards to idle Touchdown A T disengages 2 sec Rollout guidance ends when A Ps are disengaged NO AUTOLAND F D command bars center Mo...

Page 935: ...til reaching programmed rate of climb F D pitch then commands target airspeed for each flap setting based on maximum takeoff weight calculations F D roll commands hold current ground track at or below...

Page 936: ...R the A T GA mode is terminated when another pitch mode is selected ALT ACQ annunciates engaged Note The pitch mode cannot be changed from TO GA until sufficient nose down trim has been input to allo...

Page 937: ...ack at or below 50 feet AGL Above 50 feet AGL LNAV will engage The Roll Mode annunciation will display LNAV engaged above 50 feet AGL the IAS Mach display blanks the command airspeed cursor automatica...

Page 938: ...s and the airspeed at engine failure is within five knots of the go around engagement speed the airspeed that existed at go around engagement becomes target speed if after ten seconds and the airspeed...

Page 939: ...nd LNAV arm will be annunciated on the FMA The roll go around track hold mode will automatically transition to LNAV during a missed approach During autoland operations with LAND 2 LAND 3 displayed and...

Page 940: ...ny increase or decrease in speed The commanded levels of power may be beyond what the average pilot considers necessary but in fact are required by the situation MCP SPD CMD ALT HOLD LNAV Missed Appro...

Page 941: ...encountered during an ILS approach both the F D andA P attempt to hold the airplane on altitude or on glideslope after glideslope capture without regard to angle of attack or stick shaker limitations...

Page 942: ...ol Reversion Modes During some flight situations speed control by the AFDS or A T alone could be insufficient to prevent exceeding a limit speed If this occurs AFDS orA T modes automatically revert to...

Page 943: ...PTH except when flying a level segment The AFS commands a speed 5 knots greater than minimum speed Reaching a speed 5 knots greater than minimum speed reactivates normal MCP speed selection control Th...

Page 944: ...ands return in MCP SPD mode Both the Indicated Airspeed IAS display and the speed bug will reference the existing airspeed when the F D command bars return into view If the previous F D pitch commands...

Page 945: ...ch 5 10 13 Interphone and Passenger Address Controls 5 10 14 Cockpit Voice Recorder 5 10 15 Cockpit Voice Recorder Switch 5 10 16 Call System 5 10 17 Forward Overhead Panel 5 10 17 External Power Conn...

Page 946: ...r 26 2021 Pre Recorded Announcement Machine PRAM 5 20 4 Call System 5 20 6 VHF Communications 5 20 7 HF Communications 5 20 7 Selective Calling SELCAL 5 20 8 Cockpit Voice Recorder 5 20 8 ACARS System...

Page 947: ...frequency of the selected radio STANDBY displays the preselected or previously tuned frequency of the selected radio displays DATA if the selected radio is in the data mode displays six digit frequen...

Page 948: ...associated with this radio tuning panel 8 Frequency Selector Rotate selects frequency in the STANDBY frequency indicator first digit is always 1 outer selector changes second and third digits in 1 MHz...

Page 949: ...nel Fail Modes 1 PANEL FAIL The radio tuning panel has failed 2 FAIL FAIL The selected radio has failed Note The selected frequencies may continue to be displayed in the frequency indicator when the r...

Page 950: ...T BOOM MASK 1 HF 2 FLIGHT DECK CREW STATIONS 1 2 3 5 6 7 4 Note When a switch is labeled INOP that switch is not available and should not be used VHF 1 VHF 2 VHF 3 HF 1 HF 2 INT CABIN PA MIC SELECTOR...

Page 951: ...to neutral position R T radio transmit keys oxygen mask or boom microphone for transmission as selected by transmitter selector I C Intercom keys oxygen mask or boom microphone for direct transmission...

Page 952: ...ALL indication 1B785 1B786 6 Alternate Normal ALT NORM Switch NORM Normal ACP operates normally ALT Alternate ACP operates in degraded mode 1B401 1B402 1B801 1J594 6 Speaker SPKR Switch Illuminated wh...

Page 953: ...B785 1B786 1 SELCAL Light Illuminated white alerts crew to incoming communication on indicated radio 1B785 1B786 2 Reset Switch Push extinguishes and resets SELCAL light VHF 1 VHF 2 VHF 3 HF 1 HF 2 SE...

Page 954: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Communications Controls and Indicators 5 10 8 MN FLT OH 201 T e m p o r a r y R e v i s i o n ACARS Printer October 26 2021...

Page 955: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Communications Controls and Indicators MN FLT OH 201 5 10 9 T e m p o r a r y R e v i s i o n October 26 2021...

Page 956: ...EL 1 PAPER ADVANCE PPR ADV Switch Push advance paper while switch is held 2 SELF TEST Switch Push the printer will print a test pattern for as long as the switch is held 3 Latch Rotate and slide to op...

Page 957: ...oadband System Switch 1B824 1B824 1 Broadband System Power Mode Selector OFF removes power from the Broadband System XMIT INHIB provides power to the Broadband System but transmission is inhibited ON...

Page 958: ...2 Headset or Headphones Monitors audio from related ACP 3 Standard Microphones Choose desired microphone for voice transmission through selected radio interphone system or passenger address PA BOOM MI...

Page 959: ...er position INT interphone selects oxygen mask or boom microphone for direct transmission over flight interphone bypasses ACP transmitter selector same as using ACP PTT switch I C position 1B785 1B786...

Page 960: ...ble ON adds external jacks to service interphone system 2 Service INTERPHONE Handset Jack With microphone installed used to communicate with flight attendant stations with SERVICE INTERPHONE switch ON...

Page 961: ...ttendant PA Hand Microphone Used to make PA announcements Cockpit Voice Recorder 1B401 1B402 1B801 1B824 1B786 1 Area Microphone 1B801 1B824 Active anytime 115V AC is applied to airplane or 1B401 1B78...

Page 962: ...ght remains illuminated until the switch is released 1B785 1B786 1J585 1J594 4 HEADSET Jack Headset may be plugged into jack to monitor tone transmission during test or to monitor playback of voice au...

Page 963: ...e cockpit voice recorder until first engine start then trips the switch to AUTO Call System Forward Overhead Panel 1B401 1B402 1B801 1J594 1 Ground Call GRD CALL Switch Push sounds a horn in nose whee...

Page 964: ...Attendant Call ATTEND Switch Push sounds a two tone chime in passenger cabin illuminates both pink master call lights 3 Flight Deck CALL Light Illuminated blue flight deck is being called by flight a...

Page 965: ...eck or other flight attendant station is calling blue a passenger seat call switch is activated amber a lavatory call switch is activated Attendant Handset 1 CAPTAIN Call Switch Push sounds a single t...

Page 966: ...20 MN FLT OH 201 2 ATTENDANT Call Switch Push sounds a two tone chime in passenger cabin illuminates both pink master call lights 3 Call RESET Switch Push extinguishes both pink master call lights ca...

Page 967: ...and Indicators MN FLT OH 201 5 10 21 Pre Recorded Announcement Machine PRAM The PRAM is typically located above the FA seats on the LAV A wall ANNC MUSIC FLIGHT VOLUME READY STOP START ENT 1 2 3 4 5 6...

Page 968: ...ase volume level 4 KEYPAD The Keypad is used to select desired pre recorded announcements or music 5 START Button Press the START button to start announcement and music playback 6 STOP Button Press th...

Page 969: ...ed to transmit on the selected system Receiver switches select the systems to be monitored Any combination of systems may be selected Receiver switches also control the volume for the headset and spea...

Page 970: ...atches 1B401 1B402 1B801 1J594 Each hand microphone has a PTT switch to key the selected audio system The PTT switches on the control wheel or ACP are used to key the oxygen mask or boom microphone as...

Page 971: ...ble in the degraded mode of operation Audio warnings for altitude alert GPWS and windshear are not heard on an audio system operating in the degraded mode An audio system operating in the degraded mod...

Page 972: ...light crew selects PA on the audio control panel and speaks through the boom mic on a headset the oxygen mask microphone or the hand held microphone connected to the PassengerAddress microphone jack o...

Page 973: ...EX Fasten Seat Belts and those which are long and interfere with crew operations EX customs information When the PRAM is initially powered up the PRAM performs a self test When the self test is comple...

Page 974: ...lock has completed the subsequent message block will display Initiate playback by pressing the START button Call System The call system is used as a means for various crewmembers to gain the attention...

Page 975: ...by structures or vehicles This may disrupt VHF communications VHF antennae located on the upper fuselage are not as susceptible to this interference HF Communications 1B401 1B785 1B801 1B824 1J590 1J5...

Page 976: ...onitors selected frequencies on VHF and HF radios Each airplane is assigned a unique four letter SELCAL code When the system receives an incoming call from a ground station a two tone chime sounds and...

Page 977: ...identified by a CDU scratchpad message Satellite Communications SATCOM System 1B401 1B402 1B801 1B824 The SATCOM system provides both data and voice communications The satellite data unit is controll...

Page 978: ...dicated broadband communications system provides passengers and crew with real time high speed internet connectivity in flight Passengers and crew access the system with compatible personal electronic...

Page 979: ...Engine Generators 6 20 1 APU Generator 6 20 1 External Ground Power 6 20 1 Ground Service 6 20 2 Electrical Power Schematic 6 20 2 AC Power System 6 20 3 Bus Tie System 6 20 3 Flight Deck Auxiliary Po...

Page 980: ...tem Schematic 6 20 10 Standby Power System 6 20 11 Normal Operation 6 20 11 Alternate Operation 6 20 11 Static Inverter 6 20 12 Standby Power System Schematic 6 20 13 All Generators Inoperative 6 20 1...

Page 981: ...OFF BAT DC VOLTS AC AMPS AC VOLTS DC AMPS CPS FREQ MAINT BAT DISCHARGE TR UNIT ELEC AC DC ON ON OFF OFF DRIVE DRIVE 2 1 PWR OFF STANDBY AVAILABLE GRD POWER PWR OFF STANDBY OFF ON PWR GRD OFF BUS APU G...

Page 982: ...s voltage of source selected by DC meters selector 3 AC Ammeter Indicates amperage of source selected by AC meters selector BAT DC VOLTS AC AMPS AC VOLTS DC AMPS CPS FREQ MAINT BAT DISCHARGE TR UNIT E...

Page 983: ...sts in DC power system or standby power system Note Operates only with airplane on ground 9 Maintenance Test MAINT Switch Used by maintenance 10 DC Meters Selector Selects DC source for DC voltmeter a...

Page 984: ...outlets when installed LED cabin lighting ON supplies electrical power to galley and cabin equipment systems 14 IFE PASS SEAT Switch OFF removes electrical power from installed components of the pass...

Page 985: ...temperature IDG disconnected through generator drive DISCONNECT switch 2 Generator Drive Disconnect DISCONNECT Switches guarded Disconnects IDG if electrical power is available and engine start lever...

Page 986: ...powered by battery Battery bus is powered by battery OFF center position STANDBY PWR OFF light illuminates AC standby bus static inverter and DC standby bus are not powered BAT unguarded position AC...

Page 987: ...manually selected source has been disconnected if a source has been selected to power the opposite transfer bus both transfer buses are powered 5 Generator Off Bus GEN OFF BUS Lights Illuminated blue...

Page 988: ...r from AC transfer buses APU generator powering one AC transfer bus IDG powering one AC transfer bus moving related APU GEN switch to OFF disconnects APU generator from tie bus and AC transfer bus IDG...

Page 989: ...E Switch Momentary push button switch Provides manual control of ground service buses Enables servicing airplane using external power without activating AC transfer buses Illuminated white ON connects...

Page 990: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Electrical Controls and Indicators 6 10 10 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 991: ...er being connected to a transfer bus automatically disconnects an existing source The electrical power system may be categorized into three main divisions the AC power system the DC power system and t...

Page 992: ...ses are powered Electrical Power Schematic EXTERNAL AC RECEPTACLE HOT BAT BUS SWITCHED HOT BATTERY BUS DC BUS 2 DC BUS 1 DRIVE GEN 1 GEN DRIVE GEN 2 GEN GEN APU TR2 TR3 TR1 GND SERVICE GND SERVICE REL...

Page 993: ...r GCB and connects the generator to the transfer bus Whenever external power or APU is powering both transfer buses and engine generator power is applied to its onside transfer bus external power or A...

Page 994: ...ed to shed electrical load incrementally based on actual load sensing The galleys and main bus on transfer bus 2 are shed first if an overload is still sensed the galleys and main bus on transfer bus...

Page 995: ...solation of the IDG GEN 2 ON APU GEN GEN 1 RELAY SERVICE GND RELAY SERVICE GND PWR OFF GRD ON GRD POWER AVAILABLE DRIVE GEN DRIVE GEN OFF ON OFF APU GEN 1 GEN 2 GEN APU STANDBY POWER SWITCH AUTO BATTE...

Page 996: ...ter and Frequency Meter AC voltage and frequency may be read on the AC voltmeter and frequency meter for standby power ground power generator No 1 APU generator generator No 2 and the static inverter...

Page 997: ...ground an amber ELEC light comes on to indicate that a fault exists in DC power system or standby power system The ELEC light is inhibited in flight CPS FREQ DC AMPS MAINT ELEC TR UNIT APU GEN GEN2 G...

Page 998: ...trol computers Bus transfer switch positioned to OFF In flight an amber TR UNIT light illuminates if TR1 or TR2 and TR3 has failed On the ground any TR fault causes the light to illuminate Battery Pow...

Page 999: ...mpletion of the primary charge cycle the main battery charger reverts to a constant voltage TR mode In the TR mode it powers loads connected to the hot battery bus and the switched hot battery bus The...

Page 1000: ...HOT BAT BUS HOT BATTERY BUS STANDBY POWER SWITCH DC BUS 2 TIE RELAY CROSS BUS DC BUS 1 STANDBY POWER SWITCH AUTO BATTERY SWITCH ON BUS TRANSFER SWITCH AUTO ENGINE GENERATOR CONNECTED TO RELATED BUS AI...

Page 1001: ...Alternate Operation Dual Battery The alternate power sources for standby power are the main battery and auxiliary battery With the standby power switch in the AUTO position the loss of all engine or...

Page 1002: ...c Inverter The static inverter converts 24 volt DC power from the battery to 115VAC power to supply the AC standby bus during the loss of normal electrical power The power supply to the inverter is co...

Page 1003: ...ON TR1 TRANSFER BUS NO 1 TRANSFER BUS NO 2 TR3 TR2 BATTERY BUS DC STANDBY BUS BAT TRANSFER BUSES POWERED OR OR NOT POWERED TRANSFER BUSES POWERED NORMAL CONFIGURATION CHGR BATT FROM GROUND SERVICE BUS...

Page 1004: ...D lights manual pressurization control altitude warning horn Anti Ice Captain s pitot probe heat Communications flight interphone system service interphone system passenger address system VHF No 1 Ele...

Page 1005: ...ontrol panel integrated standby flight display ISFD standby magnetic compass Flight Management Navigation left FMC left CDU heading track indications VHF NAV No 1 ILS No 1 left IRS 1B785 1B786 1J585 1...

Page 1006: ...of power to supply the below depicted flight instruments All of the Captain s instruments that are powered by standby power are integrally lighted on standby power INSTRUMENTS INOPERATIVE INDICATES ST...

Page 1007: ...C COMPASS LIGHT WHITE DOME LIGHT STANDBY INSTRUMENT FLOODLIGHT FLIGHT DECK LIGHTS FLIGHT DECK COMMUNICATION PASSENGER ADDRESS SYSTEM FLIGHT INTERPHONE AUDIO SELECTOR PANELS INSTRUMENTS INOPERATIVE IND...

Page 1008: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Electrical System Description 6 20 18 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 1009: ...l Alert 7 10 8 Crew Alerts 7 10 8 Secondary Engine Indications 7 10 11 N2 Indications 7 10 12 Motoring Indication 7 10 12 Crossbleed Start Indication 7 10 13 Fuel Flow Fuel Used Indications 7 10 13 Oi...

Page 1010: ...e Oil System 7 20 7 Engine Fuel and Oil System Schematic 7 20 8 Engine Start System 7 20 9 Abnormal Start Protection Ground Starts Only 7 20 9 Engine Ignition System 7 20 10 Inflight Starting 7 20 10...

Page 1011: ...1 INBOARD DISPLAY UNIT 2 3 8 6 4 2 0 0 1 85 0 85 0 19c 25c 700 700 TAT 95 2 95 2 TAI TAI START VALVE OPEN OIL FILTER BYPASS LOW OIL PRESSURE THRUST FUEL FLOW 2 27 2 27 UP 8 4 2 0 0 1 TOTAL FLAPS 400...

Page 1012: ...INBOARD DISPLAY UNIT 2 3 8 6 4 2 0 0 1 85 0 85 0 19c 25c 700 700 TAT 95 2 95 2 TAI TAI START VALVE OPEN OIL FILTER BYPASS LOW OIL PRESSURE THRUST FUEL FLOW 2 27 2 27 UP 8 4 2 0 0 1 FLAPS FF EGT N1 1 2...

Page 1013: ...y annunciations are TO takeoff TO 1 derated takeoff one TO 2 derated takeoff two D TO assumed temperature reduced thrust takeoff D TO 1 derate one and assumed temperature reduced thrust takeoff D TO 2...

Page 1014: ...layed on ground when autothrottles disconnected N1 Indications 1 Reference N1 Bugs Displayed green Position corresponds to digital value on the Reference N1 Readout 2 N1 Redlines Displayed red N1 RPM...

Page 1015: ...T is in the AUTO selection in the N1 SPD REF SET display and FMC source invalid when N1 SET is in the AUTO selection in the N1 SPD REF SET display indicates fixed derate assumed temperature derate or...

Page 1016: ...t reverser is deployed Thermal Anti Ice Indication 1 Thermal Anti Ice TAI Indications Displayed green cowl anti ice valve s open Displayed amber cowl anti ice valve is not in position indicated by rel...

Page 1017: ...rmal operating range degrees C 1B401 1B402 1B801 1B824 Displayed amber maximum continuous limit exceeded color change inhibited for up to 5 minutes during takeoff or go around Displayed red maximum ta...

Page 1018: ...pproximately 63 and engine start lever in IDLE position Alert remains until engine recovers or start lever moved to CUTOFF or engine fire switch pulled Crew Alerts EGT 663 467 ENG FAIL 1 CAPTAIN S OR...

Page 1019: ...the alert only will remain steady until the condition no longer exists see Note 3 OIL FILTER BYPASS Alert Illuminated amber steady indicates an impending bypass of oil supply filter blinking with an i...

Page 1020: ...low abnormally high the alert and entire block will blink for 10 seconds and then the alert only will remain steady until the condition no longer exists see Note Note Blinking is inhibited during take...

Page 1021: ...S initially receives power when selected by the Multi Function Display MFD in flight when an Engine Start Lever is moved to CUTOFF in flight when an engine N2 rpm is below idle rpm ENG FAIL when a sec...

Page 1022: ...l operating range displayed red operating limit exceeded 3 N2 Readouts digital Displayed white normal operating range Displayed red operating limit exceeded on ground after engine shutdown red box ind...

Page 1023: ...on 1 Crossbleed Start X BLD Indication Displayed magenta crossbleed air recommended for inflight start Displayed when airspeed is less than required for a windmilling start Fuel Flow Fuel Used Indicat...

Page 1024: ...r 1 second decreases to zero then displays fuel flow 2 Fuel Flow FF Readout digital Displayed white fuel flow to engine with FUEL FLOW switch in RATE position kilograms per hour x 1000 3 Fuel Used Rea...

Page 1025: ...red oil pressure operating limit Oil Temperature Indications 1 Oil Temperature OIL TEMP Readout Displays oil temperature degrees C displayed white normal operating range displayed amber caution range...

Page 1026: ...cated oil quantity may decrease during engine start takeoff and climb out If this occurs engine operation is not impacted Video is reversed and LO white displayed for low oil quantity Engine Vibration...

Page 1027: ...is moved to IDLE releases to OFF at starter cutout OFF ignition normally off both igniters are activated when engine start lever is in IDLE and an uncommanded rapid decrease in N2 occurs or N2 is bet...

Page 1028: ...1B785 1J585 1J594 1 FUEL FLOW Switch Refer Fuel Flow Fuel Used Indications AUTO BRAKE DISARM AUTO BRAKE ANTISKID OFF MAX RTO 3 1 2 ANTISKID INOP BRAKE PRESS 0 PSIx1000 1 2 3 4 MFD ENG SYS INFO ENG TFR...

Page 1029: ...4 MFD Information INFO Switch Refer to Chapter 10 Flight Instruments 1B785 1J585 1J594 5 MFD Information INFO Switch Refer to Chapter 10 Flight Instruments 1B401 1B402 1B786 1B824 5 Engine Transfer E...

Page 1030: ...l system is not dispatchable due to faults in system Light operates when engine is operating and airplane on ground and below 80 kts prior to takeoff or approximately 30 seconds after touchdown 5 Elec...

Page 1031: ...thrust lever is blocked at reverse idle position until related thrust reverser is more than 60 deployed Note Movement of reverse thrust lever into reverse thrust engages locking pawl preventing forwar...

Page 1032: ...em through EEC electrically opens spar fuel shutoff valve in the wing leading edge outboard of the pylon electrically opens engine mounted fuel shutoff valve via the EEC CUTOFF closes both spar and en...

Page 1033: ...ound door is not in ground position 2 APU OVERSPEED Light Illuminated amber APU RPM limit has been exceeded resulting in an automatic shutdown overspeed shutdown protection feature has failed a self t...

Page 1034: ...causing an automatic shutdown after start cycle is complete if light is illuminated when APU switch is placed to OFF light extinguishes after 5 minutes light is disarmed when APU switch is in OFF posi...

Page 1035: ...vers control thrust from reverse idle to maximum reverse Engine Indications Primary and secondary engine indications are provided Engine indications are displayed on the main panel Captain s or First...

Page 1036: ...ution limit If one of these indications exceeds the red or amber line the digital readout box pointer and indicator change color to red or amber The oil temperature and oil pressure vertical indicatio...

Page 1037: ...for the installed engine is available at a thrust lever position less than the forward stop Fixed or assumed temperature derated takeoff thrust ratings are set at thrust lever positions less than full...

Page 1038: ...ways equal to or greater than normal mode thrust for the same lever position If the hard alternate mode is entered by reducing the thrust lever to idle while in the soft alternate mode the ALTN switch...

Page 1039: ...ses of flight Icing idle is selected in flight if the flaps are up the main gear is not down and locked and the engine anti ice is on When in icing mode the EEC begins transition from minimum flight i...

Page 1040: ...PUMP BLEED AIR 10TH STAGE BLEED AIR 4TH STAGE FAN AIR SYSTEM FUEL FROM SYSTEM BLEED AIR FROM INDICATORS FLIGHT DECK IGNITION SYSTEM ENGINE START STARTER AIR DRIVEN CONTR0L ELECTRONIC ENGINE SYSTEM ELE...

Page 1041: ...er is in CUTOFF or the engine fire switch is out SPAR VALVE CLOSED and ENG VALVE CLOSED lights located on the overhead panel indicate valve position Fuel flow is displayed on the display unit and is a...

Page 1042: ...D GEAR BOXES COMBUSTOR FUEL FLOW OIL PRESS EEC TRANSMITTER VIA EEC FUEL FLOW ENG VALVE CLOSED CLOSED FIRST STAGE FUEL PUMP SHUTOFF VALVE FROM FUEL VIA EEC VIA EEC OIL TEMP OIL FILTER BYPASS VIA EEC MA...

Page 1043: ...VE CLOSED light will illuminate and remain bright blue during this logic test and will extinguish when the test is complete Once the test is complete the engine start sequence continues the fuel valve...

Page 1044: ...e in N2 occurs or N2 is below idle RPM Inflight Starting Two methods of starting an engine in flight are available windmill and crossbleed None of the ground start protection features are functional d...

Page 1045: ...ENGINE BEING STARTED CONDITION FUEL BLEED AIR AIR SYSTEM FROM BLEED AIR DRIVEN STARTER ENGINE START R IGN L IGN BOTH CONT FLT OFF GRD 1 CONT OFF GRD FROM FUEL SYSTEM RELAY HOLDING SWITCH HIGH SWITCH C...

Page 1046: ...reverse thrust levers is mechanically restricted until the forward thrust levers are in the idle position When reverse thrust is selected an electro mechanical lock releases the isolation valve opens...

Page 1047: ...st reverser sleeves from further movement Cycling the thrust reversers may clear the fault and restore normal operation The MAINT light illuminates 30 seconds after landing When the reverser sleeves a...

Page 1048: ...R SYSTEM A ENGINE 1 PRESSURE HYDRAULIC B SYSTEM SYSTEM STANDBY A SYSTEM DEPLOY CONTROL VALVE PRESSURE HYDRAULIC ENGINE 2 SYSTEM B ACTUATOR DEPLOY MAXIMUM REVERSE THRUST STOWED LEVER THRUST FORWARD REV...

Page 1049: ...conditioning An AC electrical generator on the APU provides an auxiliary AC power source APU Location APU Operation The APU starts and operates up to the airplane maximum certified altitude The APU su...

Page 1050: ...s 3 positions closed flight open approximately 17 degrees and ground open approximately 45 degrees APU exhaust gases discharge overboard through an exhaust muffler The cooling air circulates through t...

Page 1051: ...f the start fails or the APU GEN OFF BUS light fails to illuminate by the end of the start cycle a system failure has occurred and the FAULT light illuminates Operate the APU for two full minutes befo...

Page 1052: ...cceptable levels other than during engine starting the inlet guide vanes move toward a closed position reducing bleed air extraction while maintaining electrical load APU Automatic Load Shedding In fl...

Page 1053: ...tection 8 10 8 Lavatory Fire Extinguisher 8 10 10 System Description 8 20 Introduction 8 20 1 Engine Fire Protection 8 20 1 Engine Overheat and Fire Detection 8 20 1 Engine Fire Extinguishing 8 20 2 E...

Page 1054: ...T OH 201 March 1 2021 Lavatory Fire Extinguisher System 8 20 7 Fire and Overheat System Tests 8 20 7 FAULT INOP Test Detection 8 20 8 OVERHEAT FIRE Test Detection 8 20 8 Extinguisher Test 8 20 8 Cargo...

Page 1055: ...er 1 or 2 tests bottle discharge circuit continuity for all three extinguisher bottles 4 Fault Inoperative FAULT INOP and Overheat Fire OVHT FIRE TEST Switch spring loaded to center FAULT INOP tests f...

Page 1056: ...oor trips generator control relay and breaker allows APU fire switch to rotate Rotate left or right discharges APU fire bottle 6 Engine Fire Switch Illuminated red indicates fire in related engine unl...

Page 1057: ...fire switch Engine Start Levers 1 Engine Start Levers Illuminated red an associated engine fire is detected or the fire TEST switch is held to the OVHT FIRE position CAUTION Do not apply rotational f...

Page 1058: ...re Warning Light Illuminated red indicates fire in main gear wheel well Note Master FIRE WARN lights illuminate and fire warning bell sounds 4 Engine BOTTLE DISCHARGED Light Illuminated amber indicate...

Page 1059: ...T Test Lights Illuminated green Cargo Fire TEST switch is pushed and fire bottle discharge squib circuit continuity is normal 2 Detector Select DET SELECT Switches NORM detection loop A and B are acti...

Page 1060: ...ibited upon landing The second bottle discharge timer is disabled when the system is disarmed 6 Cargo Fire FWD AFT Warning Lights Illuminated red at least one detector in each loop detects smoke with...

Page 1061: ...fire warning bell silences remote APU fire warning horn resets system for additional warnings Note Pushing fire warning bell cutout switch on overheat fire protection panel results in same actions APU...

Page 1062: ...ces fire alarm bell silences APU fire warning horn causes APU fire warning light to stop flashing but remain illuminated 4 APU Fire Warning Light Illuminated red flashing indicates fire in APU Note Al...

Page 1063: ...ly blinking maintenance is required Illuminated red steady smoke has been detected blinking detector has failed 2 Self Test Switch Push alarm horn sounds Status Indicator Light illuminates red externa...

Page 1064: ...TEMPERATURE INDICATOR Placard White normal condition Black exposed to high temperatures 2 Heat Activated Nozzles Flat black normal condition Aluminum indicates extinguisher has discharged Both nozzle...

Page 1065: ...enses an overheat condition At higher temperatures the detector senses a fire condition Normally both detector loops must sense a fire or overheat condition to cause an engine overheat or fire alert T...

Page 1066: ...an engine Illumination of an engine fire switch or ENG OVERHEAT light unlocks the engine fire switch The switches may also be unlocked manually Pulling the engine fire switch up closes both the engin...

Page 1067: ...Operations Manual Fire Protection System Description MN FLT OH 201 8 20 3 Engine Fire Extinguisher Schematic RIGHT BOTTLE LEFT FIRE L BOTTLE R BOTTLE DISCHARGE DISCHARGE SQUIB BOTTLE FIRE DISCH L R DI...

Page 1068: ...automatically shuts down the wheel well APU fire warning horn sounds on the ground only and the wheel well APU fire warning light flashes APU Fire Extinguishing TheAPU fire extinguisher system consis...

Page 1069: ...ed below the onset temperature The indications for a main wheel well fire are the fire warning bell sounds both master FIRE WARN lights illuminate the WHEEL WELL fire warning light illuminates Cargo C...

Page 1070: ...e The system suppresses fire and might not be capable of completely extinguishing a fire Smoke can remain or continue to be generated within the cargo compartment until the fire is extinguished by fir...

Page 1071: ...enced at the activated detector and the system will reset automatically when no smoke has been detected for 30 seconds Lavatory Fire Extinguisher System A fire extinguisher system is located beneath t...

Page 1072: ...s both master FIRE WARN lights illuminate both MASTER CAUTION lights illuminate the OVHT DET system annunciator light illuminates both engine fire switches illuminate both engine start levers illumina...

Page 1073: ...eat Fire Protection panel can silence the fire warning bell and extinguish the master FIRE WARN lights Note During a Cargo Fire Test the DETECTOR Fault light will illuminate if one or more detectors i...

Page 1074: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Fire Protection System Description 8 20 10 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 1075: ...Brakes 9 10 9 Trailing Edge Flaps 9 10 11 Leading Edge Devices 9 10 12 System Description 9 20 Introduction 9 20 1 Pilot Controls 9 20 1 Flight Control Surfaces 9 20 2 Flight Control Surfaces Location...

Page 1076: ...021 Ground Operation 9 20 19 Speed Brakes Schematic 9 20 21 Flaps and Slats 9 20 22 Flap and Slat Sequencing 9 20 22 Flap Load Relief 9 20 23 Autoslats 9 20 24 Alternate Extension 9 20 24 Asymmetry an...

Page 1077: ...pressure ON guarded position normal operating position DIFF PRESS FEEL A FLT CONTROL STANDBY HYD ALTERNATE FLAPS B A B YAW DAMPER OFF B ON UP OFF DOWN ARM RUD LOW PRESSURE A ON RUD OFF ON OFF LOW PRE...

Page 1078: ...DAMPER Switch OFF disengages yaw damper ON engages main yaw damper to main rudder power control unit if the B FLT CONTROL switch is in the ON position engages standby yaw damper to standby rudder powe...

Page 1079: ...erential Pressure FEEL DIFF PRESS Light Armed when the TE flaps are up or down Illuminated amber indicates excessive differential pressure in the elevator feel computer Note Excessive differential pre...

Page 1080: ...ution system is reset 13 SPOILERS Light Illuminated amber activated by signal from spoiler control electronics unit indicates spoiler system fault Elevator Jam Landing Assist Panel 1 ASSIST ON Light I...

Page 1081: ...d be folded inside stabilizer trim wheel for normal operation 2 Stabilizer Trim Indicator Indicates units of airplane trim on the adjacent scale 3 Stabilizer Trim Green Band Range Corresponds to allow...

Page 1082: ...UT stops stabilizer trim inputs from main electric autopilot and Speed Trim System Speed Trim function and MCAS function 6 Stabilizer Trim B U backup Cutout switch NORMAL normal operating position CUT...

Page 1083: ...de of center 2 Rudder Trim Indicator Indicates units of rudder trim 3 Rudder Trim OFF Flag Illuminated amber in view rudder trim indicator is inoperative 4 Rudder Trim Control spring loaded to neutral...

Page 1084: ...nd flight spoilers in desired direction 4 Control Column Push operates elevators in the nose down direction interrupts main electric autopilot and Speed Trim System Speed Trim function and MCAS functi...

Page 1085: ...nd FLIGHT DETENT all flight spoilers are extended to their maximum position for inflight use UP all flight and ground spoilers are extended to their maximum position for ground use 2 SPEED BRAKE DO NO...

Page 1086: ...flight SPD BRK lever is beyond the ARMED position and a thrust lever is above idle for 15 seconds or a thrust lever is above approximately 40 degrees for 3 seconds SPD BRK lever is beyond the ARMED p...

Page 1087: ...o check flap position for one engine inoperative go around position 15 to check flap position for normal go around 3 Flap Position Indicator indicates position of left and right TE flaps provides TE f...

Page 1088: ...Lights Illuminated green related LE device fully extended 5 Leading Edge Annunciator Panel TEST Switch Press tests all annunciator panel lights 6 Leading Edge Flaps LE FLAPS TRANSIT Light Illuminated...

Page 1089: ...dge Flaps Extended LE FLAPS EXT Light Illuminated green all LE flaps extended and all LE slats in extended intermediate position TE flap positions 1 2 5 10 15 and 25 all LE devices fully extended TE f...

Page 1090: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Flight Controls Controls and Indicators 9 10 14 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 1091: ...LE flaps and slats LE devices are powered by hydraulic system B In the event hydraulic system B fails the TE flaps can be operated electrically Under certain conditions the Power Transfer Unit PTU aut...

Page 1092: ...mes aerodynamically effective between 40 and 60 knots TE flaps and LE flaps and slats provide high lift for takeoff approach and landing Winglets provide enhanced performance extended range and increa...

Page 1093: ...vent of a lateral system jam force applied to the Captain s and the First Officer s control wheels will identify which system ailerons or spoilers is usable and which control wheel Captain s or First...

Page 1094: ...ed as speed brakes to increase drag and reduce lift both in flight and on the ground The flight spoilers also supplement roll control in response to control wheel commands Under normal conditions roll...

Page 1095: ...FEEL AND CENTERING MIXER AILERON TRIM A B AILERON TRANSFER MECHANISM AILERON SPOILERS FLIGHT UNIT A B ON OFF OFF ON SPOILER 2 3 4 5 8 9 11 10 SPOILER AILERON FEEL AND CENTERING ELECTRONICS AILERON TR...

Page 1096: ...eakout either the Captain s or First Officer s control column Whichever column moves freely after the breakout can provide adequate elevator control Although total available elevator travel is signifi...

Page 1097: ...ioned by a single electric trim motor controlled through either the stab trim switches on the control wheel or autopilot trim The stabilizer may also be positioned by manually rotating the stabilizer...

Page 1098: ...electric stabilizer trim commands are not inhibited When the STAB TRIM override switch is positioned to OVRD main electric stabilizer trim can be used regardless of control column position Manual sta...

Page 1099: ...agree by 5 5 degrees or more with the flaps retracted the SPEED TRIM FAIL light illuminates and the Speed Trim System Speed Trim function and MCAS function is inhibited for the remainder of the flight...

Page 1100: ...operate at elevated angles of attack AOAs The purpose is to increase control column forces by commanding the stabilizer in the nose down direction at elevated AOAs The MCAS function becomes active whe...

Page 1101: ...ed for the remainder of the flight Manual stabilizer trim main electric stabilizer trim and autopilot trim are not affected by the command limit logic The command limit logic inhibits the Speed Trim S...

Page 1102: ...STABILIZER TRIM SPEED TRIM FAIL ELEVATOR CONTROL COLUMN OVERRIDE MECHANISM R ADIRU PRESS MODULE EFS COMPUTER FEEL ELEVATOR CENTERING UNIT ELEVATOR FEEL SMYD L ADIRU MACH TRIM L PITOT R PITOT PROBE PR...

Page 1103: ...to trim the stabilizer nose down above stick shaker AOA With flaps up as AOA approaches stick shaker the stabilizer nose down trim commands transition from the Speed Trim function to the MCAS function...

Page 1104: ...peed Trim System remains available Stabilizer Cross FCC Trim Monitor The Cross FCC Trim Monitor protects against erroneous stabilizer trim commands The Cross FCC Trim Monitor is available when a singl...

Page 1105: ...PCU by approximately 25 each This function limits full rudder authority in flight after takeoff and before landing It operates the same in the air and on the ground It will disengage if a difference i...

Page 1106: ...in rudder pedal movement The pilot can override either main or standby yaw damper inputs using either the rudder pedals or trim inputs During normal operation the main yaw damper uses hydraulic system...

Page 1107: ...N OFF YAW DAMPER STANDBY RUDDER PCU STANDBY YAW DAMPER STANDBY RUDDER SHUTOFF VALVE STANDBY CONTROL VALVE MAIN RUDDER PCU MAIN YAW DAMPER CONTROL VALVE HYD A HYD B FFM STBY HYD AUTO ON LOGIC STBY HYD...

Page 1108: ...tended while in the landing configuration or below 800 feet AGL It also illuminates if the speedbrakes are extended and the thrust levers are greater than idle for 15 seconds or a thrust lever is grea...

Page 1109: ...30 000 feet and the cabin altitude warning is active Moving the speedbrake lever activates the function When activated the EDS raises the speedbrakes to a higher than normal position when the speedbra...

Page 1110: ...wheels spin up more than 60 kts both thrust levers are retarded to IDLE reverse thrust levers are positioned for reverse thrust The SPEED BRAKE lever automatically moves to the UP position and spoiler...

Page 1111: ...FLIGHT SPOILERS 2 3 4 5 8 9 10 11 GROUND SPOILERS 1 6 7 12 SPEED BRAKE LEVER ARMED FLIGHT DETENT UP RADIO ALTITUDE FLAP POSITION HYDRAULIC PRESSURE 1 SPEEDBRAKES EXTENDED GROUND SPOILER CONTROL MODUL...

Page 1112: ...by hydraulic power from system B When the FLAP lever is in the UP detent all flaps and LE devices are commanded to the retracted or up position Moving the FLAP lever aft allows selection of flap deten...

Page 1113: ...ition is Flaps 30 select Flaps 40 and the flaps will extend to the Flaps 30 position This applies for all flap selections protected by flap load relief When the flap load relief function activates the...

Page 1114: ...The slats return to the extend position when the pitch angle is sufficiently reduced below the stall critical attitude Alternate Extension In the event that hydraulic system B fails an alternate meth...

Page 1115: ...EXT EXT FLAPS TEST 2 SLATS 3 1 SLATS 4 7 8 EXT LE FLAPS TRANSIT LE FLAPS UP 2 1 5 10 15 25 30 40 FLAPS ALTERNATE FLAPS OFF UP OFF DOWN ARM TE FLAP CONTROL UNIT TE DRIVE TE FLAPS M TE FLAP BYPASS VALVE...

Page 1116: ...tion indications come from the FSEU When the FSEU detects a LE device in an improper position the LE FLAPS TRANSIT light remains illuminated and one of the following indications is displayed on the LE...

Page 1117: ...mmanded position continue to move after reaching a commanded position or move in a direction opposite to that commanded The FSEU shuts down the TE drive unit by closing the TE flap bypass valve The TE...

Page 1118: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Flight Controls System Description 9 20 28 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 1119: ...Indications General 10 10 11 PFD Attitude Indications 10 10 12 Attitude Indications General 10 10 12 Navigation Performance Scales NPS Indications 10 10 14 Instrument Landing System Indications 10 10...

Page 1120: ...Vertical Situation Display VSD 10 10 52 Navigation Displays Approach Mode 10 10 57 Expanded and Center Approach Modes 10 10 57 Navigation Displays VOR Mode 10 10 59 Expanded and Center VOR Modes 10 10...

Page 1121: ...11 SELECTOR 10 15 11 MFD Cancel Recall C R Switch 10 15 12 INFO Display Format 10 15 13 Standby Flight Instruments 10 15 17 Standby Magnetic Compass 10 15 17 Integrated Standby Flight Display 10 15 1...

Page 1122: ...y Flight Display 10 30 Introduction 10 30 1 Airspeed 10 30 1 Attitude 10 30 1 Angle of Attack 10 30 2 Steering Indications 10 30 2 Instrument Landing System Indications 10 30 3 Approach Minimums 10 30...

Page 1123: ...10 40 2 Failure Flags and Messages 10 40 2 ND Symbology 10 40 3 Heading Track and Speed 10 40 3 Radio Navigation 10 40 5 Map 10 40 9 Vertical Situation Display VSD 10 40 16 Look Ahead Terrain 10 40 1...

Page 1124: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Flight Instruments Displays Table of Contents 10 TOC 6 MN FLT OH 201 March 1 2021 Intentionally Blank...

Page 1125: ...01 10 10 1 10 MAX Display System Displays MAX Display System Displays File Highlight Large Format Display System Overview Display Units 1 Captain Outboard Display Unit 2 Captain Inboard Display Unit 3...

Page 1126: ...ys 10 10 2 MN FLT OH 201 Outboard Display Units 1B785 1B786 1J585 1J594 GS482 TAS 475 600 800 200 31 31400 6 1 1 2 2 6 VNAV PTH LNAV FMC SPD FD 10 10 20 20 10 10 31000 30 30 31000 20 80 360 820 STD 13...

Page 1127: ...omatic Flight 2 Airspeed Mach Indications 3 Attitude Indications 4 Autopilot Flight Director System Status 5 Altitude Indications 6 Vertical Speed Indication 7 Heading Track and Speed Indications GS48...

Page 1128: ...FLT OH 201 Captain Inboard Display 1 Navigation Display Displays map approach VOR or plan modes as selected on the EFIS control panel 350 370 12 341o TAS 35 GS 133 MAG TRK VOR 2 ELN 28 5 DME VOR 1 11...

Page 1129: ...5 First Officer Inboard Display 1 Navigation Display Displays map approach VOR or plan modes as selected on the EFIS control panel 350 370 12 341o TAS 35 GS 133 MAG TRK VOR 2 ELN 28 5 DME VOR 1 116 0...

Page 1130: ...information 1 Selected Speed magenta Displays target airspeed indicates the airspeed manually selected in the IAS MACH window indicates the FMC computed airspeed when the IAS MACH window is blank 2 S...

Page 1131: ...er bar indicates the maximum maneuver speed This airspeed provides 1 3g maneuver capability to high speed buffet or an alternative approved maneuver capability set in the FMC maintenance pages The bar...

Page 1132: ...B801 1B824 1 Spare Bug white Displayed if the SPD REF radio button is in the SET position on the N1 SPD REF SET display and a value greater than 60 knots has been selected Not available if the SPD REF...

Page 1133: ...1 decision speed V1 and VR rotation speed VR as selected on the CDU TAKEOFF REF page refer to Chapter 11 Flight Management Navigation or as set with the Speed Reference radio buttons amber NO VSPD is...

Page 1134: ...5 30 40 The bar is removed when the flap handle is moved to the landing flap setting selected on the APPROACH REF page or when the flap lever is moved to flaps 40 It is also removed with any flap retr...

Page 1135: ...ed Reference radio buttons PFD Angle of Attack AOA Indications 1B401 1B402 1B801 1B824 Angle of Attack Indications General The angle of attack indications display ADIRU aircraft body angle of attack 1...

Page 1136: ...nce Band green Indicates appropriate range of approach AOA for a Vref xx 5 approach displayed when in normal or single engine landing flaps 15 30 40 moves with flap position inhibited on takeoff and i...

Page 1137: ...the horizon relative to the airplane symbol pitch scale is in 2 5 degree increments 5 Flight Path Vector FPV Indication white Displays flight path angle and drift when selected on the EFIS control pa...

Page 1138: ...mits exceeded Possible annunciations include LNAV VNAV LNAV and VNAV deviations LOC VNAV ILS localizer course with VNAV deviation 1B785 1B786 1J585 1J594 FAC VNAV IAN final approach course with VNAV d...

Page 1139: ...displayed in all phases of flight vertical ANP bars can be displayed only after reaching top of descent originate from outer scale and expand inward as a function of increasing ANP relative to RNP wil...

Page 1140: ...mber with an amber horizontal line through it The navigation source annunciation on the third line is completely independent of the approach data on the first two lines It identifies the source of nav...

Page 1141: ...dashes per second MM amber middle marker beacon alternate dot and dash IM white inner marker beacon only dots 1B401 1B402 1B801 1B824 4 Glideslope Pointer and Deviation Scale The pointer indicates gl...

Page 1142: ...s of the MCP selected course As deviation increases the deviation pointer remains filled in solid magenta and parks at the limit of the expanded scale Once the deviation reaches the equivalent of 2 4...

Page 1143: ...itude is less than 2500 feet Rises towards airplane symbol when radio altitude is below 200 feet Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance Indications 1 Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System Pitch...

Page 1144: ...Flight Instruments Displays MAX Display System Displays 10 10 20 MN FLT OH 201 GPWS Annunciations 1 GPWS Annunciations red Displays WINDSHEAR or Pull UP alert Refer to Chapter 15 Warning Systems 10 1...

Page 1145: ...nstalled 1 On Ground Overrun Warning The On Ground Overrun Warning provides an alert when a runway overrun condition is likely to occur The warning is armed from 3 seconds after touchdown until the ai...

Page 1146: ...2 MN FLT OH 201 In Air Overrun Warning 1 In Air Overrun Warning The In Air Overrun Warning provides an alert when a runway overrun condition is likely to occur The warning is armed from 500 feet above...

Page 1147: ...installed 1 SPEEDBRAKE Warning red The SPEEDBRAKE warning provides an alert when speedbrakes are not deployed during a landing or rejected takeoff The alert activates when spoiler panels 4 and 9 are n...

Page 1148: ...ation 1 Selected Altitude Bug Indicates the altitude set in the MCP altitude window When the selected altitude is off scale the bug is parked at the top or bottom of the tape with only one half the bu...

Page 1149: ...a metric symbol cyan Displays MCP altitude in meters when MTRS is selected on the EFIS control panel 5 Selected Altitude magenta Displays the altitude set in the MCP altitude window The selected altit...

Page 1150: ...er when airplane descends below selected minimum altitude reset with the RST switch on the EFIS control panel After the pointer is set with the BARO position moving the Minimums Reference selector to...

Page 1151: ...mum altitude plus 75 feet during go around at touchdown after pressing the RST switch on the EFIS control panel RADIO displayed when selector is set to RADIO minimums are in feet AGL blank when an alt...

Page 1152: ...selected in the MCP vertical speed window with V S pitch mode engaged 3 Vertical speed white Displays vertical speed when greater than 400 feet per minute The display is located above the vertical spe...

Page 1153: ...played The PFD compass card has a gray shade and is always HDG UP referenced The selected heading readout SEL HDG followed by the heading value and MAG TRK is shown at the bottom of the compass area W...

Page 1154: ...ading 5 Magnetic True Heading Annunciation green Displays selected heading reference MAG indicates display is oriented relative to magnetic north TRU indicates display is oriented relative to true nor...

Page 1155: ...s ahead TCAS targets and terrain weather can be displayed on the mini MAP Terrain TCAS and Predictive Windshear alerts are annunciated on the mini MAP True Airspeed TAS Ground Speed GS Wind Direction...

Page 1156: ...e side of the compass rose in the direction of the shorter turn to the heading 10 Terrain Obstacle Windshear Traffic Alerts amber Annunciates Alerts from the Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System P...

Page 1157: ...50 and 55 seconds 2 Flight Number Flight number readout is received from the FMC or COMM Manager function If the FMC COMM Manager functions are blank the readout will display 3 Transponder Code Activ...

Page 1158: ...sion Mode The PFD is shown in reversion mode for some display failures The PFD is cropped to fit within an MFD window one half of a Display Unit All PFD symbology remains in the same relative position...

Page 1159: ...MN FLT OH 201 10 10 35 GS TAS 600 800 200 31 31400 6 1 1 2 2 6 10 10 20 20 10 10 31000 30 30 31000 20 80 9 0 1 30 280 260 320 340 360 820 820 29 92 132 SEL HDG MAG IN 00 28 FLT 737MAX01 XPDR SELCAL T...

Page 1160: ...s 10 10 36 MN FLT OH 201 PFD Failure Flags The flag replaces the appropriate display to indicate system failure 1B785 1B786 1J585 1J594 HDG T R E V T L A S G P S D RA FPV ATT FD LOC DME ALT LDG V D P...

Page 1161: ...he EFIS control panel but has failed De selection of FPV removes the flag 4 Speed Limit Flag amber Displays related with stick shaker or maximum operating speed has failed if the stick shaker warning...

Page 1162: ...frequency is tuned and localizer course indication has failed 1B785 1B786 1J585 1J594 8 Localizer FAC Flag amber An ILS frequency is tuned and localizer course indication has failed An IAN approach i...

Page 1163: ...peed is greater than 80 knots PFD Annunciations and Alerts Angle of Attack AOA Disagree Alert 1 AOA DISAGREE Alert amber Indicates the Captain s left and First Officer s right AOA values disagree by g...

Page 1164: ...directors are not affected If a DPC fails during climb or descent below FL220 with the failed side autopilot engaged the flight director pitch command bar is removed from both pilot s displays the fl...

Page 1165: ...aging the second autopilot for a dual autopilot approach engagement of the second autopilot is inhibited Displays Control Panel Annunciation EFIS CP 1 Displays Control Panel Annunciation amber Indicat...

Page 1166: ...n 1 INSTR SWITCH Annunciation amber Indicates both the Captain s and First Officer s displays are using the same source of IRU data Displayed when the IRS switch on the overhead panel is not in the NO...

Page 1167: ...d Disagree Alert 1 IAS DISAGREE Alert amber Indicates the Captain s left and First Officer s right airspeed values disagree by greater than 5 knots for more than 5 seconds The alert is shown on both P...

Page 1168: ...1 ALT DISAGREE Alert amber Indicates the Captain s left and First Officer s right altitude values disagree by greater than 200 feet for more than 5 seconds The alert is shown on both PFDs and does not...

Page 1169: ...ciation is replaced with ROLL AUTHORITY when 100 of the autopilot roll authority is required is replaced by the active autopilot status annunciation when less than 50 of the autopilot roll authority i...

Page 1170: ...ces the active autopilot status annunciation is replaced by the active autopilot status annunciation when less than 100 of the autopilot roll authority is required 2 Bank Pointer amber With ROLL AUTHO...

Page 1171: ...oll command arrow points in the shortest direction to wings level If the bank angle passes 180 degrees the roll command arrow points in the new shortest direction to wings level The roll command arrow...

Page 1172: ...ht Instruments Displays MAX Display System Displays 10 10 48 MN FLT OH 201 Navigation Displays MAP Mode Note Refer to Section 40 of this chapter for a detailed explanation of the navigation symbology...

Page 1173: ...00 ANP 0 04 VOR 2 ELN 18 5 DME 4 8 R 17 1 1432 0Z NM ELN01 86 RNP 400 ANP 75 FMC L WX T 15 VAR APRT WPT STA TFC TA ONLY ADF 1 KXYZ 350 370 12 80 341o RANGE TAS 35 GS 133 MAG TRK VOR 2 ELN 28 5 DME 15...

Page 1174: ...lane Symbol 7 Map Source Annunciation 8 Wind Direction Speed Arrow 9 ND Range 10 Current Track 11 Number 1 VOR ADF Pointer 12 Weather Radar Annunciations 13 TCAS Selection 14 Active Waypoint ETA Dista...

Page 1175: ...perations Manual Flight Instruments Displays MAX Display System Displays MN FLT OH 201 10 10 51 24 Selected Heading Bug 25 Number 2 VOR Pointer 26 Lateral RNP ANP 27 VOR ADF Selection Ident Frequency...

Page 1176: ...uation Display VSD Reference Scales 1 Enroute Swath Indicates area mapped by the VSD 2 Altitude Reference Scale Displays altitude in reference to the vertical position of the airplane symbol terrain a...

Page 1177: ...ference Scale The half width VSD has the same range as the ND except when the selected ND range is less than 5NM during which the half width VSD range remains at 5NM The full width VSD has two times t...

Page 1178: ...e descends below selected minimum altitude reset with the RST switch on the EFIS control panel After the pointer is set with the BARO position moving the Minimums Reference selector to RADIO displays...

Page 1179: ...greater than 5nm 3 Range to Target Speed Dot RTSD green Indicates where the airplane will achieve the FMC or MCP target speed dot is blanked within 5 knots of target speed dot appears if more than10 k...

Page 1180: ...highest points of the terrain below and ahead of the airplane terrain is depicted so the true altitude separation between the airplane and terrain is shown terrain behind the airplane is drawn equal...

Page 1181: ...Navigation Displays Approach Mode Expanded and Center Approach Modes 160 152 080o TAS 12 GS VOR 2 ELN 28 5 DME ILS 1 110 10 055 CRS DME 13 5 MAG HDG 090 ADF 1 KXYZ 160 152 080o TAS 12 GS VOR 2 ELN 28...

Page 1182: ...Selection Ident or Frequency VOR DME 7 Current Heading 8 Magnetic True Reference 9 Track Line 1B401 1B402 1B801 1B824 10 Localizer Deviation Indication and Scale 1B401 1B402 1B801 1B824 11 Upper Corn...

Page 1183: ...59 Navigation Displays VOR Mode Expanded and Center VOR Modes 160 152 080o TAS 12 GS VOR 2 ELN 28 5 DME VOR 2 110 10 055 CRS DME 13 5 MAG HDG 090 ADF 1 KXYZ TO 160 152 080o TAS 12 GS VOR 2 ELN 28 5 DM...

Page 1184: ...2 Selected Heading Bug 3 Selected Course Pointer 4 Groundspeed True Airspeed 5 Airplane symbol 6 VOR ADF Selection Ident or Frequency VOR DME 7 Current Heading 8 Magnetic True Reference 9 Track Line 1...

Page 1185: ...an Mode Plan Mode 1 Range Circle 2 Airplane Symbol 3 True North Up Arrow 4 Active Waypoint Information 5 Center Waypoint The waypoint located at the display center is identified as CTR on the CDU RTE...

Page 1186: ...lays 10 10 62 MN FLT OH 201 Navigation Displays Alerts 1B785 1J585 1J594 Runway Awareness and Advisory System Alerts RAAS as installed 1 ON TAXIWAY amber Appears each time the airplane is on a surface...

Page 1187: ...witches STA WPT ARPT DATA POS 2 Range Disagreement Annunciations amber MAP RANGE DISAGREE Indicates selected range on the EFIS control panel is different than the MAP display range WXR RANGE DISAGREE...

Page 1188: ...quency The annunciation is displayed if APP is selected with a VOR frequency tuned if VOR is selected with an ILS frequency tuned The DME display and ILS VOR frequency at the upper right corner displa...

Page 1189: ...Displayed in expanded MAP center MAP expanded APP and expanded VOR modes and TFC is selected on the EFIS control panel 2 TCAS Annunciations TFC cyan Indicates TFC selected on EFIS control panel in ex...

Page 1190: ...l Shows in all navigation display modes 5 No Bearing Messages red or amber Textual description of TA amber or RA red traffic with no associated bearing Message provides traffic type range in NM altitu...

Page 1191: ...unciation cyan TERR Terrain display enabled manual or automatic display TERR TEST GPWS is operating in self test mode 3 Terrain Range Status Annunciation amber TERR RANGE DISAGREE terrain display enab...

Page 1192: ...anual Flight Instruments Displays MAX Display System Displays 10 10 68 MN FLT OH 201 Predictive Windshear System PWS Message 1 PWS FAILAnnunciation amber Predictive windshear alerting and display have...

Page 1193: ...dications and Flags Dashes replace numbers if there is no computed information Failure flags replace symbols or failure messages are displayed as appropriate Center MAP Expanded MAP APP VOR Modes 1B40...

Page 1194: ...IL Weather radar has failed No weather data are displayed WXR WEAK Weather radar calibration fault WXR ATT Attitude stabilization for antenna has been lost WXR STAB Antenna stabilization is off WXR DS...

Page 1195: ...R DME expanded VOR mode and Reference ILS DME expanded APP mode Reference VOR or ILS DME has failed 8 MAP Failure Flag expanded and center MAP PLAN modes The related FMC generated map display has fail...

Page 1196: ...ontrol panel is different than the MAP and Terrain display ranges 2 Runway Data Annunciation amber FMC runway data is not available 3 Route Waypoints Modification Annunciation white FMC active route i...

Page 1197: ...enter VOR modes VOR or ADF has failed 4 DME 1 and DME 2 Failure Flag center APP center VOR modes Selected VOR DME has failed 5 Reference VOR DME center VOR mode and Reference ILS DME center APP mode R...

Page 1198: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Flight Instruments Displays MAX Display System Displays 10 10 74 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 1199: ...on to be presented on the PFD and ND EFIS Control Panel Controls Flight Instrument Displays 1 Minimums MINS Reference Selector outer two position RADIO selects radio altitude as the minimums reference...

Page 1200: ...ence 7 Barometric BARO Standard STD Switch inner momentary action PUSH selects the standard barometric setting 29 92 inches Hg 1013 HPA for barometric altitude reference if STD is displayed selects th...

Page 1201: ...deslope information in heading up format 1B785 1B786 1J585 1J594 displays FAC and glide path information in heading up format 1B785 1B786 1J585 1J594 displays reference IAN procedure distance to misse...

Page 1202: ...n PLN displays a non moving true north up route depiction the airplane symbol represents actual airplane position and orientation allows route step through using the CDU LEGS page weather radar TCAS a...

Page 1203: ...rt displays all airports which are stored in the FMC data base and which are within the viewable map area DATA displays altitude constraint if applicable estimated time of arrival and adds the RNP val...

Page 1204: ...board and inboard display units while DPC 2 drives the First Officer s outboard and inboard display units Provides automatic switching from both DPCs to one in case of a single DPC failure ALL ON 2 se...

Page 1205: ...place of the Engine display format before the failure will be shown OUTBD the inboard DU is blanked The outboard half of the outboard DU displays the cropped PFD The inboard half displays the Engine d...

Page 1206: ...The brightness controls for the Captain s Outboard and Inboard DU s are located below the Captain s Outboard DU The brightness controls for the First Officer s Inboard and Outboard DU s are located be...

Page 1207: ...ective inboard display brightness Display Brightness Controls with Flight Deck Video 1B785 1B786 1J585 1J594 The flight crew can individually adjust the weather terrain brightness and the contrast of...

Page 1208: ...n respective outboard display ROTATE outer adjusts respective outboard display brightness 2 Inboard Display Brightness and Contrast Control INBD DU BRT CONTRAST rotary ROTATE inner adjusts weather rad...

Page 1209: ...half of the inboard display The C selection places the cursor on the inboard half of the inboard display unit The L or R selections are only used by maintenance when going through the maintenance form...

Page 1210: ...ion is data entry When a data entry field is selected the inner selector will stop controlling the highlight position and will begin controlling the value inside the data entry field If the data entry...

Page 1211: ...01 1B402 1B786 1B824 1B785 1J585 1J594 1 MFD Information INFO Switch Push shows the N1 SPD REF SET display where the crew can manually enter the N1 Targets and V speed bugs on the Airspeed indicator M...

Page 1212: ...selections When the radio button is gray the button is enabled and can be highlighted and selected When the radio button is cyan the button is disabled and cannot be highlighted or selected The Capta...

Page 1213: ...the field can be selected green When the entry field is selected turning the inner selector knob increases and decreases the value The speeds will increment by 1 knot per click of the selector knob We...

Page 1214: ...pe Identifying Selector Controlling Highlight Captain Shape shown 4 Un Selected Disabled Radio Button 5 Disabled Entry Field 6 Previously Entered Completed Entry Field Disabled 7 Enabled Entry Field 8...

Page 1215: ...gnetic Compass Displays magnetic heading 2 Standby Magnetic Compass Correction Card Provides appropriate heading corrections 3 Compass Light Switch OFF compass light is extinguished BRT sets compass l...

Page 1216: ...P ILS localizer and glideslope deviation data displayed BCRS Back course reverses sensing for localizer pointer during back course approaches 3 Attitude Display Displays airplane attitude Indicates ba...

Page 1217: ...he barometric reference 9 Barometric Setting Indicates the barometric setting selected with the barometric selector STD is displayed when selected with the barometric selector 10 Ambient Light Sensor...

Page 1218: ...ys airplane heading ISFD Messages 1 Attitude Messages Indicates attitude display status ATT RST amber attitude must be reset using the attitude reset switch ATT 10s amber 10 second attitude realignmen...

Page 1219: ...hen a total ISFD system failure occurs 1 Airspeed flag Airspeed information has failed 2 ILS localizer failure flag ILS localizer has failed 3 ILS glideslope failure flag ILS glideslope has failed 4 A...

Page 1220: ...and 45 seconds and minor tick marks are placed at 5 10 20 25 35 40 50 and 55 seconds 3 Elapsed Time Starts at weight off wheels stops 30 seconds after weight on wheels and resets on power up or new o...

Page 1221: ...der 1 Flight Recorder Test Switch NORMAL guarded position in flight the recorder operates anytime electrical power is available on the ground either engine must also be operating TEST powers the fligh...

Page 1222: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Flight Instruments Displays MAX Display System Controls and Indicators 10 15 24 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 1223: ...n Displays NDs and Auxiliary Displays AUX formats Each DU is split into two regions to show two formats The Outboard DU s can show PFD and AUX PFD and Engine Display PFD and MFD PFD and ND The Inboard...

Page 1224: ...supplies data to the Captain s displays while DPC 2 supplies data to the First Officer s displays Automatic switching is provided to select which DPC drives all four displays after a single DPC failur...

Page 1225: ...If one EFIS control panel fails the displays can be controlled by the remaining control panel Refer to the PFD and ND sections of this chapter for more information Display Select Switches Display swi...

Page 1226: ...ors are in NORMAL 4 Display Units The PFD and AUX displays will be shown on the Outboard DUs The Captain s Inboard DU will show a half sized ND and the Engine Display The First Officer s Inboard DU wi...

Page 1227: ...to the failed DU is replaced by a reduced size PFD The left and right edges of the PFD are cropped and the AUX display is removed from the side of the PFD Acondensed version of the AUX display is pla...

Page 1228: ...Engine Display the Engine Display will transfer to the remaining inboard DU Unless the displays are manually reconfigured the ENG TFR switch will not cause the Engine display to move to an inoperable...

Page 1229: ...SOURCE DISPLAYS CONTROL PANEL 1 NORMAL ON 1 BOTH BOTH ON 2 ALL ON 2 ALL ON 1 AUTO SOURCE DISPLAYS CONTROL PANEL 2 VOR 1 VOR 2 MINS RADIO BARO FPV MTRS BARO IN HPA ADF 2 ADF 1 OFF APP VOR MAP PLN WXR...

Page 1230: ...ck data to the FMC as well as attitude altitude and airspeed data to the displays The ADIRUs process information measured by internal gyros and accelerometers and from air data module inputs the alpha...

Page 1231: ...alance centers of the Captain s and First Officer s static ports The air data module connected to the Captain s static ports sends information to the left ADIRU while the air data module connected to...

Page 1232: ...ivates the ISFD After 10 seconds an initialization sequence begins that requires 90 seconds to complete ATT and INIT 90s messages are displayed during initialization Initialization will stop if airpla...

Page 1233: ...have independent control of the chrono displays Clock Switch Chronometer Switch A remote clock switch on the outboard portion of the glareshield operates the chronometer Flight Recorder DFDR The Digit...

Page 1234: ...splays MAX Display System System Description 10 20 12 MN FLT OH 201 Corrosion fire and impact resistant survives deep sea pressure to 20 000 feet 6 096 m Locator beacon operable for 90 days Receptacle...

Page 1235: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Flight Instruments Displays MAX Display System System Description MN FLT OH 201 10 20 13 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 1236: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Flight Instruments Displays MAX Display System System Description 10 20 14 MN FLT OH 201 March 1 2021...

Page 1237: ...t of range or malfunctioning navigation aids Failure flags are displayed when aircraft systems cannot generate a reliable display Flight mode annunciations are described in Chapter 4 Automatic Flight...

Page 1238: ...eed is greater than 80 knots the AOA indicator will be blanked and replaced with a fail flag During normal operation the approach reference band moves with flap handle position When the flap handle is...

Page 1239: ...viation The pointer is not displayed when the glideslope signal is unusable or when the track and the front course on the mode control panel differ by more than 90 degrees backcourse The localizer poi...

Page 1240: ...O minimums but there is no line A landing altitude reference bar is displayed along the inner edge of the altitude indication The reference bar indicates the height above touchdown A white bar is disp...

Page 1241: ...stances will pop up on the mini MAP Terrain TCAS and Predictive Windshear alerts are annunciated on the mini MAP True Airspeed TAS Ground Speed GS Wind Direction and Wind Speeds are also shown The min...

Page 1242: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Flight Instruments Displays MAX Display System Primary Flight Display 10 30 6 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 1243: ...inst a moving map background Displayed information can include Navigation Data Points Additional navigation facility STA waypoint WPT airport ARPT route progress DATA and position POS data are availab...

Page 1244: ...ther radar information can be displayed on the ND The weather radar system is described in Chapter 11 Flight Management Navigation Failure Flags and Messages Failure flags are displayed for system fai...

Page 1245: ...ading Track and Speed SYMBOL NAME MODE REMARKS Selected heading bug M All except PLN Displays the MCP selected heading A dashed reference line M extends from the marker to the airplane symbol VOR CTR...

Page 1246: ...d if wind magnitude becomes less than 4 knots Blank until TAS is greater than 101 knots PLN mode displays direction speed without the arrow Track orientation G current track W track reference G MAP MA...

Page 1247: ...right corner Indicates the VOR course or ILS localizer course Reference VOR or ILS DME W VOR VORCTR APP APP CTR Located upper right corner Indicates DME distance to the reference navaid DME distance...

Page 1248: ...nm Only high altitude navaids are displayed when the selected range is 80 160 320 or 640 nm Nav aids not being used are displayed in cyan Manually tunedVHF navaids are displayed in green regardless of...

Page 1249: ...VOR course deviation Deviation indicator points in direction of VOR or ILS selected course For ILS deviation indicator fills M when less than 2 dots from center Glideslope pointer M and scale W APP AP...

Page 1250: ...size characters indicate only DME information is being received VOR G or ADF C selection All except PLN Located lower left or right corner Represents positions of the EFIS control panel VOR ADF switc...

Page 1251: ...he apex of the triangle Displays lateral path deviation distance in MAP and MAP CTR mode only Whenever ANP exceeds RNP the ANP RNP labels and values are displayed in amber VNAV path pointer M and devi...

Page 1252: ...20 NM 2 segments 10 NM 1 segment Active waypoint identifier M MAP MAPCTR PLN Indicates the active flight plan waypoint the next waypoint on the route of flight Active waypoint distance W MAP MAPCTR P...

Page 1253: ...Inactive routes are displayed with long dashes between waypoints An offset route selected through the FMC is displayed with a dot dash line M parallel to the active route Route data active M inactive...

Page 1254: ...icates the approximate map position where the MCP altitude will be reached Conditional waypoint active M inactive W MAP MAPCTR PLN Active represents the conditional waypoint event the airplane is curr...

Page 1255: ...gment resulting from deceleration to a holding pattern a waypoint speed restriction or flaps up maneuvering speed Indicates airport speed restriction deceleration point no identifier Procedure turn ac...

Page 1256: ...int selected on the CDU FIX page Bearing and or distance from the fix are displayed with dashes G GPS position W MAP MAP CTR When the EFIS POS map switch is selected on indicates GPS position relative...

Page 1257: ...OH 201 10 40 15 SYMBOL NAME MODE REMARKS Range arcs W MAP VOR APP Displayed in MAP APP and VOR modes when the WXR map TERR map or TCAS TFC switches are selected Weather radar annunciations Mode C Tilt...

Page 1258: ...edge leading the turn opens in the direction of the turn Selected altitude bug and line M Bug indicates the altitude set in the MCP altitude window Whenthe selected altitude is off scale the bug is pa...

Page 1259: ...e and rotates about the point of the triangle Angle of the line is dependent on the vertical speed and ground speed of the airplane MCP selected vertical speed vector M Dashed line indicates the selec...

Page 1260: ...ntaltitude constraint active M inactive W At Altitude example Waypointaltitude constraint active M inactive W At or Above Altitude example Waypointaltitude constraint active M inactive W At or Below A...

Page 1261: ...annunciation R A All Obstacle caution alert active A obstacle warning alert active R Terrain mode annunciation C Terrain elevation R A G MAP MAP CTR VOR APP Terrain display enabled manual or automatic...

Page 1262: ...n uncertainty Terrain status annunciations A All GPWS terrain inhibit switch in TERR INHIBIT position Terrain range status annunciations A MAP MAP CTR VOR APP Terrain output range disagrees with selec...

Page 1263: ...geometric size width and depth Amber radials extend from predictive windshear symbol to help identify location of windshear event Windshear annunciation R A All Predictive windshear caution active A...

Page 1264: ...R Lightning or hail probability is indicated by red speckled pattern in black green amber areas above 25 000 ft or green amber areas below 25 000 ft Predictive OverFlight R Rapidly building cell belo...

Page 1265: ...Predictive Lighting MAP MAP CTR VOR APP Conditions in the associated weather cell are conducive to the development of Lighting Rain Echo Attenuation Compensation Technique REACT MAP MAP CTR VOR APP I...

Page 1266: ...affic is below and above the traffic symbol when the traffic is above the airplane Absence of the number implies altitude unknown TCAS traffic advisory TA relative altitude A TCAS proximate traffic re...

Page 1267: ...anel TFC switch is selected on or off TCAS mode C All Indicates TCAS is operating in the test mode Displayed whether EFIS control panel TFC switch is selected on or off TCAS mode A All Displayed when...

Page 1268: ...splays MAX Display System Navigation Displays 10 40 26 MN FLT OH 201 RAAS 1B785 1J585 1J594 SYMBOL NAME MODE REMARKS On Taxiway MAP MAP CTR VOR APP Airplane is on a surface other than a runway and gro...

Page 1269: ...tch 11 10 9 FMC Alert Light 11 10 9 Global Positioning System GPS Light 11 10 10 Landing System Lights 11 10 11 Inertial System 11 10 12 IRS Display Unit ISDU 11 10 12 IRS Mode Selector Unit 11 10 14...

Page 1270: ...20 11 IRS Instrument Transfer Switch Schematic 11 20 12 Radio Navigation Systems 11 20 12 Automatic Direction Finding ADF 11 20 12 Distance Measuring Equipment DME 11 20 13 Multi Mode Receiver MMR 11...

Page 1271: ...V 11 31 11 Waypoints 11 31 11 Navigation Displays 11 31 18 Vertical Navigation VNAV 11 31 19 Speed Altitude Restrictions 11 31 19 Takeoff and Climb 11 31 20 MCP Altitude Intervention 11 31 22 Cruise 1...

Page 1272: ...Handling Logic 11 32 8 Company Data Link 11 33 Company Data Link 11 33 1 Data Link 11 33 2 Manual Downlinks 11 33 2 Automatic Downlinks 11 33 3 Uplinks 11 33 4 Long Delete Function 11 33 5 Requests 1...

Page 1273: ...34 21 ATC Offset Request Page 3 4 11 34 22 ATC Route Request Page 4 4 11 34 24 Verify Request Page X X 11 34 27 XXXXZ ATC Request Page X X 11 34 31 ATC Report Page X X 11 34 32 Verify Report Page 11...

Page 1274: ...ance Initialization Page 11 40 25 Performance Limits Page 11 40 29 N1 LIMIT Page Preflight 11 40 31 Takeoff Reference Page 1 2 11 40 35 Takeoff Reference Page 2 2 11 40 42 Menu Page 11 40 45 FMC Takeo...

Page 1275: ...rway Intercept Feature 11 42 10 Lateral Offset 11 42 10 VNAV Modifications 11 42 12 Cruise Page 11 42 13 RTA Cruise 11 42 16 Cruise with Step Climb 11 42 17 Cruise Climb 11 42 18 RTA Cruise Climb 11 4...

Page 1276: ...age During Descent 11 43 4 RTA Descent Page 11 43 6 Descent Forecast Page 11 43 8 Engine Out Descent 11 43 10 Approach 11 43 10 Arrivals Page IFR Approaches 11 43 10 Approach Reference Page 11 43 17 A...

Page 1277: ...agement Navigation Table of Contents March 1 2021 MN FLT OH 201 11 TOC 9 ATC Data Link Messages 11 60 31 ATC Data Link Alerting Messages 11 60 31 Navlink ACARS Messages 11 60 35 Navlink ACARS Advisory...

Page 1278: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Flight Management Navigation Table of Contents 11 TOC 10 MN FLT OH 201 March 1 2021 Intentionally Blank...

Page 1279: ...ght Management System Control Display Unit CDU 1 Control Display Unit CDU Display Shows FMS data pages C A L L REF INIT FIX RTE LEGS PAGE PREV NEXT PAGE ARR DEP HOLD PROG 1 2 7 8 4 5 0 3 9 6 A B C D E...

Page 1280: ...Illuminated white scratchpad message is shown 5 Offset OFST Light Illuminated white LNAV gives guidance for lateral route offset 6 FAIL Light Illuminated amber for test purposes only The MCDU FAIL la...

Page 1281: ...te data shows page to control PLAN mode display HOLD shows page to create holding patterns and show holding pattern data FMC COMM displays FMC COMM status page PROG shows page to view dynamic flight a...

Page 1282: ...s in scratchpad Plus Minus key first push puts in scratchpad Subsequent pushes alternate between and 2 Delete DEL Key Push puts DELETE in scratchpad 3 Clear CLR Key Push clears the last scratchpad cha...

Page 1283: ...active or modified data 2 Line Title Title of data on line below 3 Line Shows prompts selections options data 4 Scratchpad Shows messages alpha numeric entries or line selected data 5 Page Number Lef...

Page 1284: ...t or is before or after prompt CDU Page Color E T R X 1 1 N I G I R O T S E D Inactive RTE page title cyan 8 2 1 1 H P E 0 L E M D E M D R V A N U T A T S S 2 1 L R O V S L I R B I 1 1 M I F 0 9 0 8 6...

Page 1285: ...6 0 9 1 L E S A R E D E T R A T A Active airspeed altitude waypoint name magenta Flight plan modification not yet executed shaded white A U T C A P N R L P A M R T C 0 7 M N 9 6 8 2 1 M N 8 1 1 3 1 M...

Page 1286: ...n inbound course direction of turn and leg time or leg distance speed and or altitude restrictions targeted next restriction may be several waypoints down the route from the active waypoint shaded whi...

Page 1287: ...s CDUs and provides input to the autothrottle system right FMC operates in synchronization with left FMC maps display composite information from both FMCs BOTH ON R selects right FMC for all FMC opera...

Page 1288: ...ting mesage displayed on the Engine Display and CDU scratchpads Push both pilots FMC alert lights extinguish Global Positioning System GPS Light 1B401 1B402 1B801 1B824 1 Global Positioning System GPS...

Page 1289: ...hed to initiate a recall with single GPS sensor failure light extinguishes when the system recall is reset 2 Instrument Landing System ILS Light Illuminated amber indicates failure of both ILS sensor...

Page 1290: ...or failure light extinguishes when the system recall is reset Inertial System IRS Display Unit ISDU 1 Display Selector DSPL SEL TEST spring loaded to TK GS all lights in data displays and on the mode...

Page 1291: ...until the time remaining reaches 14 minutes The display then counts down in one minute intervals 2 Brightness BRT Control Rotate adjusts brightness of the data displays 3 System Display SYS DSPL Sele...

Page 1292: ...t manual entry of present position when ALIGN light is illuminated permit manual entry of magnetic heading when either mode selector is in ATT 7 Clear CLR Key Illuminated white an ENT attempt has fail...

Page 1293: ...an unreasonable present position entry no present position entry Extinguished IRS not in ALIGN mode with mode selector in NAV alignment is complete and all IRS information is available with mode sele...

Page 1294: ...information attitude information is invalid attitude flag in view until ALIGN light is extinguished heading information is invalid heading flags in view until the actual magnetic heading is manually e...

Page 1295: ...ng source is from default IRS BOTH ON R switches the flight instruments attitude and heading source to right IRS Radio Navigation Systems Automatic Direction Finding ADF Control 1B785 1B786 1J585 1J59...

Page 1296: ...DF bearing sent to the DUs ANT audio reception optimized no ADF bearing data available OFF removes power from selected receiver TEST tests related ADF bearing pointers and warning flags on the DUs DU...

Page 1297: ...M cyan illuminates over an outer marker beacon MM amber illuminates over a middle marker beacon IM white illuminates over an inner marker beacon FT white illuminates during self test Multi Mode Naviga...

Page 1298: ...equency 4 TEST Switch With a VOR frequency tuned and a course of 000 selected shows VOR fail flag deviation bar biases out of view and then returns to centered position bearing pointer slews to 180 de...

Page 1299: ...Mode Switches 1B785 1B786 1J585 1J594 Push manually inserts ILS VOR or GLS into the standby indicator window 6 Frequency Selection Keypad Push manually selects the standby frequency CLR clears the sta...

Page 1300: ...anel 1B401 1B402 1B801 1B824 1 Transponder ATC Selector 1 selects transponder No 1 2 selects transponder No 2 2 Air Traffic Control ATC Code Selector Rotate sets transponder code in transponder 3 Air...

Page 1301: ...reporting from air data computer No 2 1B785 1B786 1J585 1J594 1 Transponder XPNDR Selector 1 selects transponder No 1 2 selects transponder No 2 2 Air Traffic Control ATC Code Selector Rotate sets tr...

Page 1302: ...to Chapter 15 Warning Systems 5 Identification IDENT Switch Push transmits an identification signal 6 Transponder XPNDR FAIL Light Illuminated amber indicates transponder malfunction or ADS B inopera...

Page 1303: ...Selected altitude is shown on the Electronic Flight Display Active when MAN mode selected 3 GAIN CONTROL CAL rotate to the CAL position for automatic gain control The CAL position results in a calibra...

Page 1304: ...ft AGL or on the ground with the engine throttles at a take off position setting See Section 11 20 for Predictive Windshear PWS Detection explanation TEST with WXR selected on at least one EFIS Contro...

Page 1305: ...map Note Selecting both TFR switches at the same time results in the TEST mode test pattern being displayed until one of the TFR switches is deselected Time TEST Selected Approximately 2 Seconds Appr...

Page 1306: ...und clutter may be temporarily displayed by pushing the GC switch the weather radar automatically increases gain as outside air temperature decreases significantly more gain is available in AUTO than...

Page 1307: ...light With WX T selected Associated Threat Function With WX T selected Core Threat Adjustment With WX T selected Two Level Turbulence Detection With WX T selected Flight Path Descent Assessment 3 TILT...

Page 1308: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Flight Management Navigation Controls and Indicators 11 10 30 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 1309: ...tinuous automatic navigation guidance and performance management The integrated FMS provides centralized flight deck control of the airplane s flight path and performance parameters The flight managem...

Page 1310: ...ght GPS latitude and longitude position POS SHIFT page 3 3 shows the left and right GPS position relative to the FMC position NAV STATUS page 1 2 shows the GPS currently in use by the FMC for position...

Page 1311: ...SOR UNITS GPS UPDATE ON OFF NAV OPTIONS 2 2 Nav Sensor Positions FMC Position S 6 122o 18 6 8 1 o 2 2 1 W W 6 8 1 o 2 2 1 W 8 8 1 o 2 2 1 W F PO RE 4 2 3 7 4 N 4 2 3 o 7 4 N 4 2 3 o 7 4 N 4 2 3 o 7 4...

Page 1312: ...d other airplane systems When GPS data is not available the IRS is able to work independently to provide navigation data to other airplane systems like the ADIRU without hybrid GPS inertial Two indepe...

Page 1313: ...ight crew chooses to manually enter a present position or the flight crew mistakenly starts entering a present position through the CDU or ISDU before alignment is complete the automatically entered p...

Page 1314: ...a full alignment the alignment is paused The IRS will automatically resume the full alignment 30 seconds after the motion stops If motion is detected during a fast realignment the IRS will discontinu...

Page 1315: ...flight stops with brief ground times a thirty second fast realignment and zeroing of ground speed error may be performed by selecting ALIGN while the airplane is parked Present position should be simu...

Page 1316: ...n 60 degrees and 70 2 degrees South the alignment time is set at 10 minutes For latitudes greater than the 70 2 degrees limit up to the maximum of 78 25 degrees North or South the alignment time is ap...

Page 1317: ...til aircraft motion is detected A subsequent stop for another long segment will again allow resets to occur Multiple automatic realignments can occur prior to a flight or following a flight Loss of Al...

Page 1318: ...ish compass synchronization the crew must manually enter the initial magnetic heading via the FMC CDU or ISDU Drift of up to 15 degrees per hour can occur in the IRS heading Therefore when in attitude...

Page 1319: ...ata The ALIGN light illuminates until the system is completely shut down indicating it is acceptable to remove ADIRU AC and DC input power Inertial System Display Unit ISDU The ISDU is located on the...

Page 1320: ...ADF bearing pointers on the DUs will be removed Relative bearings indicated by pointers may be correct if the receiver is operating NAV ALIGN OFF ATT DISPLAY OUTBOARD UNIT NAV ALIGN OFF ATT R L IRS AU...

Page 1321: ...lled Each MMR includes an ILS GLS OSS option VOR MB and GPS Instrument Landing System ILS Two ILS receivers are installed The ILS receivers are tuned manually on the VHF navigation control panel The f...

Page 1322: ...on of the opposite VHF NAV receiver for display ATC Transponder Two ATC transponders are installed and controlled by a single control panel The ATC transponder system transmits a coded radio signal wh...

Page 1323: ...green most reflective to least reflective These displays enable identification of coastlines hilly or mountainous regions cities or large structures Ground mapping mode can be useful in areas where gr...

Page 1324: ...rge built up urban areas MAP mode provides an extended ground map picture by piecing together individual scans and combining them in the memory for display Reflectivity data that is considered ground...

Page 1325: ...e slice is set to the current aircraft altitude nearest 1000 feet The altitude ALT knob is used to select the desired altitude slice from 0 to 60 000 feet MSL in 1 000 foot intervals Turbulence inform...

Page 1326: ...ol panel If a Windshear event is encountered while the system is in TEST the test pattern will be replaced and the Windshear icon will be overlaid on an AUTO weather display WXR 2100 Multiscan Radar 1...

Page 1327: ...the wet reflective portion of a thunderstorm in the same manner that conventional radar scans weather As the aircraft approaches the storm and the cell begins to fall below the upper radar beam Multi...

Page 1328: ...hreat The core threat assessment uses horizontal and vertical growth rates and increases the color and size on the display if a return is below a certain decibel threshold Core Threat Adjustment funct...

Page 1329: ...y Warnings are enabled From 50 ft until touchdown 0 ft all new alerts are disabled Windshear detection is activated during both manual and automatic radar operation If the radar is on in the MAP or TE...

Page 1330: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Flight Management Navigation Navigation Systems Description 11 20 22 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 1331: ...the programmed route can be calculated and commanded For vertical navigation computations include items such as fuel burn data optimum speeds and recommended altitudes Cruise altitudes and crossing a...

Page 1332: ...urce Select Switch to BOTH ON L or BOTH ON R isolates FMC operation to use only the left or right FMC respectively In the NORMAL position the left FMC is primary by default Although the aircrew can en...

Page 1333: ...s Two identical independent CDUs provide the means for the flight crew to communicate with the FMC The crew may enter data into the FMC using either CDU although simultaneous entries should be avoided...

Page 1334: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Flight Management Navigation Flight Management System Description 11 30 4 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 1335: ...t on the INIT REF INDEX page Visual prompts provide assistance in selecting the appropriate CDU pages Preflight pages can be manually selected in any order After entering and checking the necessary da...

Page 1336: ...initiated The descent phase extends to the beginning of the approach phase Approach The approach phase begins two miles from the first waypoint of a published approach or approach transition selected...

Page 1337: ...ional Message information the FMC automatically writes in the scratchpad to inform the flight crew of a system condition Modify active data that is changed but not yet executed When a modification is...

Page 1338: ...n to generate lateral steering commands along the active leg to the active waypoint When the FMC Source Select Switch is positioned to NORMAL the left FMC becomes primary however data from both FMCs i...

Page 1339: ...ne localizer The station identifiers and frequencies of the selected radio navigation aids are displayed on the NAV STATUS page 1 2 1B402 1B786 1B807 1J594 FMC logic selects the hybrid GPS as installe...

Page 1340: ...radio updating is not available navigation display map mode may display a shift error This error results in the displayed position of the airplane route waypoints and navigation aids shifted from thei...

Page 1341: ...ate of the quality of its position determination It is shown on POS SHIFT page 3 3 and on RTE LEGS pages ANP represents the estimated maximum position error with 95 probability That is the FMC is 95 c...

Page 1342: ...D POSITION ACTUAL AIRCRAFT POSITION LIES WITHIN THE ANP CIRCLE IRS L POSITION 150 3 9NM GPS L POSITION 210 0 1NM IRS R POSITION 110 2 3NM A U T C A P N R L A R O I D I L S R I 2 S R R I R S G L S P G...

Page 1343: ...he Air Data System The pilot must set the baro setting reported by ATIS or provided in the approach clearance for the 99 7 confidence level to be valid Required Navigation Performance RNP The FMC supp...

Page 1344: ...eviation cross track display while the VNAV phase is in DES and the aircraft is on an RNP AR approach leg 1B785 1B786 1J585 1J594 Vertical Required Navigation Performance VRNP The FMC uses 400 feet as...

Page 1345: ...aterally within 3 nautical miles of the active route leg If outside of 3 nautical miles of the active route leg LNAV engages if on an intercept heading of 90 degrees or less and the intercept will occ...

Page 1346: ...CAN PAM Riga Latvia RIX NDB waypoints located at NDBs are identified by use of the station identifier Example Fort Nelson CAN YE Fix Waypoint Names Fixes with one word names waypoints located at fixes...

Page 1347: ...s 100 nautical miles or more the last two digits are used and placed ahead of the navaid identifier Examples NAVAID DISTANCE IDENT INW 18 INW18 CSN 106 06CSN TCS 89 TCS89 Unnamed flight information re...

Page 1348: ...ints along a DME arc with a radius greater than 26 miles the station identifier is reduced to two characters followed by the radius and then a sequence character Examples CPR134 29 CP29A CPR190 29 CP2...

Page 1349: ...ference points airport reference points are identified by the ICAO identifier Duplicate Waypoint Names Duplicate identifiers should application of these rules result in more than one waypoint having t...

Page 1350: ...ll not be displayed and the first waypoint will be used To use the second occurrence waypoint the first occurrence waypoint must be deleted from the route Conditional Waypoint Names Conditional waypoi...

Page 1351: ...Waypoint Names Pilot defined waypoints entered as a latitude and longitude are displayed in a five character format The first three characters are WPT followed by a two digit sequence number Latitude...

Page 1352: ...hich is not entered The created waypoint is then inserted over the original waypoint The distance offset must be less than the distance between the originating waypoint and next positive value or prec...

Page 1353: ...restrictions and are shown in small font A waypoint restriction is magenta when it is active The restriction does not have to be in line 1 to be active Modified waypoint restrictions are shaded white...

Page 1354: ...1 20 MN FLT OH 201 Takeoff and Climb CDE ABOVE 18000 CROSS AT 6000 BCD CROSS ABOVE 4000 ABC CROSS 10 000 250 KTS ECON CRZ SPD T C WAYPOINT RESTRICTION 2 5 0 K T S 2 5 0 K T S E C O N C L B S P D V 2 1...

Page 1355: ...G OUT on the CLB page provides the crew with advisory engine out performance information If the climb speed profile cannot achieve an altitude restriction the UNABLE NEXT ALTITUDE scratchpad message i...

Page 1356: ...e the climb put the clearance altitude into the MCP altitude window and push the altitude intervention switch VNAV SPD engages Pitch maintains FMC speed and thrust increases to the climb limit In the...

Page 1357: ...e descent using the altitude intervention feature on the Mode Control Panel when the airplane is not in close proximity to the top of descent A distance of 50 NM is used as a determinant for this oper...

Page 1358: ...to the next step point are shown on the CRZ and PROGRESS pages The next step point is shown on the map as a green open circle with the label S C MCP Speed Intervention The above illustration shows VNA...

Page 1359: ...t Intermediate T D points show on the map as green open circles with the label T D XXXXX altitude Intermediate T D points exist when path segments between altitude restricted waypoints produce a level...

Page 1360: ...green open circles with no labels The descent path assumes deceleration to reach the final approach fix FAF or the glideslope intercept point at VREF 40 20 knots Target speeds are changed by entries...

Page 1361: ...FMC will transition to FMC SPD as the thrust mode The valid range for the threshold is 5 to 15 knots The A T mode returns to the retard arm mode when the airplane speed is then equal to the target spe...

Page 1362: ...roach using VNAV T D 50 10 000 ALTITUDE MISSED APP E D EPG FAF MNO DECEL VNAV PTH 1 VNAV PTH 5 6 VNAV PTH 4 NOTE SELECTION OF TO GA BELOW 2000 FEET RA STARTS A MISSED APPROACH SETS REDUCED GO AROUND T...

Page 1363: ...ed 6 Missed Approach When TO GA is pushed during approach or when crossing the missed approach point VNAV disengages When selected during missed approach VNAV engages in VNAV SPD 7 Missed Approach Lev...

Page 1364: ...intervention feature on the MCP when the airplane is not within a distance of 50 NM to the T D or by entering a new cruise altitude on the FMC CRZ page after setting the new level off altitude in the...

Page 1365: ...feet above the current airplane altitude VNAV remains in VNAV PATH if the airplane is more than 200 feet below the vertical path VNAV commands zero vertical speed until intercepting the path Note Dis...

Page 1366: ...t The calculated altitude may be below the MDAto ensure a flight path angle and normal threshold crossing height Note It is the flight crew s responsibility not to descend below the MDA until adequate...

Page 1367: ...th a pilot entered FPA the same as a runway with a vertical angle per the NDB The Integrated Approach Navigation IAN feature will allow any waypoint on a final approach to adjust the IAN angle of desc...

Page 1368: ...revised on RNPPROGRESS page 4 5 The FMC will accept manual entry of a VRNP value greater than the default value but the scratchpad message VERIFY VERT RNP VALUE will be displayed Manual entries are cl...

Page 1369: ...ude but VNAV should not be engaged until after flap retraction If the go around was initiated by pushing a TO GA switch or selection of go around thrust the CRZ ALT will change to the highest of the h...

Page 1370: ...ine Out Above Eng Out Max Alt ENGINE FAILURE DETERMINE ENGINE INOPERATIVE LRC SPEED FROM THE QRH AND BEGIN ENGINE OUT CRUISE PHASE 3 MAX ENGINE OUT ALTITUDE FL187 TGT SPD CRZ ALT FL330 232 ENG OUT MAX...

Page 1371: ...e page provides advisory performance data for operating with one engine 3 Engine Out Cruise Engine out cruise operates like normal cruise with engine out cruise speeds If range is a factor determine E...

Page 1372: ...ntered as 00050 and displayed as 50 835 feet is entered as 00835 and displayed as 840 1 500 feet is entered as 01500 and displayed as 1500 8 500 feet is entered as 08500 and displayed as FL085 9 995 f...

Page 1373: ...aring Entry Entry of a bearing value requires three digits For example key 090 not 90 A bearing entry of 360 is displayed as 000 Plus Minus Signs When entering temperature or an along track displaceme...

Page 1374: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Flight Management Navigation Flight Management System Operation 11 31 40 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 1375: ...gation aids waypoints airports runways other airline selected information such as SIDs STARs approaches and company routes If the permanent database does not contain all of the required flight plan da...

Page 1376: ...throttle system uses reference thrust limits calculated by the FMC commands the thrust levers commands thrust equalization through the electronic engine controls Thrust limits are expressed as N1 limi...

Page 1377: ...higher than the actual temperature The desired thrust level is obtained through entry of a SEL TEMP value on the N1 LIMIT page or TAKEOFF REF page 2 Use approved sources for selecting the assumed tem...

Page 1378: ...lected on the N1 LIMIT page Use of an assumed temperature reduced thrust takeoff or takeoff derate affects the FMCs climb derate computation If a reduced thrust takeoff has been specified on the TAKEO...

Page 1379: ...valid or else by a manual fuel entry When the FMC receives a positive fuel flow signal at engine start the calculated value is disconnected from the FQIS and decreases at the fuel flow rate as receive...

Page 1380: ...d when the difference between the calculated fuel flow and the measured fuel flow exceeds the MEDB defined threshold and the fuel difference detection has been set continually for five minutes for eit...

Page 1381: ...l fuel input causes some performance related data to be blank The messages and FMC internal responses provide an orderly transition from full FMC guided flight to less automated capability If the righ...

Page 1382: ...tained FMC Predictions are halted VNAV is disconnected If the software exception occurs in processing of the active flight plan an alerting level message VNAV INVALID PERF will be displayed for the pi...

Page 1383: ...ansferred from the FMC and transmitted through the airplane communications system to a receiver on the ground Data may be downlinked from the FMC either manually or automatically An uplink is the oppo...

Page 1384: ...ORECASTS RTE ALTERNATE DEST RTE DATA and SUPP NAV DATA pages Downlink reports of the active route may be accomplished by selection of the REPORT prompt on the PERF LIMITS or PROGRESS page and a positi...

Page 1385: ...transmit downlinks of FMC data at predetermined points during the flight or in response to specific information requests from the airline dispatcher The FMC response in these cases is completely auto...

Page 1386: ...with ACCEPT REJECT or LOAD prompts FMC modification ERASE prompt or EXEC key or when the page with the uplink is selected Data can be uplinked from the airline dispatcher directly to the FMC The uplin...

Page 1387: ...V DATA uplinks the loaded data is then removed from the flight plan and placed back into the ready to be loaded state Uplinks that do not generate a modified plan are reloaded when there has been no C...

Page 1388: ...ow contain request prompts PROGRESS TAKEOFF REF DES FORECASTS ALTERNATE DESTS PERF INIT PERF LIMITS RTE RTE DATA SUPP NAV DATA S E U Q E R F O E K A T F T A T A D S E U Q E R E H T A E W R T S E U Q E...

Page 1389: ...Selecting ACCEPT displays uplinked data in large font replaces previous data with uplinked data returns page display to normal pre uplink format clears scratchpad message transmits a downlink accept m...

Page 1390: ...plinked data into FMC for viewing updates scratchpad message transmits a downlink accept message if enabled to acknowledge acceptance Selecting ACTIVATE and EXEC puts uplinked data in active flight pl...

Page 1391: ...ta modifies previous data ERASE prompt displays EXEC light illuminates Pushing the EXEC key incorporates modified data into active flight plan clears scratchpad message returns page display to normal...

Page 1392: ...cratchpad message when uplink complete uplinked data modifies previous data EXEC EXEC EXEC EXEC D A O L I F R E P N T I U P K N I L I F R E P N T I U P K N I L R Y D A E S A R E I F R E P N T I U P K...

Page 1393: ...tor system status of FMC data link by observing status displays on CDU pages U Q E R H T A E T S E E R W I R G O R N S D U P K N I L W E S S P U Q E R H T A E T S E E R W L T N U P K N I L D E A S T U...

Page 1394: ...ted prompt In the example below the line title TAKEOFF DATA is above the REQUEST prompt on the TAKEOFF REF page When the data link system is not operating CDU page prompts change to FAIL VOICE NO COMM...

Page 1395: ...able and types of information requests generated is customer definable The page examples below are representative only 1 Flight Plan Request FLT PLAN Push transmits a data link request for a flight pl...

Page 1396: ...inks and connecting gate uplinks just to name a few Note The following section describes the manufacturer provided ACARS system Each customers airplanes can be equipped with a dedicated company ACARS...

Page 1397: ...maintenance and other functions not normally accessed during a flight leg Navlink ACARS AOC Menu Page The AOC MENU page is the initial AOC application page It provides ten page selects 1 PREFLIGHT Pus...

Page 1398: ...TECH MENU Push selects TECH MENU page 6 RETURN Push selects the top page from the CDU page stack The AOC application defines the return prompt text 7 FLT LOG Push selects FLT LOG page 8 ATS LOG Push...

Page 1399: ...ELAY Selection displays DEPART DELAY page 4 TAKEOFF DELAY Selection displays TAKEOFF DELAY page 5 WT BALANCE Selection displays WT BALANCE page 6 FLT PLAN Selection queues the Flight Plan Request mess...

Page 1400: ...numeric characters 2 ORIG STA Flight departure station 3 4 alpha characters 3 ETD Estimated time of departure hhmm 4 AIRLINE ID Airline identifier 2 alpha numeric characters 5 SCHED DATE Flight sched...

Page 1401: ...Request Message INIT DATA Page 2 2 1 CAPT ID Captain s identity code 1 9 numeric characters 2 F O ID First officer s identity code 1 9 numeric characters 3 S 01 ID Second officer 1 identity code 1 9 n...

Page 1402: ...TYPE Selection will step through the following list A A1 B RP RT TS 10 INIT REQ Selecting INIT REQ key results in downloading the Automatic Initialization Request Message DEPART DELAY Page The DEPART...

Page 1403: ...Y Page The TAKOFF DELAY page allows the operator to enter review takeoff delay information and downlink a Takeoff Delay Report This page is accessible from the PREFLIGHT menu the DELAY menu and when a...

Page 1404: ...ce information and downlink a Weight Balance Request message This page is accessible from the PREFLIGHT page 1 RUNWAY Takeoff runway number nna When RUNWAY has been entered SEND is displayed and selec...

Page 1405: ...E Selection displays ENGINE page 3 ENROUTE DELAY Selection displays ENROUTE DELAY page 4 DIVERSION Selection displays DIVERSION page 5 SNAG Selection displays SNAG page 6 FLT LOG Selection displays th...

Page 1406: ...Navigation Company Data Link 11 33 24 MN FLT OH 201 8 REPORTS Selection displays REPORTS page 9 REQUESTS Selection displays REQUESTS page 10 OPS NORM Selection disables OPS NORM advisory and queues a...

Page 1407: ...election of the POSITION REPORT page and a REQUEST function key This page is accessible from the ENROUTE page 1 MANUAL RPT Selection displays POSITION RPT page 2 REQUEST Selection queues a Position Re...

Page 1408: ...SITION page 2 ENGINE Selection displays the ENGINE page 3 DELAY Selection displays the DELAY page 4 DIVERSION Selection displays the DIVERSION page 5 SNAG Selection displays the SNAG page 6 OPS Select...

Page 1409: ...page 9 IN RANGE Selection displays the IN RANGE page 10 ETA Selection displays the ETA page REPORTS Page 2 2 1 CREW Selection displays the CREW page 2 STATIONS Selection displays the STATIONS page 3...

Page 1410: ...rew information and downlink a Crew Report This page is accessible from the REPORTS page 2 2 1 FREE TEXT Each line is formatted to accept 1 24 characters 2 EDIT The EDIT FREE TEXT page allows the oper...

Page 1411: ...ion information and downlink a Stations Report This page is accessible from the REPORTS page 2 2 1 FREE TEXT Each line is formatted to accept 1 24 characters 2 EDIT The EDIT FREE TEXT page allows the...

Page 1412: ...tch information and downlink a Dispatch Report This page is accessible from the REPORTS page 2 2 1 FREE TEXT Each line is formatted to accept 1 24 characters 2 EDIT The EDIT FREE TEXT page allows the...

Page 1413: ...aracters of free text 2 ALTITUDE Present altitude 1 3 numeric characters 3 2ND POSITION First following position latitude longitude waypoint or Navaid ID up to 15 characters of free test 4 NEXT POSTIO...

Page 1414: ...DIR VEL Wind direction and speed 2 TURB Present turbulence condition Selection will step through the following SMOOTH LIGHT MODERATE HEAVY SEVERE 3 SKY COND Present sky condition Selection will step t...

Page 1415: ...des a selection to the ENGINE RPT page and a function key This page is accessible from the ENROUTE page 1 MAN RPT Selection displays the ENGINE RPT page 2 REQUEST Selection queues an Engine Report Req...

Page 1416: ...nnn n decimal is optional 2 IAS User entry of indicated air speed in knots 1 3 numeric characters 3 SAT User entry of static air temp or and nn 4 AC PACK Air conditioning pack setting 1 3 numeric char...

Page 1417: ...e from the REPORTS page 1 1 DEPART DELAY Selection displays the DEPART DELAY page 2 TAKEOFF DELAY Selection displays the TAKEOFF DELAY page 3 ENROUTE DELAY Selection displays the ENROUTE DELAY page 4...

Page 1418: ...ute delay information and downlink an ENROUTE DELAY message The is page is accessible from the ENROUTE page 1 EFC TIME Estimated further clearance time hhmm 2 FOB Current fuel on board 3 ETA Estimated...

Page 1419: ...enter review gate delay information and downlink a GATE DELAYmessage This page is accessible from the DELAY MENU page 1 DEST STA Destination station 3 or 4 alpha characters 2 FOB Current fuel on boar...

Page 1420: ...eview diversion information and downlink a DIVERSIN REPORT message This page is accessible from the REPORTS MENU page 1 DIVERTING TO Station being diverted to 3 or 4 alpha characters 2 FOB Current fue...

Page 1421: ...all records are filled the report must be sent The snag records are cleared after the report is sent Entries may be reviewed by using the NEXT PAGE and PREV PAGE selections This page is accessible fr...

Page 1422: ...control information and downlink an Operations Report This page is accessible from the REPORTS page 1 2 1 FREE TEXT Each line is formatted to accept 1 24 characters 2 EDIT The EDIT FREE TEXT page allo...

Page 1423: ...nce information and downlink a Maintenance Report This page is accessible from the REPORTS page 1 2 1 FREE TEXT Each line is formatted to accept 1 24 characters 2 EDIT The EDIT FREE TEXT page allows t...

Page 1424: ...text message to a specific teletype TTY address on the ground A second address field is provided to allow the message to be delivered to a second TTY address without the need for re entering the text...

Page 1425: ...e IN RANGE active advisory 1 DEST STA Destination station 3 4 alpha characters 2 ERT Estimated ramp time hhmm time hours minutes 3 FREE TEXT Each line is formatted to accept 1 24 characters 4 ETA Esti...

Page 1426: ...from the REPORTS MENU page 1 ETA Estimated time of arrival hmm time hours minutes 2 FOB Current fuel on board 1 4 numeric characters 3 FREE TEXT Each line is formatted to accept 1 24 characters 4 EDI...

Page 1427: ...Report has been delivered selection displays DEPART CLX REVIEW page otherwise the DEPART CLX REQ page is displayed 4 OCEANIC CLX If an OCEANIC Clearance Report has been delivered selection displays OC...

Page 1428: ...her information and downlink a Weather Request message This page is accessible from the REQUESTS menu This page is not cleared after sending allowing the operator to check the chosen weather periodica...

Page 1429: ...LY WX Selection displays the WEATHER REQ page with HOURLY WX shown in the TYPE field 2 AREA FCST Selection displays WEATHER REQ page with AREA FCST shown in the TYPE field 3 FLD CONDX Selection displa...

Page 1430: ...ble from the AOC MENU page 1 FLT SUMMARY Selection displays the FLT SUMMARY page 2 FLT LOG Selection displays the FLT LOG page 3 ATS LOG Selection displays the ATS LOG page 4 REPORTS Selection display...

Page 1431: ...is available and the page is exited without selecting the SEND key 1 TAKEOFF Takeoff pilot selection steps through the following list CAPT F O OTHER 2 LANDING Landing pilot selection steps through the...

Page 1432: ...spaces Any field for which information was not available is filled using dashes 1 FLT LOG CURR or PREV Status of record being displayed CURR if page 1 and PREV if pages 2 5 2 FLT NUM DATE Flight numb...

Page 1433: ...MENU Page The MISC MENU page provides seven page selects This page is accessible from the POSTFLIGHT MENU page 1 UNDEL MSGS Selection displays the UNDEL MSGS page 2 7500 RPT Selection displays the 75...

Page 1434: ...age UNDEL MSGS Page The UNDEL MSGS menu page allows the operator to review all undelivered messages for which an acknowledgment from the ground has not been received and select an individual message f...

Page 1435: ...FREE TEXT Displays free text lines 2 ELAM Number of males 1 2 numeric characters 3 PAEW Are weapons being used Selection toggles between YES and NO 4 TPCNI Are they in the cockpit Selection toggles be...

Page 1436: ...on will steo through NO and YES 2 MEDIC Is paramedical service required Selection will step through NO and YES 3 WHEEL CHR Number of wheel chair required 4 MEET ASST Is meet assist service required Se...

Page 1437: ...ccess to protectedAOC application functions Functions are protected when operational performance is dependent on the function This page is assessable from the MISC MENU 1 PASSWORD Selection compares t...

Page 1438: ...39 2 FRMT NUM Message Format number 1 2 numeric characters 3 FLT NUM Flight number 1 6 alpha numeric characters 4 ORIG STA Origination station 3 4 alpha characters 5 ADDRESS Additional TTY address 7 a...

Page 1439: ...to review all uplink display messages and select an individual message for viewing This page is accessible from the MISC MENU page 1 Message Title Displays the message title 2 Message Status Displays...

Page 1440: ...ge is accessible from the Application Menu display 1 ATIS Selection displays the ATIS page 2 DEPART CLX If a Departure Clearance Report has been delivered selection displays the DEPART CLX REVIEW page...

Page 1441: ...IS Request ATIS RQ The ATIS RQ page allows the operator to send an ATIS Request message This page is accessible from ATS MENU page if anATIS Report has not been received If an ATIS Report has been rec...

Page 1442: ...on this page whenever it changes 1 ATS FLT ID ATS flight identifier Default flight ID may be provided 2 7 alpha numeric characters 2 AC TYPE Aircraft type Default data may be available 3 ORIG STA Dep...

Page 1443: ...TS MENU and the OCEANIC CLX REVIEW page 1 ATS FLT ID ATS flight identifier A default flight ID may be available Format 2 7 alpha numeric characters 2 ENTRY POINT Oceanic track entry point identifier L...

Page 1444: ...e facility Selection will step through the following list GANDER REYKJAVIK SANTA MARIA SHANWICK 5 AT TIME Estimated time of arrival at entry fix Format hh mm time hours minutes 6 FLIGHT LEVEL Altitude...

Page 1445: ...mode starts the automatic updates Selecting sending the STOPAUTO UPDATES reporting mode terminates the automatic updates Not all airport support the automatic update features 1 AIRPORT Departure stat...

Page 1446: ...these pages The messages on this page are purged on transition to the start of a new flight 1 Time Stamp UTC time when message was received 2 View Status Departure or OCEANIC Clearance Report messages...

Page 1447: ...rs of the uplink message if any unknown labels or message format errors are found DEPART CLX Departure Clearance report OCEANIC CLX Oceanic Clearance Report FLT SYS MSG Flight System Message UPLINK ME...

Page 1448: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Flight Management Navigation Company Data Link 11 33 66 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 1449: ...load clearances which contain loadable data The ATC REQUEST pages provide capability to create downlink requests for vertical and speed clearances lateral offsets and route changes The FMC formats re...

Page 1450: ...r the flight deck loudspeaker ATC MESSAGE will also be displayed in the CDU scratch pad 1 ATC Uplink Message white Indicates receipt of an uplinked ATC message Hi Lo chime is sounded and ATC MESSAGE i...

Page 1451: ...dex Page The ATC INDEX CDU page provides access to pages used for ATC data link functions 1B402 1B785 1B807 1B824 1J590 1J594 Note For those FANS pages that do not exist in the ATN environment upon in...

Page 1452: ...R O T S E U Q E R E H W N A C N E W T R O P E R F T E E R T X E G O L C A R A E L E C N A T S N O G O L S U T O V E C I ATC E G R E M E R Y C N T R O P E C T A U Q E R T S E C T A R O P E R T 1 1 C T...

Page 1453: ...P E R S T R O T S E U Q E R E H W N A C N E W T R O P E R F T E E R T X E G O L I N O M R O T A T S N O G O L S U T O V E C I ATC E G R E M E R Y C N T R O P E C T A U Q E R T S E C T A R O P E R T 1...

Page 1454: ...isplays ATC LOG page 5 LOGON STATUS Push displays ATC LOGON STATUS page 6 Position Report POS REPORT Push displays POS REPORT page 7 WHEN CAN WE Push displays WHEN CAN WE EXPECT page 8 FREE TEXT Push...

Page 1455: ...ion ATC Data Link MN FLT OH 201 11 34 7 1B402 1B785 1B807 1B824 1J590 1J594 9 MONITOR Push displays page for all CONDITIONAL CLEARANCE uplinks that are being monitored by the system 10 VOICE Push disp...

Page 1456: ...AYDAY MAYDAY MAYDAY message when current altitude more than 150 feet above altitude in 4L displays DESCENDING TO altitude on VERIFY EMERGENCY page 2 DIVERT TO Displays active destination airport ATC T...

Page 1457: ...is any number from 1 to 99 nm For either side L or R is not entered Message includes entered offset Entered offset may be deleted 4 DESCEND TO Displays MCP altitude Valid entry is XXX or FLXXX flight...

Page 1458: ...Board SOB Valid entry is number of persons on airplane Message includes SOB Entered SOB may be deleted 9 FUEL REMAINING Initial display is blank Displays FMC computed fuel remaining in quantity and t...

Page 1459: ...data from the EMERGENCY REPORT page and provide at least one line for free text entry 2 EMERGENCY Push displays EMERGENCY REPORT page 3 REPORT SEND If the emergency message spans multiple pages the R...

Page 1460: ...s ADS in emergency mode creates log entry of transmitted message When CANCEL EMERGENCY displayed in 5L on EMERGENCY REPORT page Push sends CANCEL EMERGENCY message deactivates ADS emergency mode creat...

Page 1461: ...age title Line 1 is blank on page 1 X 2 STATUS SENT Displays emergency report status from ATC LOG page 3 LOG Push Displays the ATC LOG page S D N E C T A G O L Z 2 0 4 1 T N E S M Y A D Y A M Y A D Y...

Page 1462: ...allows entry of altitude speed and offset direction and distance requests 1B401 1B801 1B806 T E S F F O D E E P S C T A U Q E R T S E E D U T I T L A 0 5 3 L F Q E R E T U O R T S E U Q E R E S A R E...

Page 1463: ...U Q E R T S E E D U T I T L A 0 5 3 L F Q E R E T U O R T S E U Q E R E S A R E T S E U X E D N I C T A R E V Y F I E L C C N A R A E C T A E D N I X C T A U Q E R T S E R Y F I R E V S E U Q E T 1 1...

Page 1464: ...es Valid entry is IAS or Mach Entry may be deleted Push with speed Mach entered displays ATC SPEED REQUEST page with speed Mach on speed line with dashes displayed displays ATC SPEED REQUEST page with...

Page 1465: ...Push displays ATC INDEX page 1B401 1B801 1B806 7 VERIFY Push displays VERIFY REQUEST page 1B402 1B785 1B807 1B824 1J590 1J594 7 CLEARANCE Push results in the display of the VERIFY REQUEST page 1 X fo...

Page 1466: ...A C T A U Q E R T S E 4 1 E D U T I T L A Q E R T S E U 0 5 3 L F Z R C B L C S A R A P E N O I T C M V R E P A M R O F E C N T O L I P T A C S I D T A E W R E H T S E U Q E R R E V Y F I A E T U O R...

Page 1467: ...of a position or time with an altitude request selects a message requesting a step up or down at a specified time based on current altitude Entry may be deleted 3 AT PILOT Discretion AT PILOT DISC Pu...

Page 1468: ...nt Navigation ATC Data Link 11 34 20 MN FLT OH 201 Selection may be deleted 8 DUE TO WEATHER Push displays WEATHER in large font and selects DUE TO WEATHER message element Selection may be deleted 9 V...

Page 1469: ...AS or Mach Entry selects a message requesting the speed or Mach Entry may be deleted 2 REQUEST Push displays ATC REQUEST page 3 DUE TO PERFORMANCE Push displays PERFORMANCE in large font and selects D...

Page 1470: ...ion may be deleted 5 VERIFY Push displays VERIFY REQUEST page ATC Offset Request Page 3 4 The ATC OFFSET REQUEST page 3 4 allows downlink requests for later offsets NEXT PAGE PAGE PREV E E P S C A Q E...

Page 1471: ...time with an offset request selects a message requesting an offset at the specified position or time Valid entries are fix name navaid airport latitude longitude place bearing distance or time Entry m...

Page 1472: ...PAGE PREV T L A C T U Q E R T S E A 4 1 E S F F O C T A Q E R T T S E U 4 3 C T A U Q E R T S E Q E R E T U O R T S E U D T S E U Q E R R A P E R T S E U Q E R O R G T D N U K C A R T U O R C T A Q E...

Page 1473: ...parture or arrival 6 alpha numeric characters max Valid entry is departure or arrival and transition up to 6 alpha numeric characters for the procedure followed by a period followed by up to 5 alpha n...

Page 1474: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Flight Management Navigation ATC Data Link 11 34 26 MN FLT OH 201 Entry may be deleted 7 VERIFY Push displays VERIFY REQUEST page March 1 2021...

Page 1475: ...one line for free text entry Any entered free text included in downlink request E R T S E U T X E T E E R F Y F I R E V E U Q E R T S X 1 Q E R W G G T A T S E U E S F F O T M N 0 1 L S D N E T S E U...

Page 1476: ...from WHEN CAN WE EXPECT page REQUEST Push displays ATC REQUEST page ATC INDEX Push displays ATC INDEX page WHEN CAN WE Push displays WHEN CAN WE EXPECT page 3 REQUEST SEND Displays on last VERIFY REQ...

Page 1477: ...to ATC for an altitude speed offset or route clearance request E R T S E U Y F I R E V E U Q E R T S X 1 Q E R W G G T A T S E U E S F F O T M N 0 1 L S D N E T S E U Q E R Q C A R A E L E C N C T A E...

Page 1478: ...Displays REQUEST when page accessed from ATC REQUEST page REQUEST Push displays ATC REQUEST page ATC INDEX Push displays ATC INDEX page 4 REQUEST SEND Displays on last VERIFY REQUEST page Push results...

Page 1479: ...esponse to displayed downlink request exists Time of ATC uplink response displays following text UPLINK Push displays the XXXXZ ATC UPLINK 1 X page displaying ATC response to displayed request O P S E...

Page 1480: ...PORT pages for ATC requested reports and confirmations The ATC REPORT pages can display a maximum of 10 reports after which the ATC REPORT LIST FULL scratch pad message is displayed D E M R A C T A R...

Page 1481: ...e abbreviated and followed by two periods 1B401 1B801 1B806 Title displays ARMED when report armed for automatic transmission Report or confirmation request Push displays ATC requested report or confi...

Page 1482: ...port is sent 1B402 1B785 1B807 1B824 1J590 1J594 R T R O P T X E T E E R F T A I R E V E R Y F T R O P C A N A C E W T P E C 0 9 3 L F M R A Z C A T O N N A C T P E C S D N E E T R O P E R F T E E R T...

Page 1483: ...ssed from ATC INDEX page Displays REPORT when page accessed from ATC REPORT page ATC INDEX Push displays ATC INDEX page ATC REPORT Push displays ATC REPORT page 4 ARM ARM is displayed when an armable...

Page 1484: ...mission of the report message to the active ATC center creates ATC LOG entry of transmitted message displays SENDING displays NO COMM when data link status is NO COMM displays VOICE when data link sta...

Page 1485: ...was transmitted 1 Lines 1 5 Pages 1 X to X X display message transmitted to ATC at time of page title Line 1 is blank on page 1 X 2 Message STATUS Displays ATC report status from ATC LOG page 3 LOG Pu...

Page 1486: ...N O D V C R C T A G O L 1 1 Z 8 5 6 1 N E P O O T B M I L C D N A T N I A M A T S E U Q E R B M I L C F O T L T S E U Q E R B M I L C F O T L T N E S E R P T I S O P N N O I 4 M R I F N O C T I S O P...

Page 1487: ...sponse positive response sent network acknowledgement of positive response received message considered non pending REJECTED message reviewed by crew message requires response negative response sent ne...

Page 1488: ...e considered non pending ABORTED message pending when all connections terminated message considered non pending Push displays XXXXZ ATC UPLINK ATC REQUEST ATC REPORT or EMERGENCY page related to line...

Page 1489: ...y ADS ATC COMM and data link status 1B401 1B801 1B806 A T A D K N I L M M O C C T A T X E N R T C O N L I A T T C A R T C O N T L F O L C T A S N O G S U T A T O T N O G O L L N O G O G T J R S D N E...

Page 1490: ...s is ready Deletion of identifier displays boxes and blanks SEND Displays dashes when ATC COMM established 2 Flight Number FLT NO Displays flight number from route page Valid entry is flight number Di...

Page 1491: ...nates active ATC data link connections 6 ATC INDEX Push displays ATC INDEX page 7 LOGON SEND Push sends logon message to ATC center displays SENT displays RESEND if no response from ATC after 10 minut...

Page 1492: ...P ADS selected off no prompt displayed aircraft registration number tail number has not been entered ADS OFF ADS selected off displays ADS SELECT ARM prompt Push arms ADS reporting displays SELECT OFF...

Page 1493: ...R T C O N L I A T T C A R T C O N T L F O L C T A S N O G S U T A T O T N O G O L S N A F G T J R N O 4 3 2 1 C B T E D C B A K A Z K F O T C E L E S F X E D N I C T A S D N E 1 2 MAX U L DELAY SEC T...

Page 1494: ...ntered center is a FANS center If the entered center exists in the ATC database and FANS ON OFF is selected OFF on the ATC Log on Status page its associated ground address is used for the ATN logon do...

Page 1495: ...osition is invalid the data line displays blanks 2 Flight Number FLT NO Entry of a valid flight number over the default when a FANSATC center identifier is displayed in field 1L and a tail number is d...

Page 1496: ...e logon in ATN Mode i e use FANS for logon 8 ORIGIN Entry of an Origin can be from manual entry or propagated from the Route page The newly entered Origin on the Route page will be propagated to this...

Page 1497: ...CT ARM prompt ADS ACT ADS armed and one or more ADS connection exists displays SELECT OFF prompt Push terminates all ADS connections and ADS reporting prevents ATC from requesting ADS reporting displa...

Page 1498: ...LOGON and the data line displays SEND at 6R When the data link status is ATN READY or ATN Only and either of the following conditions occur a ATN ATC center entry is made into 1L when 2L displays a f...

Page 1499: ...uest downlink message has been received from ATC within a logon timeout period the data line changes to REJECTED Note Termination of the active ATC COMM connection either by means of receipt of an END...

Page 1500: ...sh displays the related XXXXZ ATC REQUEST page Title displays message receipt time O C U N I T N D E E Z 5 0 6 1 T A T C E P X I U R C E S F N I A T N I A M 0 1 3 L I D D E E C O R P T C E R E S O T A...

Page 1501: ...of uplinked ATC message 3 STATUS Displays status of ATC uplink message from ATC log page 4 LOG REPORT Displays LOG when uplink message does not include a REPORT CONFIRM or WHEN CAN YOU ACCEPT request...

Page 1502: ...TC REQUEST page Title displays message receipt time E M T T A Z 8 2 4 1 L P U C K N I 2 1 Y A L P S I D T S S U T A T S E U Q E R O N T G O L R F M O B V M F E T P E C C A D O C I T I D N N O I D D E...

Page 1503: ...executed early If the direct waypoint becomes the active waypoint prior to satisfying the condition time or altitude then a conditional direct clearance is considered to have been executed early Note...

Page 1504: ...the REJECT DUE TO page If the UNLOADABLE CLEARANCE prompt was selected on the REJECT DUE TO page then UNLOADABLE CLEARANCE is displayed If the NOT CONSISTENT RESEND prompt was selected on the REJECT...

Page 1505: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Flight Management Navigation ATC Data Link MN FLT OH 201 11 34 57 LOG Push displays ATC LOG page REPORT Push displays ATC REPORT page March 1 2021...

Page 1506: ...been made Push sends standby response 2 REJECT Displays REJECT when UNABLE or NEGATIVE is a valid response until response has been made Push displays REJECT DUE TO page 3 LOAD Displays LOAD when uplin...

Page 1507: ...J594 1 STANDBY Displays STANDBY when response is required until response has been made Push sends standby response 2 REJECT Displays REJECT when UNABLE or NEGATIVE is a valid response until response h...

Page 1508: ...IRM is a valid response until response has been made Push sends a WILCO ROGER or AFFIRM response 5 LOG REPORT Displays LOG when uplink message does not include a REPORT CONFIRM or WHEN CAN YOU ACCEPT...

Page 1509: ...reason for rejection of an ATC UPLINK message T A Z X X X X L P U C K N I X X T C E J E R Y F I R E V O P S E R E S N 1 1 U D T C E J E R O T E T X E T E E R F E J E R U D T C O T E O T E U D U D O T...

Page 1510: ...lly displays UNLOADABLE CLEARANCE in small font Push selects UNLOADABLE CLEARANCE message element in response downlink message 3 NOT CONSISTENT RESEND Initially displays NOT CONSISTENT RESEND in small...

Page 1511: ...entered on line 4 is included in response message Initial display is blank with a caret 5 UPLINK Push displays XXXXZ ATC UPLINK page 6 DUE TO WEATHER Initially displays WEATHER in small font Push sele...

Page 1512: ...free text on the REJECT DUE TO page the text of the reject message is displayed in the order selected Examples include DUE TO PERFORMANCE DUE TO WEATHER UNLOADABLE CLEARANCE NOT CONSISTENT or free te...

Page 1513: ...END Displays on last VERIFY RESPONSE page Push creates a rejection response message containing the information displayed on the VERIFY RESPONSE page and will initiate transmission of the response mess...

Page 1514: ...waypoint identifiers in the navigation database or defined geographic points Entry overrides displayed waypoint Deletion of entry returns current leg waypoint 3 NEXT Waypoint Displays waypoint identif...

Page 1515: ...ltitude at last sequenced waypoint 8 Estimated Time of Arrival ETA Displays ETA at TO waypoint Valid entry is HHMM HH is hours and MM is minutes Entry overrides displayed time Deletion of entry return...

Page 1516: ...H 201 12 ATC SEND Push sends downlink position report to ATC creates ATC LOG entry of transmitted message displays SENDING displays SENT upon network acknowledgement displays NO ATC COMM when data lin...

Page 1517: ...tude selects a message queryingATC when to expect a climb to the entered altitude Valid entry is XXX or FLXXX flight level XXXXX feet or XXXXXm meters C T A E D N I X E H W N A C N E W Y F I R E V E U...

Page 1518: ...entered speed Valid entry is IAS or Mach Entry may be deleted 5 ERASE WHEN CAN WE Push erases all entered or selected data and returns default values 6 ATC INDEX Push displays ATC INDEX page 7 HIGHER...

Page 1519: ...ction 1 XXXXZ time Time of message receipt 2 Conditional Clearances The system is able to handle up to 3 accepted conditional clearances If an accepted conditional clearance defined by uplink elements...

Page 1520: ...the condition time or position an offset is executed including deleting an existing offset before the specified time When the airplane satisfies the condition associated with a conditional clearance...

Page 1521: ...ground stations Using data link reduces the required crew actions Manual crew entries replace existing data Data link can also be used to load takeoff data onto the TAKEOFF REF pages Preflight Page S...

Page 1522: ...is required for FMC preflight and flight instrument operation A route must be entered and activated The minimum route information is origin and destination airports and a route leg Performance informa...

Page 1523: ...page or the SUPP NAV DATA page The REF NAV DATA page and SUPP NAV DATA page are described in the FMC Cruise section of this chapter VNAV performance is improved if the forecast winds and temperatures...

Page 1524: ...ex page provides manual selection of FMC pages It provides access to pages used during preflight and not normally used in flight R P P A H C A O F E R X E D N I I T N E D T N I A M E I B E D N I X T V...

Page 1525: ...TAKEOFF REF page to enter takeoff reference information and V speeds 5 APPROACH Push displays the APPROACH REF page for entry of the approach VREF speed 6 Navigation Data NAV DATA Push displays the R...

Page 1526: ...l skid e g 737 8 1 1B401 1B402 1B801 1B824 Note A model with a 2 appended to it indicates an airplane with a two position tail skid e g 737 9 2 2 Navigation Data NAV DATA Displays the navigation datab...

Page 1527: ...database line The previous active date moves down to the inactive date line The ACTIVE label appears above the active navigation database date No label appears above the inactive navigation database d...

Page 1528: ...here are three POS pages 1 Reference Airport REF AIRPORT The reference airport entry allows entry of the current airport for display of the airport latitude longitude Optional entry REF INIT INERTIAL...

Page 1529: ...RS which is in ATT mode Line blanks when IRS not in ATT mode 4 UTC Displays GPS time If the GPS time is not valid UTC starts at 0000 0Z when the FMC is first powered Manually enter the correct UTC If...

Page 1530: ...01 Box prompts are displayed when either IRS is in the ALIGN mode and IRS present position has not been entered Blanks when the IRS transitions from the alignment to the navigation mode 8 Date MMMDD Y...

Page 1531: ...titude longitude Blank if FMC position is invalid 2 IRS L Displays the latitude longitude position as determined by the left IRS Blank if IRS position is invalid 3 IRS R Displays the latitude longitud...

Page 1532: ...dspeed GS Displays the ground speed for FMC and IRS Blank if ground speed of related system is invalid 1B401 1B801 1B806 6 GPS L Displays the latitude longitude position as determined by the left GPS...

Page 1533: ...ERASE capability allows the crew to deactivate an activated plan This allows the crew to use the second route as a what if predictor Messages that reference a route reflect the route to which they app...

Page 1534: ...by the page sequence number to the right of the title 2 ORIGIN Enter the ICAO airport identifier for the origin An entry is required for route activation Valid entries must be in the navigation datab...

Page 1535: ...ny route replaces the previous route 4 RUNWAY Line title does not display until after entry of origin airport Enter the desired runway for the origin airport An entry is optional for activation of the...

Page 1536: ...acters Crew entered Flight number is included in the PROGRESS page title As installed Transponder transmits flight number to ATC 7 FLT PLAN REQUEST Push transmits a data link request for a flight plan...

Page 1537: ...ntains a waypoint on the airway Valid entries can also include procedures or DIRECT Procedures are normally entered through selections on DEPARTURES andARRIVALS pages DIRECT is normally entered as a r...

Page 1538: ...nal SID waypoint is part of the route segment LACRE3 VAMPS is an example of a SID selection made on the DEPARTURES page V2 is an example of airway entry 2 TO Enter the end point of the route segment s...

Page 1539: ...following prompts PERF INIT when the required performance data is incomplete or TAKEOFF when the required performance data is complete Additional Route Page Prompts for an Activated Route 1 ERASE Push...

Page 1540: ...f scratchpad contents After selection of the RTE COPY prompt COMPLETE is displayed in the data field in large font and RTE COPY is displayed in the header field in small font RTE COPY in the header an...

Page 1541: ...atabase Departure and arrival prompts are available for the origin airport Destination airports have only arrival prompts 1 Departure DEP Origin Push displays the departure page for Route 1 origin air...

Page 1542: ...arrival page for Route 1 or Route 2 origin airport Origin airport arrivals selection is used during a turn back situation 4 Arrival ARR Destination Push displays the arrival page for Route 1 or Route...

Page 1543: ...if there are no SIDS for the departure airport and runway Without the selection of a runway on the RTE page the initial display contains all of the information for the airport runways and SIDS As sel...

Page 1544: ...NDEX is displayed when no route modification is pending Push displays the DEP ARR INDEX page 4 RUNWAYS Displays a list of runways for the selected airport The runway selected on the RTE page is displa...

Page 1545: ...el weight is entered Automatically displays calculated gross weight when zero fuel weight is entered Displays default or manually entered cruise CG Entry of actual cruise CG may revise maximum altitud...

Page 1546: ...ro fuel weight is required Normally the ZFW is entered from the airplane dispatch papers and the FMC calculates the airplane gross weight Enter the airplane zero fuel weight Valid entry is xxx or xxx...

Page 1547: ...ulations Enter the forecast cruise wind Entry is propagated onto the RTE DATA page If no entry made the FMC assumes zero wind for preflight predictions 9 Top of Climb Outside Air Temperature T C OAT T...

Page 1548: ...tude exists for the SID if an active flight plan exists and no transition altitude exists on the SID or a SID has not been selected then the FMC will use the transition altitude from the NDB stored fo...

Page 1549: ...es lower and upper speed limits for each phase of flight Default is 100 400 for lower limit and 340 820 for upper limit Default values are displayed in small font and entered values are displayed in l...

Page 1550: ...reflight 11 40 30 MN FLT OH 201 4 Required Time of Arrival RTA Push selects RTA PROGRESS page 5 PERF LIM REPORT Push transmits displayed performance limits to ground station 6 PERF LIM REQUEST Push tr...

Page 1551: ...ta is entered allowing the FMC to make N1 computations for normal or reduced thrust takeoff Fixed takeoff and climb thrust derates may be selected 1B801 1B806 The N1 LIMIT page is also used to select...

Page 1552: ...2 Outside Air Temperature OAT Manual entry of actual takeoff OAT is displayed in large sized characters and is used by the FMC to calculate the takeoff N1 limits Entry can be made in degrees C or degr...

Page 1553: ...keoff has been specified then either CLB 1 or CLB 2 may be automatically specified if required to avoid a climb N1 value greater than the specified reduced thrust takeoff N1 Selection of a new rating...

Page 1554: ...ts CLB thrust Data line title displays takeoff bump thrust Typical line titles display as 26K BUMP or 28K BUMP When takeoff bump thrust is selected assumed temperature SEL temperature thrust reduction...

Page 1555: ...for current FMC engine configuration 1B801 1B806 B takeoff bump if available for current FMC engine configuration Takeoff Reference Page 1 2 The takeoff reference page allows the crew to manage takeof...

Page 1556: ...ed takeoff derate thrust Typical line titles display as TO N1 or TO 1 N1 or TO 2 N1 SEE SUBSEQUENT PAGES FOR DESCRIPTION T C E S R E T N I D F F O E K A T A T A W G W O T 2 V 1 N R V E K A T R F F O F...

Page 1557: ...4 TRIM Displays stabilizer takeoff trim setting Display is blank unless FLAPS and CG are entered Company Data Link 1 TAKEOFF DATA REQUEST Push transmits a data link request for a takeoff data uplink...

Page 1558: ...eed indication 2 Takeoff Weight TOW Displays gross weight the uplink V speeds are based on Blank if there are no uplinked V speeds in the column above 3 Gross Weight GW Displays current gross weight C...

Page 1559: ...TAKEOFF REF page 1 REJECT Displayed if V speeds have been entered and airplane gross weight ZFW or plan fuel has been changed Push causes the now small font takeoff speeds to disappear 2 ACCEPT Displa...

Page 1560: ...ntered DEPARTURE runway or route data not entered on the RTE page N1 LIMIT OAT not entered Push Displays associated page 2 Preflight Complete INDEX When the required preflight entries are complete the...

Page 1561: ...runway threshold when TO GA is pushed If a takeoff shift distance is entered and GPS UPDATE is OFF the FMC updates to the threshold of the departure runway plus the entered distance when the TO GA sw...

Page 1562: ...lays runway heading for origin airport 3 Runway Condition RWY COND Active runway condition is highlighted DRY Dry runway computations WET Wet runway computations SK R Skid resistant runway computation...

Page 1563: ...version of the N1 LIMIT page 2 Acceleration Height ACCEL HT Displays acceleration height altitude above origin airport elevation for flap retraction Default value is from the airline Entry is optiona...

Page 1564: ...s optional Value is a height from 400 to 9999 feet Automatic Thrust Reduction 1 Selected Climb Rating Displays the climb rating that will be set at the THR REDUCTION altitude as selected on the prefli...

Page 1565: ...next to the system title A subsystem that requires use of the CDU displays a request message REQ next to the subsystem title The FMC system or a requesting subsystem is accessed by using the line sele...

Page 1566: ...tive in providing control display function 2 Other Aircraft Subsystems typical Push selects the subsystem for which the MCDU will be active in providing control display function 3 XXXXXX HOLD LOGOFF P...

Page 1567: ...oute progress PROGRESS page to monitor the overall progress of the flight N1 LIMIT page to select alternate climb thrust limits DEP ARR INDEX page to select an approach during a turn back Takeoff Phas...

Page 1568: ...speed equal to the greater of current airspeed or V2 limited to be less than or equal to V2 20 KCAS This speed will continue to be updated until an engine failure is detected at which point the target...

Page 1569: ...nning A new FMC CDU message ENTER EO CRZ SPD AND ALT will be displayed when the engine out operation is terminated due to reaching cruise altitude or the pilot depresses the ALL ENGINE prompt button o...

Page 1570: ...l engine acceleration height indicated on the TAKEOFF REF page The speed target then changes to the pre planned climb speed profile subject to applicable speed limits for the current configuration Cli...

Page 1571: ...the VNAV target speed will change to VREF 70 KCAS flaps up maneuver speed At the climb thrust reduction point the FMC commands a reduction to the selected climb thrust Passing 10 000 feet VNAV command...

Page 1572: ...pages is via the NEXT PREV PAGE key The TAKEOFF REF page automatically transitions to the climb page after takeoff The FMC climb mode can be economy or fixed speed In either mode similar data is disp...

Page 1573: ...gment constraints waypoint speed constraints an altitude constraint associated with a speed constraint a speed restriction a crew entered speed Displays ACT when the climb phase is active 2 Cruise Alt...

Page 1574: ...xists Manual crew entries or deletions may be made HOLD or FLAPS speed may not be deleted or modified Note If the FMC default speed restriction is overwritten it will be deleted and not return after t...

Page 1575: ...n reached if designated in the active route regardless of flap position if no disarm waypoint exists for the SID and flaps are not up and have not been up since takeoff was started flight phase is tak...

Page 1576: ...page are the same as other climb pages except as noted 1 Target Speed TGT SPD Displays computed speed required to meet entered RTA When RTAis exited by waypoint sequence or deletion this speed change...

Page 1577: ...When an inactive RTE 1 LEGS or RTE 2 LEGS is selected for display the title RTE 1 LEGS or RTE 2 LEGS will be in cyan color E T R S G E L L S G E E T R T C A A T A D A U T C A P N R L 0 7 M N 9 6 8 2 1...

Page 1578: ...legs page Waypoints appear in flight sequence Waypoints can be entered and moved This includes Displays the waypoint by name or condition Box prompts are displayed for route discontinuities Dashes ar...

Page 1579: ...The RTE DATA prompt is used to review or modify additional information about the route 10 RTE 1 or 2 LEGS Push Displays RTE LEGS page that is at LSK 6L either RTE 1 LEGS or RTE 2 LEGS Map Center Step...

Page 1580: ...centered Whenever the EFIS Mode selector is positioned to PLAN the label is automatically displayed for the first geographically fixed waypoint on the displayed page 2 STEP Displayed on a CDU when PLA...

Page 1581: ...nd the fuel at that waypoint waypoints last active and next waypoint ETA waypoint ATA distance to go information destination information altitude change points current wind fuel quantity 0 3 4 T L F G...

Page 1582: ...distance to go DTG from present position to the destination Also displays estimated time of arrival ETA and predicted fuel remaining at the destination When a route modification is in progress the de...

Page 1583: ...reater than 99 9 nm 4 CROSSWIND Displays present crosswind component left or right 5 Static Air Temperature ISA Deviation SAT ISA DEV Displays present SAT and the equivalent ISA deviation R E H T A E...

Page 1584: ...rtical path Blank if descent not active or path not available 7 TAS Displays present TAS 8 PRE FLIGHT REPORT Push transmits downlink report of preflight data 9 WEATHER REQUEST Push transmits a data li...

Page 1585: ...dvisory data on flight progress in the RTA mode and advises of control times such as recommended takeoff time to meet RTA 1 Required Time of Arrival Waypoint RTA WPT Displays dashes when entry allowed...

Page 1586: ...11 41 20 MN FLT OH 201 2 LIMITS Push displays the PERF LIMITS page 3 Prior RTA Waypoint PRIOR RTA Prompt displayed when the RTA waypoint field contains dashes and a previous RTA waypoint is still in...

Page 1587: ...tion of the RTA waypoint does not remove the waypoint from the flight plan O T D N I W W O T S A L E O T T S I D H P T L A A T E O T D M C E R T M G T E E M I R O R R P A T R T C A E R G O R S S 5 3 T...

Page 1588: ...e RTA waypoint based on immediate takeoff MIN MAX speeds on PERF LIMITS page entered forecast winds 4 Required Time of Arrival RTA After RTAwaypoint entry initially displays current ETAbased on the ac...

Page 1589: ...splayed on RTA CLB CRZ or DES page Limited by MIN MAX speeds on the PERF LIMITS page and the SPD REST line During cruise displays XXX HOLD when decelerating to hold speed prior to hold entry fix 9 Spe...

Page 1590: ...ion and left or right 24 ARC L The computed great circle route leg directions may be different than chart values Heading leg segments to conditional waypoints are displayed as xxx HDG and track leg se...

Page 1591: ...oach Displays in large font for 3L manually entered RNP values Displays in small font for values provided by the navigation database 6 Distance To Go Displays the distance remaining to the next waypoi...

Page 1592: ...upports the Extended Range Operations ETOPS Fuel Requirements The individual engine fuel used data is still shown on the forward instrument panel on the engine display only APU fuel used and fuel quan...

Page 1593: ...IS Selection results in the FMC using the FQIS fuel quantity for predictions The TOTALIZER is the system default at power up 3 CALCULATED Shows CALCULATED fuel based on the totalizer value at engine s...

Page 1594: ...t next changes vertical mode The active thrust limit is used by the autopilot and is displayed on the thrust mode display An optional increase in available cruise thrust limits is available via a cust...

Page 1595: ...b selection is automatically deleted above 15 000 feet Note If a reduced thrust takeoff has been specified on the TAKEOFF REF page then either CLB 1 or CLB 2 may be automatically specified if required...

Page 1596: ...e out cruise phase when reaching the cruise altitude Engine Out Climb Page Displays advisory information for an engine inoperative condition Once the page is selected it cannot be executed 1 Left Righ...

Page 1597: ...ENG OUT SPD Displays the minimum drag engine out climb speed 4 Maximum Altitude MAX ALT Displays the maximum altitude at which company specified rate of climb can be achieved using one engine at maxim...

Page 1598: ...g the destination on the route page See Chapter 11 Section 43 for additional information on the arrivals page 1 Standard Terminal Arrival Routes STARS Displays STARS for the origin airport S N A R T N...

Page 1599: ...nagement Navigation FMC Takeoff and Climb MN FLT OH 201 11 41 33 2 Transitions TRANS Displays transitions for the origin airport 3 APPROACHES Displays approaches for the origin airport 4 RUNWAYS Displ...

Page 1600: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Flight Management Navigation FMC Takeoff and Climb 11 41 34 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 1601: ...DATA page displays progress data for each waypoint on the RTE LEGS page Displays wind data for cruise waypoints REF NAV DATA page displays information about waypoints navaids airports or runways LATER...

Page 1602: ...tion for the new waypoint Using the NEXT PAGE PREV PAGE function keys to select the desired location does not alter the CDU scratchpad The new entry automatically links to the preceding waypoint via a...

Page 1603: ...x prompts indicate the requirement to link the route by entering a route waypoint into the discontinuity waypoint position 4 ERASE The ERASE prompt is displayed when the first modification is entered...

Page 1604: ...point remains unchanged Removing a waypoint using the DEL function key causes a route discontinuity to replace the deleted waypoint 1 Active Route The existing route shows VAMPS followed by BANDR BEEZ...

Page 1605: ...t from LAC01 to BANDR The BANDR waypoint is copied into the scratchpad 2 Resequence BANDR BANDR is transferred to the waypoint following LAC01 VAMPS is removed and the route remains continuous R D N A...

Page 1606: ...ion cannot be provided to capture the leg into a waypoint the FMC bypasses the affected waypoint and uses alternative turn construction to intercept that leg When the bypass is for the active waypoint...

Page 1607: ...01 to BANDR The BANDR waypoint is copied into the scratchpad in preparation to remove the discontinuity Any waypoint from the route can be copied into the scratchpad to remove the discontinuity 2 Cont...

Page 1608: ...course from airplane present position to entered waypoint Execute to proceed direct to active waypoint 2 Intercept Course INTC CRS Push puts displayed course 155 into active waypoint leg direction En...

Page 1609: ...Desired Waypoint Page When a waypoint identifier is not unique other database waypoints have the same name a selection of which latitude longitude to use must be made before that waypoint can be used...

Page 1610: ...rst airway and the entry waypoint for the second airway The first airway to be used is entered in the first available VIA field the common waypoint in the TO field and the second airway in the next av...

Page 1611: ...r waypoints Course change greater than 135 degrees Preplanned termination waypoint 1 OFFSET Push displays the lateral offset page The offset prompt is only displayed when an ACTIVE or MODIFIED flight...

Page 1612: ...or offset Offset will begin at first valid offset leg after the start waypoint Deletion of start waypoint or no entry will result in offset beginning at first valid offset leg in the flight plan 3 END...

Page 1613: ...ruise altitude in flight level or feet x 100 Value may be entered via the keyboard or propagated from the PERF INIT CLB CRZ CLB or CRZ DES pages 5 K T A L E U F L T A 1 N B R U T C A L A U T D N I W D...

Page 1614: ...for color CDU s on an active cruise page 3 Turbulence N1 TURB N1 Displays proper N1 for turbulence penetration Value is for reference only It is not commanded to the autothrottle 4 Fuel at Destinatio...

Page 1615: ...ep climb or descent altitude for crew evaluation The line will be blank when within 100 nm of top of descent or when RTA mode is active 8 Top of Descent TO T D Line Displays time of arrival at and dis...

Page 1616: ...by deletion this speed becomes the FMC target speed on a manual speed cruise page and the scratchpad message SELECT MODE AFTER RTA is displayed 2 TIME ERROR Displays the computed time error at the RT...

Page 1617: ...ive 3 STEP POINT Displays the computed ETA at and distance to the first possible step climb point based on gross weight Blank if no entry on STEP TO line 4 Wind ACTUAL WIND or EST WIND Used as the ass...

Page 1618: ...CLB is automatically displayed during cruise if a higher cruise altitude is entered on the CRZ page During VNAV operation execution initiates a climb at climb thrust and cruise target speed to the new...

Page 1619: ...s time error on RTA PROGRESS page Cruise Descent The cruise descent page displays data for a cruise descent to a new altitude MOD CRZ DES is automatically displayed during cruise if a lower cruise alt...

Page 1620: ...th is captured 1B401 1B801 1B806 Note VNAV CRZ DES guidance at 1000fpm may not capture a new cruise altitude with sufficient distance to comply with any fix or waypoint altitude constraint if the fix...

Page 1621: ...Planned Descent PLANNED DES Push displays the planned DES page and allows access to the planned standard descent mode RTA Cruise Descent The RTA cruise descent page displays the same data as the cruis...

Page 1622: ...e condition 1 Left Right Engine Out LT ENG OUT RT ENG OUT Selection changes display to ENG OUT CRZ page The ENG OUT CRZ page is information only 2 Engine Out Speed ENG OUT SPD Displays the optimum spe...

Page 1623: ...ting Early Descent Early descents are initiated from the DES page Once an early descent is executed VNAV transitions to the descent mode and cruise features are no longer available For a path descent...

Page 1624: ...same line Entry may be via the keyboard or propagated from the CRZ WIND entry on the PERF INIT page The CRZ WIND value 075 45 is depicted propagates to all cruise waypoints ABC to GHI is the depicted...

Page 1625: ...lt 000 000 are automatically biased with the actual wind computed by the FMC when within 100 NM of a cruise waypoint and within 2000 feet of a cruise altitude Biased values are not displayed Blank for...

Page 1626: ...ground 1 IRS Position L R Displays left and right IRS position relative to FMC position using current mag true reference Blank if IRS position is invalid Push highlights the line illuminates the EXEC...

Page 1627: ...dio position is invalid Push highlights the line illuminates the EXEC key and displays the CANCEL prompt 5 Navigation Status NAV STATUS Push displays the NAV STATUS page 1B402 1B786 1B807 1J594 6 GPS...

Page 1628: ...played 1 CANCEL Displayed when a line selection is made for position update Push prior to execution cancels the line selection 2 UPDATE COMPLETE Displayed after a position shift has been selected and...

Page 1629: ...ays dashes initially Any waypoint navaid or runway can be entered Format for runway entry is RWnna where nn is a one or two digit numeric with or without leading zeros and a is an optional character L...

Page 1630: ...If the entered identifier is already stored in the permanent supplemental or temporary database then relevant data propagates to the subsequent REF NAV DATA display If the entered identifier is not st...

Page 1631: ...MAG VAR Displays or permits entry of waypoint magnetic variation Data is automatically computed based on latitude and longitude Manual entry has priority 4 Reference Identifier REF IDENT Together with...

Page 1632: ...fier 5 characters maximum Following entry the associated data lines are displayed 3 Classification CLASS Displays or permits entry of the classification of the entered navaid 4 ELEVATION Displays or p...

Page 1633: ...identifier 2 Airport Identifier AIRPORT IDENT Displays airport identifier 3 ELEVATION Displays or permits entry of the elevation feet above MSL of the entered airport R A V G A M A V E L E N O I T E D...

Page 1634: ...e runway data display page Runways must be stored in the permanent navigation database 1 Runway Identifier RUNWAY IDENT Displays runway identifier 2 Airport Identifier AIRPORT IDENT Displays airport i...

Page 1635: ...y also be defined on the LEGS and RTE pages in either route as part of a flight plan 2 NAVAIDS Shows navaids stored in related database 3 AIRPORTS Shows airports stored in related database V A N P P U...

Page 1636: ...only available on the ground 2 Effectivity Date EFF FRM MON DY YR Allows entry of month day and year that the supplemental database becomes valid The date will be displayed on IDENT page 1 2 after en...

Page 1637: ...OS SHIFT page 3 3 the PROGRESS page 1 5 and in flight the INIT REF INDEX page or from the NAV OPTIONS page 2 2 NEXT or PREV PAGE 1B401 1B402 1B801 1B824 1B401 1B402 1B801 1B824 1 VOR ILS and DME Lines...

Page 1638: ...rocedural On lines 2L 2R through 4L 4R if no DME information is received then the identifier and frequency field is blank 2 IRS Status Display Displays the IRS currently selected for use in navigation...

Page 1639: ...to two VOR DME VORTAC or DME stations that must not be used for FMC position updates Entries are blanked at flight completion Deleting or overwriting removes a previous inhibit The FMC normally uses D...

Page 1640: ...OFF Selections are reset to ON at flight completion except for DME which is reset to OFF Fix Information Page Two identical FIX INFO pages are used to identify waypoint fixes for display on the navig...

Page 1641: ...cimal values can be omitted distance only entries must start with a entries of 512 NM or greater will appear as 512 NM on the ND but data displayed on the CDU will match the range entered on the CDU o...

Page 1642: ...s passed 5 Route Intersection Point Copied Pushing the line select key for one of the RAD DIS entries copies the fix place bearing distance definition into the scratchpad This fix can be placed into t...

Page 1643: ...rvention feature on the MCP when the airplane is not within a distance of 50 NM to the T D or by entering a new cruise altitude on the FMC CRZ page after setting the new level off altitude in the MCP...

Page 1644: ...path and speed The default VNAV descent mode is ECON path The crew must select a manual speed descent mode The page title reflects the type of VNAV path descent The path mode controls descent to fly...

Page 1645: ...cending to waypoints constraints or speed restrictions Displays XXX MCP when speed intervention is active The ECON DES page displays the computed values for target Mach and airspeed Speeds are perform...

Page 1646: ...rcepting the computed path Descent Page During Descent Display when any descent mode is active after beginning of descent 1 Vertical Deviation VERT DEV Displays present deviation feet HI or LO from th...

Page 1647: ...escent mode is active displays ETA and distance to go to the first of the following points the waypoint in the AT XXXXX line an intermediate T D TO T D XXXXX where XXXXX is the altitude The display is...

Page 1648: ...sent ground speed to fly the displayed V B Blank if no entry on the WPT ALT line 6 RTA Displayed when DES NOW or ERASE prompt is not displayed Push selects the RTA PROGRESS page RTA Descent Page RTA D...

Page 1649: ...X Flight Crew Operations Manual Flight Management Navigation FMC Descent and Approach MN FLT OH 201 11 43 7 Same as time error line on RTA PROGRESS page 3 RTA Push selects the RTA PROGRESS page March...

Page 1650: ...has not already been entered the FMC will use the transition level from the NDB stored for the STAR or terminal approach record if the flight plan is active a STAR or terminal approach has been selec...

Page 1651: ...eed for up to three forecast wind values Entries may be made in any altitude sequence and will be automatically ordered by altitude from highest to lowest Data may be up linked via ACARS message The u...

Page 1652: ...proach guidance for certain types of approaches when radio navigation is not used The RTE LEGS and PROGRESS pages are used to manage the airplane until other approach guidance becomes active Other pag...

Page 1653: ...RS Upon initial selection an alphabetical listing of all STARS and profile descents is displayed STARS are displayed first in a list under the STAR label Profile descents are listed after the STARS un...

Page 1654: ...ys the DEP ARR INDEX page 4 Approaches and Runways APPROACHES Upon initial page display an alphabetical listing of all approaches for the airport followed by a numerical listing of all runways is disp...

Page 1655: ...N A R T R A L T A K L A V I R S 2 1 S R A T S A A O R P P S E H C E S 1 Y E C A M A L L I T C 8 0 S X M K S L I R 9 0 C A M L I 6 2 S K S P S L I L 7 2 C D T S L I R 7 2 E S A R E O R E T U E X T R S...

Page 1656: ...y 5 Arrival Transition TRANS Displays the selected arrival transition 6 APPROACHES Displays selected approach runway 7 Approach Transition TRANS Displays all approach transitions related to the select...

Page 1657: ...B K 4 0 E N O N E T U O R X E D N I 4 2 9 0 E X T R A P F N M T X E Y W R 9 0 L E S S R A T S 4 1 S Y A W N U R S L A V I R R A D C B K E N O N E X T R X E D N I T C A 0 0 3 E T U O R 0 6 1 A P F N M...

Page 1658: ...This creates a waypoint on the extended runway centerline at the specified distance from the runway threshold Waypoint is identified on the RTE and RTE LEGS pages as RX YYY where YYY is the runway des...

Page 1659: ...ght A manual entry of gross weight is allowed Displays box prompts when gross weight is not available from the FMC Valid entry is XXX X Leaving and returning to this page replaces a manually entered w...

Page 1660: ...selection of a displayed Vref or manual entry of another value causes the flap and VREF speed to be placed in 4R and causes Vref to be displayed on the airspeed display CDU display changes to large si...

Page 1661: ...MN FLT OH 201 11 43 19 1B785 1B786 1J585 1J594 8 Glideslope G S Toggles glideslope ON and OFF for the selected or active approach When an ILS or IGS approach is selected in the FMC G S defaults to ON...

Page 1662: ...ion to DRY DRY with no caret is displayed when the runway overrun alert is inhibited Pressing LSK 1R when the overrun alert is inhibited will not change the runway condition A runway condition of DRY...

Page 1663: ...with constant radius turns based on current winds and FMC commanded airspeed The pattern size is limited to FAAor ICAO protected airspace In LNAV the AFDS tracks the holding pattern using up to a 30...

Page 1664: ...rn path to the inbound leg is generated immediately if the airplane is on the outbound leg or in the fix end turn when the T D does not occur in the hold pattern the entire hold pattern is flown when...

Page 1665: ...1 X I F P S T G T D T L A N L E L F 0 3 2 o 8 6 2 W 2 4 1 Z 5 4 R U T R o 8 8 0 N Z N I M 5 1 8 4 0 M N 2 T K O 2 D L O H T X E N H T I X D L O E 2 2 2 T S I D G E L B S T S E D E E P E M I T G E L H...

Page 1666: ...IX Displays waypoint identifier of the holding fix Entry is propagated either automatically from the database or from a manual entry on the HOLD AT page If PPOS was selected on the HOLD AT page then t...

Page 1667: ...y is made the FMC assumes the standard times of 1 0 minute at or below 14 000 feet and 1 5 minutes above 14 000 feet The default leg times are displayed in small font Crew entered or holding patterns...

Page 1668: ...t departure from the holding fix will occur at this time 13 Hold Available HOLD AVAIL Displays available holding time in hours minutes remaining if destination is to be reached with planned fuel reser...

Page 1669: ...holding pattern departure from holding pattern and continued flight along the active route ACT RTE LEGS page 1 XX appears after holding exited Highlighted in reverse video after execution RTE LEGS HO...

Page 1670: ...RTE HOLD page appears and the execute key illuminates A U T C A P N R L T A D L O H 1 o 9 8 M N 9 2 o 9 8 M N 6 E 1 T R T C A G E L S X X 1 1 o 7 8 M N 1 R D N A B 3 L F 0 1 0 9 1 R Z E E B 3 L F 0 2...

Page 1671: ...and the execute key illuminates present is at the time of execution of the MOD RTE HOLD page Displayed only in flight Default parameters are a standard holding pattern on the inbound leg 4 Hold at Way...

Page 1672: ...page appears and the execute key illuminates A U T C A P N R L 4 o 9 6 M N 2 1 o 9 8 M N 9 2 o 9 8 M N 6 E 1 T R T C A G E L S X X 1 1 o 7 8 M N 1 R D N A B 3 L F 0 1 0 9 1 R Z E E B 3 L F 0 2 0 9 1 N...

Page 1673: ...xecuting the related MOD RTE HOLD page 3 ROUTE DISCONTINUITY The entered route must always form a continuous path of linked legs The example depicts a HOLD AT entry where the entry was not a downpath...

Page 1674: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Flight Management Navigation FMC Descent and Approach 11 43 32 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 1675: ...1B786 1J585 1J594 FMC Navlink ACARS messages active inactive and scratch pad The FMC messages are shown according to their level of importance Alerting messages are most important followed by entry er...

Page 1676: ...e data is removed from the scratchpad ALERTING MESSAGE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION CRZ ALT CHANGED TO XXXXX An altitude constraint added due to entering a new company route a new destination airport or se...

Page 1677: ...SRTD AFTR XXXXX waypoint identifier A ROUTE DISCONTINUITY has been inserted into the flight plan due to undefined termination of a downpath leg or a triple waypoint BYPASS Select the RTE or RTE LEGS p...

Page 1678: ...osition to complete alignment Previous present position entry was not received back from the IRS Enter IRS present position into the scratchpad pad and line select 4R on the POS INIT page of the CDU I...

Page 1679: ...uired for dual FMC operation are in disagreement Dual FMC as installed Message will remain displayed until the condition has been resolved The FMC does not check for mach and indicated airspeed miscom...

Page 1680: ...o FUEL DISAGREE non normal checklist in the QRH The Engine Display message will remain until the condition is no longer valid GPS L INVALID GPS R INVALID FMC is no longer receiving valid information f...

Page 1681: ...IENT FUEL non normal checklist in the QRH The Engine Display message will remain until the condition is no longer valid IRS MOTION IRS has automatically restarted the alignment due to detection of exc...

Page 1682: ...to fixed radius turns Review the LNAV course change If course change exceeds airway route boundary consider flight plan change MAX ALT FLXXX flight level value Altitude intervention as installed atte...

Page 1683: ...B a navigation data base gradient vertical angle is violated If a violation is detected and not resolved VNAV will disconnect after the point of the violation The alerting message is displayed one mi...

Page 1684: ...ases Clear the message PERF DEFAULTS INVALID Validity check of performance defaults database has failed Contact maintenance personnel RESET MCPALT During the FMC cruise phase with VNAV engaged when wi...

Page 1685: ...discontinued due to sequencing of RTA waypoint or RTA waypoint has been removed from the flight plan Select alternate performance mode ECON manual speed etc SINGLE FMC OPERATION The primary FMC has d...

Page 1686: ...in an underspeed condition Clear the message Increase airspeed to within 15 knots of speed target UNABLE HOLD AIRSPACE The lateral predicted hold path using the bank angle limit causes protected airs...

Page 1687: ...displayed if there is a divergence between IRU L and IRU R inertial altitude or between IRS L and IRS R inertial vertical speed when the aircraft is on an RNP AR approach leg Refer to UNABLE REQD NAV...

Page 1688: ...isplay message will remain until the condition is no longer valid VERIFY GW AND FUEL Fuel data becomes invalid PERF INIT fuel value is replaced with dashes FMC uses last valid fuel quantity for perfor...

Page 1689: ...Navigation Check Supplementary Procedure VERIFY POS IRS RADIO Position information is contradictory Refer to FMC Navigation Check Supplementary Procedure VERIFY POSITION on ground Position informatio...

Page 1690: ...vertical RNP is greater than the default vertical RNP Clear CDU message Enter appropriate vertical RNP VNAV DISCONNECT The criteria for VNAV engagement is not satisfied VNAV disengages On approach wit...

Page 1691: ...ion has caused an altitude conflict with a waypoint that has an altitude constraint Clear the message and revise the entry DATA BASE FULL Entry attempted into a supplemental or temporary navigation da...

Page 1692: ...a for the entered identifier Clear the message and check data entry or enter the required information into the supplemental or temporary navigation database via the NAV DATA pages NOT IN FLIGHT PLAN R...

Page 1693: ...into approach environment and Vref has not been selected on APPROACH REF page Select Vref on APPROACH REF page ARR N A FOR RUNWAY Runway or approach does not match the selected arrival procedure Go t...

Page 1694: ...xception has occurred in the INACTIVE plan prior to execution and it has been deleted as a result Reenter a new version of the INACTIVE plan INVALID MOD PLAN An exception has occurred in the MOD plan...

Page 1695: ...um altitude for current selected performance margins Clear the message or amend the data entry MAX MACH XXX MIN MACH XXX OR MAX CAS XXX MIN CAS XXX FMC target speed is greater than the maximum or less...

Page 1696: ...base limits Contact maintenance personnel POS SHIFT OVER 50NM A viable position shift is currently selected that will result in an FMC position shift inexcessof 50nm when executed Clear the message PR...

Page 1697: ...XXXX Check routing TAI ON ABOVE 10 C Airplane is operating with anti icing with TAT above 10 C Clear the message and check the use of anti icing for engines and or wings UNABLE CRZ ALT FMC predicts th...

Page 1698: ...anually entered vertical RNP is greater than the default vertical RNP or manually entered vertical RNP is less that vertical ANP Clear the message Change or delete the manually entered RNP XXXX airpor...

Page 1699: ...as installed Review the alternate destinations uplink CRZ WIND UPLINK LOADING An FMC cruise wind uplink message is loading after LOAD selected on the RTE DATA page Wait for load to complete CRZ WIND...

Page 1700: ...xecute or ERASE INVALID TAKEOFF XXX YYY runway or runway intersection identifier Runway RTE page or runway intersection TAKEOFF REF page has been entered that matches runway takeoff data in FMC memory...

Page 1701: ...g process Review the descent forecasts uplink and execute or ERASE PARTIAL LIMITS UPLINK An FMC performance limits uplink message has been loaded on the PERF LIMITS page but errors were encountered du...

Page 1702: ...or ERASE PERF INIT UPLINK READY An FMC performance initialization uplink message has been received and is available for loading on the PERF INIT page Select PERF INIT page LOAD performance initializat...

Page 1703: ...1 or 2 flight plan Wait for load to complete ROUTE X UPLINK READY Receipt of an ACARS non ATC uplink that contains route data and the route data LOAD prompts are displayed on the active inactive RTE 1...

Page 1704: ...f data has been received and loaded in FMC memory Enter appropriate runway RTE page or runway intersection TAKEOFF REF page to access runway takeoff data ADVISORY MESSAGE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION INVAL...

Page 1705: ...message INVALID PERF INIT UPLINK An FMC performance initialization uplink message was received but was rejected due to errors Clear the message INVALID ROUTE or ROUTE X UPLINK An FMC route uplink mess...

Page 1706: ...pt of am ATC ACARS uplink message containing route data The route data has been loaded into the active RTE 1 or 2 flight plan buffer Review the route uplink and execute or ERASE ATC ROUTE X UPLINK LOA...

Page 1707: ...arance being monitored is executed prior satisfying clearance Review clearance being monitored select MONITOR on ATC INDEX page Comply with ATC clearance CLR COND NOT IN RTE U14 0 and above When the w...

Page 1708: ...TE X UPLINK Receipt of an ATC ACARS uplink message containing route data which passed syntax error checks but contained errors in the data and part of the active RTE 1 or 2 flight plan data has been l...

Page 1709: ...le to the CMU 900 Advise maintenance BAD ACTYPE Improper aircraft type loaded Advise maintenance APM ICAO Aircraft Personality Mode APM status is INDETERMINATE because of an ICAO address conflict betw...

Page 1710: ...he system returns to Data Mode NO COMM Neither VHF SATCOM nor HF media have established a link with the ground over which a message may be sent Advisory shows for the duration that the system remains...

Page 1711: ...or the HF link fails CDU SCRATCH PAD CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION FORMAT ERROR Shows when a line select key associated with manual entry is selected and the scratch pad data does not pass format or range...

Page 1712: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Flight Management Navigation FMC Messages 11 60 38 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 1713: ...est Gauges and Fueling Panel 12 10 10 Nitrogen Generation System NGS 12 10 11 System Description 12 20 Introduction 12 20 1 Fuel Feed 12 20 1 Nitrogen Generation System NGS 12 20 1 Fuel Pumps 12 20 2...

Page 1714: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Fuel Table of Contents 12 TOC 2 MN FLT OH 201 March 1 2021 Intentionally Blank...

Page 1715: ...shutoff valve is in transit or valve position and engine start lever or engine fire switch disagree dim related engine or spar fuel shutoff valve is closed 2 FUEL Temperature TEMP Indicator Indicates...

Page 1716: ...engine No 1 and No 2 fuel feed lines Open connects engine No 1 and No 2 fuel feed lines 6 Center Tank FUEL PUMP LOW PRESSURE Lights Illuminated amber fuel pump output pressure is low and FUEL PUMP swi...

Page 1717: ...es MASTER CAUTION and FUEL system annunciator lights to illuminate on MASTER CAUTION light recall Extinguished fuel pump output pressure is normal Fuel Quantity Indications 1B785 1B786 1J585 1J594 1B4...

Page 1718: ...ert Indications 1B785 1B786 1J585 1J594 FUEL IMBAL CTR 1 2 060 500 020 3 2 0 KG TOTAL 5 7 FUEL DISAGREE USING RSV FUEL INSUFFICIENT FUEL 370 0 020 0 360 0 CTR FUEL 1 2 LOW LOW KG 860 3 860 3 860 3 CTR...

Page 1719: ...MCS expected fuel flow rate exceeds the MEDB threshold value for five continuous minutes The message is displayed independently for each engine FUEL QTY KGS X 1000 TOTAL 0 41 1 0 0 2 0 41 LOW LOW ENGI...

Page 1720: ...indicator turn amber Display remains until both engines not running center fuel tank quantity less than 363 kgs one center fuel tank pump switch ON 1B785 1B786 1J585 1J594 The quantity arc and digits...

Page 1721: ...7 6 Using Reserve Fuel USING RSV FUEL Alert Displayed amber FMC fuel at the destination is predicted to be less than the entered RESERVES fuel 7 Insufficient Fuel INSUFFICIENT FUEL Alert Displayed amb...

Page 1722: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Fuel Controls and Indicators 12 10 8 MN FLT OH 201 Fueling Defueling Measurement 2 3 4 5 7 6 RIGHT WING LEADING EDGE multiple wing locations 1 March 1 2021...

Page 1723: ...k passes through wing skin 2 Manual Defueling Valve Open interconnects engine feed system and fueling station for defueling ground transfer of fuel Closed isolates engine feed system from fueling stat...

Page 1724: ...fueling valve switch is OPEN and related tank is full fueling valve switch is CLOSED Illuminated blue fueling valve switch is OPEN and related tank is not full RIGHT WING LEADING EDGE VALVE POSITION...

Page 1725: ...B801 1B824 12 Fuel Quantity Selectors Rotate sets total fuel quantity desired in related tank Nitrogen Generation System NGS 1 OPERATIONAL Light green NGS is fully operational 2 DEGRADED Light blue NG...

Page 1726: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Fuel Controls and Indicators 12 10 12 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 1727: ...NEA is delivered to the center fuel tank to reduce flammability of the tank The operation of the NGS is transparent to the flight crew it does not require any flight crew action to operate the system...

Page 1728: ...he Fuel System Annunciator light and the Master Caution lights are illuminated for the associated center tank pump Suction Feed When main tank fuel pump pressure is low each engine can draw fuel from...

Page 1729: ...rature The FUEL TEMP indicator located on the fuel control panel displays fuel temperature A sensor in main tank No 1 allows monitoring of fuel temperature The temperature indicating system uses AC el...

Page 1730: ...he tank is full Fuel Tank Location and Capacities Usable Fuel Main tanks No 1 and No 2 are integral with the wing structure The center tank lies between the wing roots within the fuselage area and ext...

Page 1731: ...SED ENG VALVE CLOSED SPAR VALVE CLOSED BYPASS FILTER PRESSURE LOW PRESSURE LOW PRESSURE LOW PRESSURE LOW FILTER BYPASS PRESSURE LOW PRESSURE LOW FUEL FEED CONDITION ENGINES OPERATING CENTER TANK FEEDI...

Page 1732: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Fuel System Description 12 20 6 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 1733: ...Introduction 13 20 1 Hydraulic Power Distribution Schematic 13 20 2 A and B Hydraulic Systems 13 20 3 A and B Hydraulic System Pumps 13 20 4 System A Hydraulic Leak 13 20 4 System B Hydraulic Leak 13...

Page 1734: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Hydraulics Table of Contents 13 TOC 2 MN FLT OH 201 October 26 2021 Intentionally Blank...

Page 1735: ...er output pressure of associated pump is low Note When an engine fire switch is pulled the low pressure light is deactivated 3 ELECTRIC HYDRAULIC PUMPS Switches ON provides power to associated electri...

Page 1736: ...Push SYS displays hydraulic indications on the selected inboard DU second push removes indications from the respective DU MFD MFD ENG SYS INFO 3000 3000 98 67 B PRESS QTY HYDRAULIC A RF 3 2 4 1 MDS DI...

Page 1737: ...psi Maximum pressure 3500 psi Note When both pumps for a system are OFF the indication may read hydraulic system reservoir pressure normally less than 100 psi 4 REFILL Indication RF white Illuminated...

Page 1738: ...ing position DIFF PRESS FEEL A FLT CONTROL STANDBY HYD ALTERNATE FLAPS B A B YAW DAMPER OFF B ON UP OFF DOWN ARM RUD LOW PRESSURE A ON RUD OFF ON OFF LOW PRESSURE LOW PRESSURE LOW QUANTITY OFF SPEED T...

Page 1739: ...uantity in standby hydraulic reservoir always armed 4 STANDBY HYDRAULIC LOW PRESSURE Light Illuminated amber indicates output pressure of standby pump is low armed only when standby pump operation has...

Page 1740: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Hydraulics Controls and Indicators 13 10 6 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 1741: ...or B hydraulic system can power all flight controls with no decrease in airplane controllability Each hydraulic system has a fluid reservoir located in the main wheel well area System A and B reservo...

Page 1742: ...EERING LANDING GEAR TRANSFER UNIT LANDING GEAR ELEVATORS ELEV FEEL COMP AILERONS RUDDER NOSE WHEEL STEERING ALTERNATE BRAKES No 1 THRUST REVERSER POWER TRANSFER UNIT M AIR PRESSURE STBY SYSTEM M M PTU...

Page 1743: ...r feel flight spoilers 3 5 8 10 leading edge flaps and slats trailing edge flaps normal brakes No 2 thrust reverser autopilot B alternate nose wheel steering landing gear transfer unit yaw damper powe...

Page 1744: ...of the LOW PRESSURE light for the remaining electric motor driven hydraulic pump The flight control LOW PRESSURE light Master Caution light and the FLT CONT and HYD system annunciator lights also ill...

Page 1745: ...toslats and leading edge flaps and slats at the normal rate when system B engine driven hydraulic pump is inoperative The PTU uses system A pressure to power a hydraulic motor driven pump which pressu...

Page 1746: ...tioning the ALTERNATE FLAPS master switch to ARM refer to Chapter 9 Flight Controls for a more complete explanation activates the standby electric motor driven pump closes the trailing edge flap bypas...

Page 1747: ...LTERNATE FLAPS B OFF B ON UP OFF DOWN ARM RUD LOW PRESSURE A ON RUD OFF LOW PRESSURE LOW PRESSURE LOW QUANTITY OFF STBY STBY B A EXTEND L E DEVICES TO TO THRUST AILERON M REVERSERS FLIGHT CONTROL SHUT...

Page 1748: ...full Variations in Hydraulic Quantity Indications During normal operations variations in hydraulic quantity indications occur when the system becomes pressurized after engine start raising or lowering...

Page 1749: ...4 10 7 Rudder Brake Pedals 14 10 8 Nose Wheel Steer Switch 14 10 9 Nose Wheel Steering Wheel 14 10 9 System Description 14 20 Introduction 14 20 1 Landing Gear Operation 14 20 1 Landing Gear Retractio...

Page 1750: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Landing Gear Table of Contents 14 TOC 2 MN FLT OH 201 March 1 2021 Intentionally Blank...

Page 1751: ...sition in transit or unsafe Extinguished landing gear is up and locked with landing gear lever UP landing gear is down and locked with landing gear lever DN RIGHT GEAR RIGHT GEAR LEFT GEAR LEFT GEAR N...

Page 1752: ...each gear is illuminated Extinguished landing gear is not down and locked 3 Landing Gear Lever Lock Override LOCK OVRD Switch Push releases the landing gear lever lock 4 NOSE WHEEL STEER Switch ALT hy...

Page 1753: ...each gear is illuminated Extinguished landing gear is not down and locked Manual Gear Extension 1 Manual Extension Access Door Open manual landing gear extension is possible with landing gear lever i...

Page 1754: ...O selected RTO mode selected on ground illuminates for one to two seconds then extinguishes a malfunction exists in automatic braking system Extinguished AUTO BRAKE select switch set to OFF autobrake...

Page 1755: ...skid system operating normally Parking Brake 1 PARKING BRAKE Lever Forward parking brakes released Aft sets parking brakes when either Captain s or First Officer s brake pedals are fully depressed 2 P...

Page 1756: ...FLT OH 201 Hydraulic Brake Pressure Indicator 1 Hydraulic Brake Pressure HYD BRAKE PRESS Indicator Indicates brake accumulator pressure normal pressure 3000 psi maximum pressure 3500 psi normal prech...

Page 1757: ...hen a hot brake condition is no longer indicated on the display unit 2 Tire Pressure TIRE PRESSURE Light Illuminated amber a main or nose gear tire pressure falls below 100 psi a differential pressure...

Page 1758: ...re range displayed amber high brake temperature exceeds 5 MFD System SYS Switch Push SYS displays brake temperature and tire pressure indications on the selected DU second push removes indications fro...

Page 1759: ...ls for rudder description 2 RUDDER PEDALADJUSTMENT Crank AFT counter clockwise adjusts rudder pedals aft FWD clockwise adjusts rudder pedals forward Nose Wheel Steer Switch 1 NOSE WHEEL STEER Switch A...

Page 1760: ...egrees in either direction Note Refer to Chapter 1 for effective steering angle and turning radius overrides rudder pedal steering 2 Nose Wheel Steering Indicator LEFT indicates nose wheel steering di...

Page 1761: ...selected MDS DU 1B785 1J585 1J594 A tire pressure monitoring system as installed displays the pressure of each tire on the selected MDS DU Landing Gear Operation The landing gear are normally controll...

Page 1762: ...ked Landing Gear Extension When the LANDING GEAR lever is moved to DN hydraulic system A pressure is used to release the uplocks The landing gear extends by hydraulic pressure gravity and air loads Ov...

Page 1763: ...ring position relative to the neutral setting Rudder pedal steering is deactivated as the nose gear strut extends A lockout pin may be installed in the towing lever to depressurize nose wheel steering...

Page 1764: ...ed deceleration rates immediately after touchdown The system operates only when the normal brake system is functioning Antiskid system protection is provided during autobrake operation Rejected Takeof...

Page 1765: ...ght illuminates and the autobrake system does not arm Four levels of deceleration can be selected for landing However on dry runways the maximum autobrake deceleration rate in the landing mode is less...

Page 1766: ...wn on the HYD BRAKE PRESS indicator The parking brake is set by depressing both brake pedals fully while simultaneously pulling the PARKING BRAKE lever up This mechanically latches the pedals in the d...

Page 1767: ...wo on each landing gear These signals are used to configure the airplane systems to the appropriate air or ground status Air Ground System Logic Table SYSTEMS NORMAL INFLIGHT OPERATION NORMAL ON GROUN...

Page 1768: ...signal Sends out signal on strut compression for landing signal 5 Voice Recorder Prevents tape erasure Allows tape erasure when parking brake is set 5 Engine Idle Control Enables minimum flight idle...

Page 1769: ...ic operation with flaps extended and A or B pressure lost Wheel speed must be greater than 60 knots for automatic operation 13 Antiskid Releases normal or alternate brakes for touchdown protection All...

Page 1770: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Landing Gear System Description 14 20 10 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Page 1771: ...0 7 Ground Proximity Warning System GPWS 15 10 8 GPWS Controls 15 10 8 Terrain Display 15 10 12 Predictive Windshear Display and Annunciations 15 10 14 TCAS Controls Transponder Panel 15 10 15 System...

Page 1772: ...ank Angle Alerts 15 20 25 Roll Yaw Asymmetry Alert 15 20 25 Roll Authority Alert 15 20 25 Enhanced Bank Angle Warning 15 20 26 Alerts and Messages 15 20 27 Airspeed Low Alert 15 20 30 IAN Autopilot Al...

Page 1773: ...rning bell if on ground remote APU fire warning horn Push extinguishes both master FIRE WARN lights silences fire warning bell silences remote APU fire warning horn resets system for additional warnin...

Page 1774: ...er system annunciator panel if a master caution condition exists appropriate system annunciator s and MASTER CAUTION lights illuminate a single fault in certain redundant systems or some simple faults...

Page 1775: ...red correctly for takeoff activation is simultaneous with aural warning intermittent horn for TAKEOFF CONFIGURATION alert 2 Cabin Altitude Warning Light Illuminated red illuminates when cabin altitude...

Page 1776: ...tem fault affects autoland status Two advisories are available NO LAND 3 the system is still capable of continuing to a safe landing A system failure has occurred above Alert Height and a green LAND 2...

Page 1777: ...nds inhibited while airborne 2 STALL WARNING TEST Switches Push on ground with AC power available Each test switch tests its respective stall management yaw damper SMYD computer No 1 SMYD computer sha...

Page 1778: ...ng Cutout Switch 1 Landing Gear Warning Cutout Switch Push silences landing gear configuration warning aural indication at flaps up through 10 and above 200 feet RA Note The aural indication cannot be...

Page 1779: ...and 300 feet 200 feet for EB1 fleet before reaching the selected altitude 1B401 1B402 1B801 1B824 2 Current Altitude Alert The white box around the current altitude display becomes bold between 900 fe...

Page 1780: ...10 8 MN FLT OH 201 Ground Proximity Warning System GPWS GPWS Controls 1B401 1B402 1B801 1B813 BELOW G S P INHIBIT TERR INHIBIT GEAR INHIBIT FLAP INHIBIT NORM NORM NORM SYS TEST GROUND PROXIMITY INOP M...

Page 1781: ...INOP light Illuminated amber GPWS computer malfunction or power loss invalid inputs are being received from radio altimeter ADIRU ILS receiver IRS FMC stall management computers DPC or EFIS control p...

Page 1782: ...titude based alerts bank angle alert approach callouts windshear alert look ahead terrain alerts system test inhibited in flight 4 Ground Proximity FLAP INHIBIT Switch FLAP INHIBIT inhibits ground pro...

Page 1783: ...unway database Ground Proximity Runway Inhibit Switch unreasonable Airspeed 250 knots or greater for more than 60 seconds with Ground Proximity Runway Inhibit Switch in INHIBIT position GPWS Terrain D...

Page 1784: ...Controls and Indicators 15 10 12 MN FLT OH 201 Terrain Display 5 TERR TERRAIN GRH TERRAIN WITHIN 500 FEET OF AIRPLANE ALTITUDE 060 030 40 TERRAIN TERRAIN 500 FEET OR MORE BELOW AIRPLANE ALTITUDE GRH...

Page 1785: ...tacles When the airplane is 500 feet or more above the highest terrain in the selected display range terrain is depicted in green and color density varies based on terrain elevation Solid green Highes...

Page 1786: ...more than 500 ft below airplane altitude Amber terrain elevation is between 500 ft below and 2000 ft above airplane altitude Red terrain elevation is more than 2000 ft above airplane altitude Note Va...

Page 1787: ...als Displayed amber Predictive windshear alert active Extend from predictive windshear symbol to help identify location of windshear event 3 WINDSHEAR Annunciation WINDSHEAR amber predictive windshear...

Page 1788: ...isplay of traffic advisory TA targets TA RA resolution advisory enables the display of traffic advisory TA and resolution advisory RA targets 1B785 1B786 1J585 1J594 1 Transponder Mode Selector TA tra...

Page 1789: ...ld of vision These lights indicate engine wheel well cargo or APU fires autopilot autothrottle disengages and landing gear unsafe conditions Conditions which require the timely attention of the flight...

Page 1790: ...ither MASTER CAUTION light extinguishes both lights and resets the master caution system for further cautions Pushing either annunciator light panel recalls all existing fault annunciations A single f...

Page 1791: ...AIL MACH TRIM FAIL AUTO SLAT FAIL YAW DAMPER ASSIST ON STBY RUD ON SPOILERS DRIVE STANDBY PWR OFF TRANSFER BUS OFF SOURCE OFF TR UNIT BAT DISCHARGE ELEC IRS LEFT SIDE GLARESHIELD APU FAULT ON DC DC FA...

Page 1792: ...MITED EEC ALTN MODE ENGINE CONTROL REVERSER COMMAND REVERSER AIR GND HYD OVERHEAD OVERHEAT LOW PRESSURE RIGHT SIDE GLARESHIELD EQUIP COOLING OFF EMER EXIT LIGHTS NOT ARMED FLIGHT RECORDER OFF PASS OXY...

Page 1793: ...e or stabilizer trim not set in the takeoff range An intermittent warning horn sounds and the TAKEOFF CONFIG warning light illuminates when takeoff configuration warning activates Cabin altitude warni...

Page 1794: ...et with the landing gear warning HORN CUTOUT switch if the airplane descends below 200 feet RA the warning horn cannot be silenced by the warning HORN CUTOUT switch Flaps 15 through 25 either forward...

Page 1795: ...t yaw damper SMYD computers determine when stall warning is required based upon alpha vane angle of attack outputs ADIRU outputs anti ice controls wing configurations air ground sensing thrust FMC out...

Page 1796: ...AINT light on the aft overhead panel illuminates and the OVERHEAD system annunciator light and MASTER CAUTION lights illuminate The MAINT light is inhibited in flight after engine start switch is plac...

Page 1797: ...02 1B801 1B824 When deviating by 300 feet from the selected altitude a momentary tone sounds and the current altitude box turns amber and begins to flash The amber flashing continues until altitude de...

Page 1798: ...for excessive descent rate excessive terrain closure rate altitude loss after takeoff or go around unsafe terrain clearance when not in the landing configuration excessive deviation below an ILS glid...

Page 1799: ...e Look ahead terrain alerts and radio altitude based alerts are prioritized based on the level of hazard and the required flight crew reaction time Look ahead terrain alerts and radio altitude based a...

Page 1800: ...nd proximity terrain inhibit switch to TERRAIN INHIBIT inhibits the alert CAUTION TERRAIN Amber TERRAIN message on navigation display all modes Solid amber terrain on navigation displays 40 to 60 seco...

Page 1801: ...loss after takeoff or go around GLIDESLOPE BELOW G S P INHIBIT lights Deviation below glideslope Volume and repetition rate increase as deviation increases Pushing the ground proximity BELOW G S P IN...

Page 1802: ...er landing gear not down or flaps not in landing position Follows DON T SINK if another descent is initiated after initial alert before climbing to the altitude where the initial descent began Aural A...

Page 1803: ...Light will illuminate if the Runway Inhibit switch is in the INHIBIT position and the airspeed has been 250 knots or greater for at least 60 seconds Callouts Alerts and ND Messages During Taxi and Tak...

Page 1804: ...tion 15 20 16 MN FLT OH 201 Callouts Alerts and ND Messages Description ON RUNWAY RUNWAY IDENTIFIER Sounds when the airplane remains on the runway and moves less than 100 feet after entering runway an...

Page 1805: ...When the airplane descends below 450 feet the callout will be annunciated APPROACHING RUNWAYS Sounds once each time the description is met while approaching two runways FEET REMAINING Sounds during RT...

Page 1806: ...slope air temperature or airport altitude absence of a RAAS annunciation does not ensure that the that a runway is appropriate for takeoff or landing RAAS annunciations do not ensure that a runway can...

Page 1807: ...n the predicted landing distance exceeds the distance to the end of the runway The distance to the end of the runway is based on the EGPWS runway database and the airplane s position The in air overru...

Page 1808: ...the runway The distance to the end of the runway is based on the EGPWS runway database and the airplane s position The on ground overrun alert is inhibited when any of the following conditions are tru...

Page 1809: ...ied by a voice aural alert Windshear alerts are prioritized based on the level of hazard and the required flight crew reaction time Predictive windshear alerts are inhibited by an actual windshear war...

Page 1810: ...r position expanded MAP center MAP expanded VOR or expanded APP modes only GO AROUND WINDSHEAR AHEAD Red WINDSHEAR on both attitude indicators RED windshear symbol on navigation display Red WINDSHEAR...

Page 1811: ...ing If windshear is not detected weather radar returns show only after pushing the EFIS control panel WXR switch 1B401 1B402 1B801 1B824 Predictive Windshear Inhibits During takeoff and landing new pr...

Page 1812: ...til the system is reset by decreasing the bank angle to 30 degrees or less The alert is based on radio altitude and bank angle from 5 feet to 30 feet AGL the alert sounds when the bank angle exceeds 1...

Page 1813: ...thority The amber alert ROLL AUTHORITY appears on the PFD The aural alert ROLL AUTHORITY ROLL AUTHORITY annunciates the bank pointer and slip skid indicator become outlined in amber if the bank angle...

Page 1814: ...alert When pitch attitude exceeds 25 degrees nose up the ROLL LEFT RIGHT warning alert is suppressed until 65 degrees of bank This feature is called the Pitch Attitude Latch The Pitch Attitude Latch...

Page 1815: ...ter Amber outline aroundslip skid indicator Slow onset roll condition The autopilot has reached 75 of its total roll authority ROLL YAW ASYMMETRY on PFD Amber outline around bank pointer Solid amber s...

Page 1816: ...TY ROLL AUTHORITY aural Fast onset roll condition The autopilot has reached 100 of its total roll authority ROLL AUTHORITY on PFD Amber outline around bank pointer Solid amber slip skid indicator ROLL...

Page 1817: ...ilot has reached 100 of its total roll authority Excessive uncommanded bank greater than 15 degrees of bank ROLL AUTHORITY on PFD Solid amber bank pointer Solid amber slip skid indicator ROLL AUTHORIT...

Page 1818: ...engaged AUTOPILOT AUTOPILOT is announced over the cabin speaker and an amber AUTOPILOT flashes over the attitude display Approach Callouts Radio Altitude Callouts 1B401 1B402 1B801 1B824 The GPWS pro...

Page 1819: ...MC will generate a glidepath and the Smart 500 callout is inhibited The exception is if there is an excessive flight path deviation the GPWS will provide the Smart 500 callout With the exception of th...

Page 1820: ...ons of this airspace are based upon the closure rate with conflicting traffic TCAS equipment interrogates the transponders of other airplanes to determine their range bearing and altitude A traffic ad...

Page 1821: ...a bearing generate a no bearing text block beneath the TRAFFIC text on the navigation display The text block contains distance altitude and vertical motion information Vertical motion information is i...

Page 1822: ...DESCEND Descend at the displayed pitch LEVEL OFF LEVEL OFF Reduce climb or descent rate to 0 feet per minute CLIMB CROSSING CLIMB CLIMB CROSSING CLIMB Climb at displayed pitch Airplane climbs through...

Page 1823: ...when the cartridge warning decal shows both green and red The green disappears gradually as the cartridge is crushed When the warning decal is all red the cartridge must be replaced The shoe is what c...

Page 1824: ...Skid Detail SKIRT FAIRING SHOE REAR OF SKIRT LOOKING FWD FAIRING SKIRT CRUSHED WEAR DIMPLES SHOE VISIBLE GREEN INDICATES NEW CARTRIDGE REAR OF SKIRT LOOKING FWD REPLACE CARTRIDGE WARNING DECAL FULL R...

Page 1825: ...t Crew Operations Manual Warning Systems System Description MN FLT OH 201 15 20 37 T e m p o r a r y R e v i s i o n Two Position Tail Skid Detail As installed RETRACTED POSITION EXTENDED POSITION Oct...

Page 1826: ...737 MAX Flight Crew Operations Manual Warning Systems System Description 15 20 38 MN FLT OH 201 Intentionally Blank March 1 2021...

Search results

Summary of Contents for 737-8

Reviews:

Related manuals for 737-8

Brands by name

Popular brands

GOL 737-8, Operation Manual

Search results

Summary of Contents for 737-8

Reviews:

Related manuals for 737-8

Brands by name

Popular brands